1 Introduction
We determine the mixing exponent of single-site heat-bath dynamics at the critical temperature of the zero-field Gaussian Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model. Starting from the worst configuration, the dynamics mixes in time n^{2/3+o(1)} when each site has rate one, or after n^{5/3+o(1)} attempted uniform-site updates. The same per-site exponent governs the relaxation time and the inverse classical logarithmic Sobolev constant.
At criticality, equilibrium fluctuations are much larger than for independent spins. An upper mixing bound must hold from every initial configuration, while the functional bounds must hold for every test function. We obtain these uniform controls in two ways. The first relates a function’s heat-bath energy to the mass of its support. The second proves a classical logarithmic Sobolev inequality. Each argument has its own initialization and entropy estimates.
Let J^\circ be a symmetric matrix with zero diagonal and independent J^\circ_{ij}\sim N(0,1/n) for i<j. On \Omega_n=\{-1,1\}^n, put
This is Gaussian SK at inverse temperature one and zero external field. Write Q_i for conditional expectation under \mu_J given x_{-i}, and set
Thus \mathcal L_J=n(P_J-I), and a discrete attempt may leave the spin unchanged. Let t_{\mathrm{mix},J}(\varepsilon) and k_{\mathrm{mix},J}(\varepsilon) denote worst-start total-variation mixing times for e^{t\mathcal L_J} and P_J^k, respectively. The default threshold is 1/4.
Define the relaxation time and the classical logarithmic Sobolev inverse constant by
where \Ent_\mu(g)=\mu(g\log g)-\mu(g)\log\mu(g) for g\ge0. Both constants use the unscaled sum of heat-bath conditional variances. Thus R_J is the relaxation time for the rate-one-per-site generator; for one attempted update the relaxation time is nR_J. The conditional variance weights in \D_J are retained in every comparison below.
Theorem 1.1 (Critical mixing and functional inequalities). For every fixed \varepsilon\in(0,1/2), in probability over the Gaussian disorder,
In each expression, X_n=n^{a+o(1)} means that for every fixed \delta>0, \Pprob\{n^{a-\delta}\le X_n\le n^{a+\delta}\}\to1.
The two functional constants describe complementary forms of relaxation. For every centered observable f, the spectral theorem gives \Var_{\mu_J}(e^{t\mathcal L_J}f)\le e^{-2t/R_J}\Var_{\mu_J}(f), with equality for a slowest eigenfunction. The classical logarithmic Sobolev inequality supplies hypercontractive smoothing for arbitrary densities and implies the Poincaré inequality. Section 20 derives the worst-start bounds from these controls. Let \operatorname{KL} denote relative entropy. Corollary 20.2 also gives the same per-site exponent for the inverse of the best rate c such that \operatorname{KL}(\nu e^{t\mathcal L_J}\Vert\mu_J) \le e^{-ct}\operatorname{KL}(\nu\Vert\mu_J) for every initial probability law \nu on the cube and every t\ge0.
The contribution of this paper is the upper bounds. To state precisely how they combine with the existing lower bounds, we record the critical companion’s realized-start and linear-observable theorems [27, Theorems 1.2 and 1.3]. Their quantifiers are stronger than fixed exponent bounds and will be retained throughout.
Theorem 1.2 (Realized equilibrium starts and linear observables). For every deterministic sequence t_n\ge0 with t_n=o(n^{2/3}),
in probability over disorder. For every deterministic nonnegative integer sequence k_n=o(n^{5/3}), the same assertion holds with P_J^{k_n}. Let \Sigma_J=\Cov_{\mu_J}(X) and
For every positive deterministic M_n\to\infty, with probability tending to one both \norm{\Sigma_J} and R_{\mathrm{lin},J} belong to [n^{2/3}/M_n,M_n n^{2/3}].
In the realized-start assertion, one samples an initial configuration from \mu_J and holds it fixed before taking the transition law and its TV distance. Averaging that transition law over the initial configuration would instead give \mu_J at every time. The last assertion concerns covariance and linear Rayleigh quotients. Its arbitrary-diverging-factor upper bound does not extend here to the full relaxation or logarithmic Sobolev constant: the upper estimates in Theorem 1.1 have every fixed positive exponent slack. For other fixed TV thresholds below 1/2, the lower bound in Theorem 1.1 follows by testing the slowest gap eigenfunction, as shown in Section 20. The realized-start assertion itself retains its stated threshold 1/4.
The result concerns exactly the critical, zero-field Gaussian model. It gives the mixing exponent and does not assert a cutoff, a cutoff window, or a leading constant. The two upper-bound arguments retain their separate intermediate conclusions and parameter choices.
The development of the dynamical question. Sherrington and Kirkpatrick introduced the infinite-range spin-glass model in 1975 [31]. Their later analysis with Gaussian couplings studied single-spin Glauber relaxation through a linearized mean-field calculation and Monte Carlo simulations [23, Section VII]. A parallel dynamical mean-field program described correlation and response functions in soft-spin Langevin models; the infinite-range specialization was developed by Sompolinsky and Zippelius [32]. These studies examined relaxation near the transition through correlation and response. The finite-size mixing question asks how long the full distribution, started from the most difficult configuration, takes to approach equilibrium.
Numerical work later examined how the critical time scale grows with the number of spins. Billoire’s study of slow samples used binary couplings J_{ij}=\pm n^{-1/2} [5]. Billoire and Campbell’s subsequent critical study measured the equilibrium autocorrelation q(t)=n^{-1}\sum_i\langle X_i(0)X_i(t)\rangle after equilibration. For heat-bath updates, with time measured in updates per spin, it tested the finite-size scaling form q_c(n,t)\sim n^{-1/3}F(t/n^{2/3}) [6, equation (7)]. That critical preprint does not restate the coupling law. We use its reported collapse as numerical evidence about equilibrium autocorrelation, keeping it separate from the Gaussian worst-start question here.
Rigorous high-temperature dynamics. For comparison with the critical law (1.1), inverse temperature \beta multiplies its exponent by \beta; the resulting interaction entries have variance \beta^2/n. The SK statements below hold with high probability over disorder. The inverse temperature \beta>0 is fixed inside each stated range, and mixing bounds use fixed total-variation accuracy unless \varepsilon is displayed. Spectral criteria gave functional inequalities well inside the high-temperature phase. Bauerschmidt and Bodineau proved a logarithmic Sobolev inequality under a spectral-width condition that applies to SK for fixed \beta<1/4 [4, Theorem 1 and Corollary 2]. For Ising spins their energy is the unweighted full spin-flip gradient. The heat-bath form \D_J instead retains conditional variance weights, so that result is not the heat-bath inequality used in this paper. Eldan, Koehler, and Zeitouni obtained a heat-bath spectral gap uniform over external fields under the corresponding shifted spectral condition. Their field-dependent worst-start bound gives polynomial mixing for zero-field SK in the range \beta<1/4 [20, Theorems 1 and 11, Section 5]. Anari, Jain, Koehler, Pham, and Vuong then obtained O_\beta(n\log n) random-site attempts in that range, uniformly over external fields, through a modified logarithmic Sobolev inequality [1, Theorem 12].
Subsequent work increased the temperature range. Anari, Koehler, and Vuong derived a criterion governed by a Volterra equation; it gives O(n\log n) attempted updates for SK below a reported numerical threshold of approximately \beta=0.295 [2, Theorem 3 and Section 1.3]. Wang proved O_\beta(n\log(n/\varepsilon)) attempted updates for every fixed \beta<1/2, with high probability simultaneously over external fields and \varepsilon\in(0,1) [34, Theorem 1.1]. At zero field, Boban, Li, and Oveis Gharan obtained a constant per-site spectral gap and an O(n^2) attempted-update bound for \beta<1/2+\varepsilon_0, with a universal \varepsilon_0>0 [7, Theorem 1.5 and Corollary 1.6]. The companion spectral-gap theorem covers each fixed zero-field 0<\beta<1, with a constant that may depend on \beta [28, Theorem 1.1]. None of these fixed-subcritical bounds supplies a bound at \beta=1 by taking a limit. At that endpoint the critical companion identifies the slow linear and realized-start scales in Theorem 1.2; the present upper bounds match their exponents for the full dynamics.
Static comparisons and the two critical mechanisms. The equilibrium geometry behind the critical scale is accessible through comparison with spins on a sphere. Comets conditioned on the eigenvalues of a GOE completion and averaged its eigenframe, obtaining an exact conditional first-moment identity between cube and spherical partition functions [14, equations (2.1)–(2.2)]. At criticality, Du and Huang developed sharper comparisons for free energy and overlap. Their local overlap-cell estimates compare partition-function moments [16, Theorem 1.6 and Section 3.3], and their mixed cube–sphere tensor calculation cancels leading terms in a squared norm [17, Section 3.2, Lemma 3.5]. These are static comparisons. The upper bounds here need corresponding control after observations have changed the field and interaction, together with probability estimates strong enough for arbitrary test functions.
Gaussian stochastic localization supplies the framework for revealing those observations while tracking the remaining variance or entropy [12, 19]. The root calculation also develops conditional Kac–Rice methods used for TAP landscapes by Fan, Mei, and Montanari, and by Celentano, Fan, and Mei [11, 21]. Their cited applications have different positive-overlap or fixed-signal hypotheses; the shrinking-overlap critical estimates are proved here. The isotropic route extends the signed spin–Gaussian comparison to observation-dependent fields, then improves a typical-orientation estimate along the observation path. The cap route keeps the reduction of covariance in the field direction while fresh rotations reduce errors in orthogonal directions inside the active spectral subspace. The entropy arguments use these estimates only on their stated path or field domains and pay for their exceptions. Section 4 describes the inputs and outputs of the two mechanisms in detail.
2 Conventions and Gaussian observations
For a full-support law \nu on \Omega_n, we write
Conditional expectation given all spins except one is an orthogonal projection on L^2(\nu). The average of these projections therefore has spectrum in [0,1]. Its Dirichlet form is \D_\nu/n, a fact used later to pass directly from continuous time to deterministic numbers of attempted updates. For f(x)=a^{\mathsf T}x,
All vector norms are Euclidean and all matrix norms are operator norms unless another norm is indicated. Empirical averages have a factor 1/n.
We use the orthogonal invariance of a GOE completion. Adjoin independent J_{ii}\sim N(0,2/n) to J^\circ and call the completed matrix J. The added energy is \frac12\sum_iJ_{ii} because x_i^2=1; it is constant on the cube. Hence the Gibbs law, transition kernels, and all functional constants are unchanged. We may condition on the eigenvalues of J and use its Haar-distributed eigenframe in intermediate estimates. Once the conclusion is expressed in these intrinsic quantities, it is a statement about the original off-diagonal disorder.
For matrix A and field h, a tilted spin law is proportional to \exp(x^{\mathsf T}Ax/2+h^{\mathsf T}x). A Gaussian observation of positive semidefinite precision B has value
where G is standard Gaussian independent of X. Expanding the Gaussian likelihood shows that the posterior adds Y to the field and subtracts B from the interaction. Density calculations take place on the range of B; null directions carry no observation. In the isotropic case B=sI, the subtraction is diagonal and the posterior is simply a field tilt of the original spin law. Spectral caps use the same identity with a matrix precision.
For increasing deterministic precisions, independent Gaussian increments give the same experiment. At time s let \mu_s be the posterior law, m_s=\mu_s X and \Sigma_s=\Cov_{\mu_s}(X). The isotropic experiment is Y_s=sX+B_s, with B_s standard Brownian motion. Its innovation I_s:=Y_s-\int_0^s m_u\,\dd u is Brownian in the observation filtration. The finite-prior filtering identity is
Conditioning also gives
This is the finite-prior form of Gaussian stochastic localization [19]. The posterior formula is given in [12, Section 2.4.2, Fact 14 and Equation (6), arXiv version 2]; the entropy drift and associated stability criteria appear in its Equation (27), Proposition 39 and Lemma 40. The contraction (2.3) is the heat-bath Dirichlet-form supermartingale of [20, Lemma 9, arXiv version 2]. The gap companion records these temperature-free identities with the same normalization [28, Section 2].
The critical task is to bound the posterior quantities in these identities on the observation paths actually used. Each route proves those estimates, including the cost of exceptional observations. In particular, a covariance estimate on one random path is not an all-tilts stability theorem, and the classical logarithmic Sobolev inequality will require its own entropy and layer argument.
For a nonnegative density g with \mu g=1, \KL(g\mu\Vert\mu) =\Ent_\mu(g). The classical inequality studied here is \Ent_\mu(f^2)\le C_{\mathrm{LS}}\D_\mu(f) for all real f. Here the energy acts on f, while the entropy acts on f^2. An estimate using the logarithmic entropy-production form of g would be a different inequality and does not replace this one. For a fixed law on the finite cube every real function is admissible. Unless a varying parameter is explicitly specified, all constants and tolerances are chosen before n tends to infinity.
3 Companion inputs and the critical endpoint
The critical companion supplies exactly the two statements collected in Theorem 1.2: its Theorems 1.2 and 1.3 [27]. The spectral, noncentral spherical, and spectral-cap estimates required by the upper bounds are proved below. The high-temperature gap companion supplies observation identities and deterministic field and residual tools, together with fixed-subcritical consequences under their stated hypotheses [28]. We describe these hypotheses before using the tools at a critical endpoint.
The field equations are of Thouless–Anderson–Palmer type [33]. We use the following normalization, including the rank-one derivative of the self-consistent overlap.
For an interaction of variance j/n, set
The stable-field hypothesis is uniform over a region: every y with \norm{F_{J,h}(y)}\le\rho_0\sqrt n and every diagonal 0\le A\le(1+\eta)I sufficiently close to V_y in normalized Frobenius norm must satisfy H_J(y,A)\succ cI. The constants \rho_0,\eta,c are fixed positive margins. The whole-region assertion permits root continuation and spin-flip buffers; positivity at one selected root would not supply these uses.
The matrix diagnostics used below concern finite words: ordered products of bounded diagonal matrices and copies of the interaction matrix, with at most one controlled inverse factor. They bound the operator norm, the entrywise \ell^4 norm off the diagonal, and the Euclidean norm of the diagonal error from its Gaussian contraction prediction. The permitted diagonal classes and the actual inverse margins are stated in Lemmas 13.1 and 17.2; the distinction between adaptive diagonals and prescribed vector tests is recorded below.
Deterministic consequences. Under the specified finite-word diagnostics and stable-field hypotheses, the root r is unique. The gap paper’s Proposition 7.2 gives
Its proof also establishes |\mu_h[G(X-\tanh r)^{\mathsf T}e]| \le C(\mu_h G^2+\D_{\mu_h}(G))^{1/2} for \norm e\le1. In particular,
This is an unnormalized Euclidean mean estimate; it is not an approximation for the derivative of the mean map. For N=\mu_h f^2>0 and \nu=f^2\mu_h/N, Proposition 7.3 gives, for each sufficiently small fixed \delta>0,
The leading constant C is fixed by the stability margins. The constant C_\delta and the finite diagnostic length may then depend on \delta and on the resulting residual-recipe depth. This distinction will matter when we choose an integrated entropy-drift budget before choosing the residual tolerance that realizes it. The displayed statements and the uncentered proof consequence come from [28, Section 6, Lemma 7.1, Proposition 7.2 and its proof, Proposition 7.3].
Provider hypotheses. In the provider’s random word estimates, j<1 and j(1+\eta)^2<1 are fixed. When the interaction is \beta times a standard SK matrix, this variance parameter is j=\beta^2. Words have fixed length and at most one inverse factor; that inverse requires a separate positive margin for the actual matrix being inverted. Bilinear estimates apply to prescribed finite families of deterministic vectors. The random stable-field theorem is along ordinary Gaussian observations of a zero-field Gibbs sample. It is not a theorem for every field. The terminal observation-gap theorem also fixes j<1, although its input spin law may be arbitrary [28, Proposition 5.1, Corollary 5.2, Proposition 8.3].
Some deterministic ingredients have broader domains. The root/inverse lemma permits every fixed j>0 provided H_J(y,V_y)\succeq cI throughout its entire small-residual region. That root lemma alone needs only A=V_y; the nearby-diagonal condition is an additional hypothesis for the implicit residual recipes. The local-volume lemma and the signed two-spin curvature inequality similarly have their explicit deterministic hypotheses [28, Lemmas 5.6, 5.7 and 8.1]. We apply these deterministic tools at j=1 only after verifying their hypotheses. The two routes prove the needed restricted norm–trace random diagnostics, actual adaptive-inverse margins, whole-region stability, and terminal extensions locally. Recipe depth is fixed before the number of allowed spin flips, buffer widths, and eventual large-n threshold are used. No critical random estimate is obtained by taking \beta\uparrow1 in the fixed-temperature spectral-gap theorem.
4 Two upper-bound mechanisms
Both proofs use the geometry of the upper spectral edge, but transport different estimates. The limiting GOE spectral density decays as the square root of the distance to its upper edge 2, making nu^{3/2} the characteristic dimension of an edge window of width u. The spectral estimates below make this count precise at the scales where it is used. A spherical spin law can be represented as a Gaussian conditioned on \|X\|^2=n, so its resolvent turns this edge geometry into explicit covariance estimates. The first route observes all directions at the same precision. The second observes only the soft edge directions and enlarges that set one spectral cap at a time.
All changes of law below use finite-dimensional likelihood identities with explicit partition normalizers. The planted law weights the disorder by its partition function and introduces an auxiliary spin. Estimates under that law, or under a further tilt, are returned to ordinary disorder with the stated probability cost. No critical contiguity assertion is used; the distinction at the spiked-Wigner threshold is discussed in [29, Appendix A].
4.1 Isotropic observations: from covariance to a support profile
The endpoint of the first route is Theorem 14.2: for every fixed \omega>0, on one disorder event of probability tending to one,
simultaneously for every nonzero real f. The factor \log(1/p) says that a function concentrated on a smaller set must pay more heat-bath energy relative to its squared norm. For an indicator, \D_J(\mathbf1_A)=\sum_{x\in A}\mu_J(x)\sum_iQ_i(x,A^c) is the stationary probability current out of A per unit of per-site time. The profile controls the early evolution of a point-start density; the spectral gap controls the final decay.
A local covariance comparison. At isotropic precision s, write r=\sqrt s and k=nr^3=ns^{3/2}. The spectral and spherical estimates in Section 5 locate the Gaussian saddle and control its length densities, projections, and replica overlaps. The unrestricted rotation comparison in Section 6 then compares the spin and spherical partition functions and their replica moments. These estimates give the continuous reference and the probability budgets for the root analysis.
The root analysis studies solutions of
The Kac–Rice formula in Section 8 expresses planted expectations of sums over regular solutions as an integral against the observation density and the absolute Jacobian determinant. After gauging the planted spin to \mathbf1, the conditional matrix calculation in Section 9 isolates three directions: m; the component of \mathbf1 orthogonal to m; and the component of the root field y orthogonal to both. Their span is \mathcal P. The last direction records the remaining cubic part of the root profile. Conditioning on these directions leaves Haar rotations on \mathcal P^\perp. Section 10 compares their Haar weights with the determinant weights in the root count and locates the Gaussian trace. The exclusions are integrated over the root and conditional matrix data, with the imposed spectral restriction. The degree-one argument controls multiplicity when this root count is returned to the planted field law.
Here is the cancellation at the center of the comparison. Put z=X-m. For each replica, fix its projection on \mathcal P and its translated length; for a pair, also record the overlap of their residual components in \mathcal P^\perp. The two replica types are a product spin prior with means m and a variable-variance Gaussian prior. Multiplication by the common quadratic weight \exp\{z^{\mathsf T}(J-(1-q)I)z/2\} turns the product spin prior into the posterior \mu_s in the translated coordinates: the root equation cancels its linear term. The quantities \mathcal R_{ij} in (11.4) are their conditional saddle-density ratios for this residual overlap, relative to a common continuous reference, for the four ordered type pairs. A projection multiplier first matches the one-replica saddle densities. The signed combination \mathcal R_{pp}-\mathcal R_{pg_0}-\mathcal R_{g_0p} +\mathcal R_{g_0g_0}, with the common projection weight in (11.4), cancels common errors and errors depending on only one replica type. The actual spin statistics retain their lattice measures: Lemmas 11.2 and 11.3 transfer only the smooth leading terms to common volume, after bounding each remainder on its own measure.
This signed estimate, including the centered matrix kernel of Lemma 11.4, yields Proposition 11.1. For k\ge\log^{10}n and sufficiently small r, most Haar orientations on each retained root orbit satisfy \|\Sigma_s\|\le(1+\epsilon)/s, together with the weighted covariance and mean bounds in (11.1). Those additional bounds control derivatives along rotations in the next stage.
A probability bound along the observation path. Proposition 12.3 combines short backward variance transfers with concentration around the local majority just obtained. Starting from fixed positive observation times, it bounds, at each deterministic time with 0<s\le s_0 and k\ge K_{\log}\log n, the integrated planted mass of \mathcal G\cap\{\|\Sigma_s\|>(1+\epsilon)/s\} by e^{-ak}. Here \mathcal G is the rotation-invariant good-spectrum event in the proposition. The positive-time covariance and terminal gap inputs are proved at the critical parameter in Section 13; the subcritical spectral-gap theorem is not applied at its endpoint. In the intervening polylogarithmic window, the induction uses the unrestricted comparison of Section 7 in place of root-preserving rotations.
For the bottom range, put \ell=\log\log(n+1000). At each deterministic time with k\le K_{\log}\log n, Proposition 12.4 bounds the integrated planted mass of \mathcal G\cap\{\|\Sigma_s\|>Cn^{2/3}\ell^C\} by n^{-B} for any fixed B>0. Its finite-replica expansion retains the central prefactors and lattice covolumes. After conversion to common volume, the alternating sum cancels every term that omits a replica label; increasing the fixed moment order then supplies the required probability exponent. These are estimates along the observation law at deterministic times, with their stated integrated exceptions.
Entropy and the uniform event. Section 14 first transfers the planted bounds to one typical ordinary-disorder event, before choosing f. After normalizing \mu_J(f^2)=1, the restricted step assumes 0<p:=\mu_J(f\ne0)\le1/2 and \|f\|_\infty^2\le100p^{-2}. It treats small, moderate, and order-n values of \log(1/p) separately. Variance transport uses the bottom-scale estimate in the first range; replica moments and the sharp covariance bound retain entropy in the second; square-reweighted mean estimates control the last range. The product endpoint converts retained entropy to heat-bath energy, giving Proposition 14.1. Dyadic layers remove the bounded-test restriction and prove the support profile stated above.
4.2 Spectral caps: from a radial deficit to log-Sobolev
The second route proves Theorem 19.3: for every fixed \rho>0, with probability tending to one,
This classical logarithmic Sobolev inequality controls the smoothing of arbitrary densities through hypercontractivity and also implies the Poincaré inequality.
The cap and the radial deficit. Let d=2I-J. At scale p, observe with precision B_p=(p^2-d)_+ and write J_p=J-B_p. On the spectral event used below, the active projection P_p=\mathbf1_{\{d\le p^2\}} has rank of order k_p=np^3; the cap makes J_p scalar on its range. For h in this range, the spherical comparison uses R_p=(\max(d,p^2)+\alpha)^{-1}, where \alpha is chosen so that \operatorname{Tr}R_p+\|R_ph\|^2=n. Proposition 15.1 controls partition values and projected means uniformly on each prescribed ball \|h\|\le R p^2M_p, where M_p=\sqrt{np} and R is fixed.
Changing the field radially changes the length of the Gaussian mean, so the sphere constraint also changes \alpha. This reduces the radial response relative to the frozen resolvent R_p. The induction records that reduction explicitly. The true potential is \phi_p(h)=\log Z_{J_p}(h), whose Hessian is the capped Gibbs covariance. For this potential, K_p=(P_p\nabla^2\phi_p(h)P_p)|_{\operatorname{ran}P_p}. During initialization, K_p instead denotes the Hessian of an auxiliary potential on the same space. Restrict R_p there as well. With e=h/\|h\|, on the prescribed annulus the matrix D=p^2(K_p-R_p) has a radial entry at most -0.30, small transverse and mixed blocks, and a bounded lower error; see (16.2). This negative radial correction is the radial deficit. It provides the gain needed to propagate the covariance estimate to a smaller cap.
Transport and initialization. The curvature induction proceeds from larger caps to smaller caps. After the estimates have been proved, the entropy argument uses them along the forward observation process, in which p and B_p increase. For a child scale c=\gamma p, the exact Gaussian convolution (16.3) expresses the child potential through the parent. The exact increment formula conjugates the covariance of the parent field under the transition law by the inverse precision increment, then subtracts that inverse increment, to obtain the child’s Hessian. The Brascamp–Lieb upper bound retains the radial correction through the inverse in (16.14); the variational Fisher lower bound controls the opposite side and the mixed block. Averaging the rank-one correction regenerates the radial deficit by (16.20). Meanwhile the still hidden eigenframe inside the flat parent space is Haar. Its compression makes the transverse error small enough at the child scale. This conditional rotation is used under the canonical Gaussian bridge before the change to the actual tilted transition. Proposition 16.1 is the resulting one-step statement.
The initial radial deficit comes from the small-field TAP expansion in Section 17, specifically Proposition 17.5. Proposition 18.2 uses an independent conditional completion of the first cap to construct an auxiliary potential with the curvature invariant and a bounded Euclidean gradient error from the true potential. The companion estimate used for that error is at one fixed 0<\beta<1. Proposition 18.4 contracts the error over a finite number of cap steps, and Lemma 18.5 then transfers the invariant to the true potential. The induction continues down to np^3\asymp\sqrt{\log n}. For fields h\in\operatorname{ran}P_p, its final output, Theorem 18.6, gives a sharp (1+\epsilon)/p^2 upper bound for the covariance projected onto \operatorname{ran}P_p on a thin saddle annulus, and a C/p^2 bound for the same projected covariance on any prescribed bounded field ball, at every scale in the stated interval.
Entropy retention and layers. Write N=\mu_J(f^2)=e^{-L}>0 and \nu=f^2\mu_J/N. The bounded-test reduction assumes 0\le f\le1, \mu_J(f>0)\le1/2, \operatorname{KL}(\nu\Vert\mu_J)\ge L/2, and L\le Cn. The disorder event is chosen before f. For L\le\lambda n, where the small fixed \lambda>0 is chosen after the curvature and ordinary-path tolerances, Section 19.3 chooses a first cap with dimension comparable to \max\{\sqrt{\log n},c_0L\}. The curvature bounds control the information revealed as the cap grows, retaining enough entropy for the product estimate in Section 19.5. For \lambda n\le L\le Cn, Section 19.6 argues by contradiction under \D_J(f)/N\le n^{-2/3}L. Square-reweighted mean bounds and relative entropy of stopped observation paths retain order-n entropy until the product estimate contradicts that assumption. The noise diagnostics and stability tolerances are chosen before the test function. Finally, Lemma 19.1 passes from the bounded-test energy estimate to set capacities, then to arbitrary half-supported functions, and then by a median decomposition and the entropy shift (19.5) to the classical logarithmic Sobolev inequality.
The final dynamical transfer. Section 20 converts either functional endpoint to worst-start mixing: the support profile truncates large densities, while logarithmic Sobolev hypercontractivity supplies the second smoothing argument. The identity \mathcal L_J=n(P_J-I) and the nonnegative spectrum of P_J keep the factor n between per-site time and attempted updates explicit. The linear lower tests and Theorem 1.2 supply the opposite exponents for mixing and the functional constants. The companion’s realized-start and arbitrary-diverging-factor quantifiers remain those stated in Theorem 1.2.
5 Spectral and spherical estimates for the support-profile argument
The support-profile argument begins with estimates that involve only the spectrum and unrestricted rotation orbits. These estimates have two uses. At positive observation times they provide fixed-rate overlap concentration and exponential-moment bounds with arbitrarily prescribed exceptional-set rates. At the smallest times a more accurate comparison with the spherical model gives covariance estimates and an independent lower-bound argument.
5.1 Conventions and the observation law
The matrix J has the GOE normalization: its independent off-diagonal entries have variance 1/n, and its diagonal entries have variance 2/n. The diagonal does not affect the spin law. Write \pi_{\mathrm c} for uniform probability measure on \{-1,1\}^n, and \pi_{\mathrm o} for uniform probability measure on the sphere of radius \sqrt n. Define
Thus the partition functions use probability, rather than counting or surface-area, normalization. The spin law at field h is \mu_h. Empirical averages are denoted by \av{a}=n^{-1}\sum_i a_i; vector norms are Euclidean, matrix norms without a subscript are operator norms, and \|\cdot\|_{\mathrm{HS}} is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm.
Given J, sample X from \mu_0 and observe
where B is an independent standard Brownian motion in \R^n. Completing the square in the Gaussian likelihood shows that the conditional spin law is \mu_s:=\mu_{h_s}. Its mean and covariance will be denoted by m_s^{\mathrm{post}} and \Sigma_s, respectively.
There are two probability laws for the disorder. The ordinary law is the centered GOE law. The planted law is its size bias by Z(0)/\E Z(0), together with the Gibbs spin and observation. Under the present normalization \E Z(0)=e^{n/4}. Under the planted law, X is uniform on the cube and
where W is an independent centered GOE matrix. This follows directly by completing squares in its Gaussian density. A second exact identity will be used repeatedly. Fix the spectrum and write J=U\Lambda U^T, randomizing the finite eigenframe choices so that U belongs to the proper rotation group.
In eigen-coordinates c=U^Th_s, the planted joint law of (U,c) has density
relative to Haar measure in U and the spherical-model observation law in c. In this ratio both partition functions use the co-rotated matrix. Indeed the conditional density of U is Z_U(0)/Z_{\mathrm o}(0), whereas the observation density contributes Z_U(Uc)/Z_U(0) times a rotation-invariant Gaussian factor. Averaging Z_U(Uc) over U gives Z_{\mathrm o}(Uc). In particular, the marginal law of c is exactly the spherical observation law.
Constants may change from line to line. All rate budgets in this section are fixed before n tends to infinity. At a small scale, an o(1) error may also be made small by decreasing a fixed upper bound on r; the time itself need not tend to zero. Thus a statement with exceptional mass e^{-Bk}, for every fixed B, means that the allowed upper scale and the size threshold may depend on B and on the desired fixed accuracy. Polynomial factors are absorbed by rate slack when k/\log n is sufficiently large.
5.2 Resolvents at the upper edge
Put
Let \rho_{\mathrm{sc}} be the semicircle probability law on [-2,2]. The next estimates are imposed on the ordinary disorder. Later planted probabilities will be intersected with this spectral event; the event need not have large planted probability.
Lemma 5.1 (Spectral estimates). There are events of ordinary probability tending to one on which, uniformly for d_0\le d\le D_* with any fixed D_*<\infty,
For every fixed integer p\ge2, the trace of the pth resolvent power is asymptotic to its semicircle value and is O_p(nd^{3-2p}). There are order nd^3 eigenvalues at depth comparable to d^2 below 2, and at most Cnd^3 within an upper-edge interval of that width. Moreover \|J\|\le3 and the empirical spectral measure converges to \rho_{\mathrm{sc}}. Fixed-rank interlacings preserve the resolvent estimates when the evaluation point stays at least a fixed positive multiple of d^2 from every pole in both spectra.
Proof. The Gaussian–chi representation is the classical tridiagonal construction; see [18, Theorem 2.1 and Section 2.3] for the general beta-ensemble model. In the present normalization, successive orthogonal Gaussian elimination gives a tridiagonal matrix with the same spectrum as J. Its independent diagonal entries are N(0,2/n) and its adjacent entries are \chi_{n-i}/\sqrt n, 1\le i<n. To see the independence, rotate the first column below the diagonal onto the second coordinate. Orthogonal invariance leaves a fresh independent GOE matrix on the remaining coordinates, and the procedure can then be iterated.
Let A be the deterministic Jacobi matrix with zero diagonal and adjacent entries \sqrt{1-i/n}, and write the tridiagonal matrix as A+\Delta. Centered entries of \Delta are sub-Gaussian at scale n^{-1/2}. Gaussian norm concentration and the second moment of a chi variable give adjacent-entry means O((n(n-i))^{-1/2}). For
the positive walk expansion gives
Indeed the positive series
is a sum over returning walks. Their count divided by 2^j is O((j+1)^{-1/2}). A walk staying above i/2 gains e^{-cij/n} from the adjacent weights, so its contribution is bounded by
By reflection and the binomial tail bound, the relative count of walks that visit below i/2 is at most Ce^{-ci^2/(j+1)}. Their sum is at most C_p d^{1-2p}e^{-cdi}. Since nd^3\ge1, di\ge i/(nd^2); exponential decay in this last quantity bounds the sum by C_p d^{1-2p}(1+i/(nd^2))^{(1-2p)/2}, which is again C_pa_i^{1-2p}.
The perturbation is small in the resolvent metric already at d=n^{-1/3}\sqrt\ell:
The block-energy estimate below follows the partial-sum and summation-by-parts method used in [24, Proposition 7 and Lemmas 8–9]; see also [30, Lemma 5.6 and Section 6]. The resolvent precision needed here is verified explicitly. With b_i=\sqrt{1-i/n} and b_0=b_n=0, the Jacobi energy is
It controls
The identity 2\Delta_{i,i+1}u_iu_{i+1} =\Delta_{i,i+1}(u_i^2+u_{i+1}^2) -\Delta_{i,i+1}(u_{i+1}-u_i)^2 separates each noisy adjacent term into a diagonal contribution and a squared difference.
The maximum entry of \Delta is o(1), so the difference terms and the terms on the bulk half are harmless. Divide the first half into consecutive blocks of length comparable to a_i^{-1}, merging a short last block. The values of a_i are comparable within each block. Sub-Gaussian maximal bounds, applied separately to each shifted entry sequence, show that centered diagonal partial sums from the beginning of a block are at most \epsilon a_i, except with probability Ce^{-c\epsilon^2na_i^3} per block.
For a block B of length comparable to a_B^{-1}, summation by parts against a centered diagonal sequence \zeta_i with these partial sums gives
To see the scale, average the endpoint value of u^2 over the block and bound the variation of u^2 by Cauchy–Schwarz. Multiplication by the partial-sum bound \epsilon a_B then gives the two terms displayed. The first-half means are O(n^{-1}), a relative O((na_B^2)^{-1})=o(1) contribution to the potential term.
A dyadic shell contains O(na_B^3) blocks. At d=n^{-1/3}\sqrt\ell, the smallest value of na_B^3 is \ell^{3/2}. Choose \epsilon\downarrow0 with \epsilon^2\ell^{3/2}\gg\log\ell. The block counts and the exponents then grow geometrically on successive shells, so the exceptions are summable. Summing the block inequalities proves (5.3). Positivity of R^{-1}-\Delta at this value of d also places the upper edge below 2+n^{-2/3}\ell=2+o(d_0^2).
The relative perturbation estimate has placed the spectrum below the resolvent pole. The trace estimate requires more precision: its error must be small on the unnormalized trace scale. We first estimate the linear and quadratic perturbation terms, then identify the deterministic Jacobi trace through its Hermite equation.
Expanding the resolvent and using (5.3) gives
The quadratic remainder is nonnegative, so its expectation controls it by Markov’s inequality. Its centered-noise expectation is O(d^{-2}), by (5.2), Cauchy–Schwarz for neighboring entries, and n^{-1}\sum_i a_i^{-4}=O(d^{-2}). For the mean contribution, first use R\preceq Cd^{-2}I. On the bulk half the adjacent-entry means are O(n^{-1/2}) and the diagonals of R^2 are bounded; on the other half the means are O(n^{-1}) and the trace bound applies.
The linear term has standard deviation O(d^{-2}) and mean O(d^{-1}+1). These estimates extend to each fixed-ratio interval in d. In an eigenbasis of A, with \rho_i=(2+d^2-\lambda_i(A))^{-1}, the quadratic term is
It is nonnegative and decreases with d, regardless of the signs in \Delta. For the linear term L(d)=\Tr R^2\Delta,
The diagonal bounds give this logarithmic derivative the same O(d^{-2}) fluctuation scale as L(d) on a fixed-ratio interval. Integrating it controls the supremum there. Markov’s inequality for Q and the corresponding second-moment bound for L, at threshold (nd^3)^{1/4}d^{-2}, have summable failures over the dyadic intervals because nd^3 starts at \ell^3 and grows geometrically. Finally
which gives the stated uniform trace error.
It remains to identify the deterministic trace. Reversing the Jacobi indices in its principal-determinant recurrence gives monic Hermite polynomials. The characteristic polynomial P_n satisfies
Therefore b_A=P_n'/(nP_n) obeys
The right side is O((nd)^{-1}) by (5.2). Continuation from large z selects the smaller branch and gives b_A(2+d^2)=b_{\mathrm{sc}}(2+d^2)+O((nd^2)^{-1}). Together with the perturbation estimate this proves (5.1).
For a fixed integer p\ge2, take the (p-1)st finite difference at spacing hd^2, with \Delta_a f(u)=f(u+a)-f(u). The scalar identity is
For an eigenvalue v of J, take t=2-v. The upper-edge bound already proved in (5.1) gives t+d^2\ge d^2-o(d_0^2)\ge d^2/2 for all sufficiently large n, uniformly for d\ge d_0. Hence
The same comparison holds for semicircle depths t\ge0. For fixed h>0, (5.1) gives the semicircle limit for the finite difference with a relative error tending to zero. Letting h decrease after n tends to infinity now squeezes the pth power to its semicircle value.
For the edge counts at a shrinking scale, put t_i=(2-\lambda_i(J))/d^2 and consider the finite measure
To identify its limit, use the coordinate x=(1+t)^{-1}. The upper-edge bound places the pushed-forward measures on [0,1+o(1)], and for every fixed integer j\ge0 their moments are
The trace-power estimates include the total mass, corresponding to j=0. Polynomial approximation on a fixed compact interval therefore determines the weak limit of the pushed-forward finite measures. For d\to0, the semicircle change of variables identifies its pullback as
The interval [1,2] has positive limiting mass and boundary of mass zero. Since its weight (1+t)^{-2} is bounded above and below, it contains order nd^3 eigenvalues. This conclusion is uniform over shrinking scales: any violating sequence would have the same moment limits and hence the same interval-mass limit. The second-power trace bound gives at most Cnd^3 eigenvalues in any fixed multiple of the d^2 upper-edge window. For d in a fixed interval bounded away from zero, ordinary semicircle convergence gives the same conclusions with constants depending on that interval. Applying the same argument to -J gives the lower-edge bound.
For the interlacing assertion, the two eigenvalue counting functions differ by at most a fixed integer. Write z for the evaluation point and let (z-cd^2,z+cd^2) be free of both spectra. The function (z-v)^{-p}, defined outside this gap, has an extension across the gap of total variation O_p(d^{-2p}). Integration by parts against the difference of the counting functions therefore bounds the raw trace difference by O_p(d^{-2p}). This argument also applies when z is interior to the full spectral range. For p\ge2 the error is relative O((nd^3)^{-1}); for p=1 it is o(\sqrt{n/d}), the unnormalized error scale in (5.1).
We will use these estimates under conditional matrix laws through a deterministic interlacing implication. If E has codimension one, e\in E, and
then the ordered eigenvalues satisfy
In particular \lambda_{\max}(M)\le\lambda_{\max}(J), cumulative upper-edge counts differ by at most two, and band counts differ by at most four. Thus the retained spectrum of the actual full matrix supplies the edge spread and trace estimates for its compressed block. The first-trace error O(d^{-2}) is also o(\sqrt{n/d}) because nd^3\to\infty. When a conditional block has a Haar eigenframe, its concentration estimates can be proved uniformly on these inherited spectra before intersecting with the original full-matrix spectral event; this does not require conditioning on that event’s probability.
5.3 Conditioning a Gaussian on the sphere
For a fixed spectrum and field, choose the unique \lambda>\lambda_{\max}(J) such that
The left side is strictly decreasing from infinity to zero, so the root is well defined. The spherical Gibbs law is precisely N(m_{\mathrm o},D) conditioned on \|x\|^2=n, in the sense of disintegration by its length density. Superscript 0 will denote the zero-field quantities.
Lemma 5.1 implies
Indeed at 2+Cd_0^2 the normalized trace deficit is O(d_0). At distance c/(nd_0) above the last pole, that pole contributes enough to close this deficit if c is small; monotonicity gives the second bound as well as the first.
The density estimates used in this conditioning are recorded with their proofs, since polynomial conditioning losses must be tracked at the lower edge.
Lemma 5.2 (Density at the mean). Let g be a finite-dimensional standard Gaussian vector and let Q=g^TAg+b^Tg with A\succeq0 and \sigma^2=\Var Q>0. The density of Q at \E Q is at least c/\sigma, for an absolute c>0. The same lower bound, with a smaller absolute constant, holds at a displacement o(\sigma) along any sequence of such forms.
Proof. After diagonalization and normalization it is enough to consider
Argue by subsequences. If an a_i stays bounded below, write the sum as a_i(g_i^2-1)+2b_ig_i+W. Cantelli’s inequality gives a positive lower bound for \Pprob(W\le a_i/2), and Chebyshev’s inequality removes W<-C after a fixed large C is chosen. On the remaining event the one-coordinate target lies in [-a_i/2,C], a compact interval strictly above the minimum -a_i-b_i^2/a_i of the quadratic. Its density there has a positive lower bound. This proves the claim along the subsequence.
If \max_i a_i\to0 but \|b\| stays bounded below, write g=z\,b/\|b\|+g_\perp. The coefficient of z^2 tends to zero, and the random correction to its linear coefficient has variance O((\max_i a_i)^2). Thus that linear coefficient stays bounded away from zero with high probability. The remaining term has bounded second moment. Restrict it to a fixed compact interval and the cross coefficient to a small interval; the change of variables in z then has a bounded Jacobian and a preimage in a fixed compact interval, where the Gaussian density is bounded below. In the remaining case Fourier inversion gives a local Gaussian limit. The quadratic-product formula supplies the integrable bound
The same proof permits an o(1) displacement of the target in standard-deviation units.
Suppose \lambda-2\asymp d^2, where d_0\le d\lesssim1. The shell variable has standard deviation comparable to \sqrt{n/d}. The lower bound follows from \Tr D^2\asymp n/d, and its upper bound uses (5.4) to give \|m_{\mathrm o}\|^2=O(nd) and m_{\mathrm o}^TDm_{\mathrm o}=O(n/d). The mean-density lower bound controls the denominator of shell conditioning. For a projection test we also need an upper bound for the remaining length density. The spectral spread survives a compression of fixed codimension.
More explicitly, write x=m_{\mathrm o}+D^{1/2}g, let S=\|x\|^2, and let Z=V^{\mathsf T}g for a matrix V with a fixed number of orthonormal columns. Then
Let P=I-VV^{\mathsf T}. After fixing Z, the quadratic matrix for the remaining white coordinates is the compression \left.PDP\right|_{\operatorname{ran}P}. The conditional covariance of x is D^{1/2}PD^{1/2}, whose nonzero eigenvalues agree with those of this compression. The surviving spectral block of the compression and the quadratic-product formula therefore give f_{S\mid Z=z}(n)\le C\sqrt{d/n} uniformly in the translated mean, hence uniformly in z. The mean-density lemma gives the matching lower scale for f_S(n). This ratio supplies Gaussian moment and tail bounds for every fixed collection of white projections. In particular,
The density ratio gives uniform moment control; the sharp coefficient requires the limiting conditional law.
To obtain the coefficient 1, take any sequence of unit projection directions. The standardized shell variable and the projection have joint Gaussian subsequential limits, since
Their possible limiting correlation comes only from the linear part of the shell variable. Fourier inversion conditional on the projection, with the integrable bound just obtained, gives local convergence at shell value zero against bounded projection tests.
The uniform projection tails make the squared projections uniformly integrable, so this local convergence also gives their second moments. Conditioning a joint Gaussian at its mean, or at an o(1) displacement, can only decrease the second moment, which proves (5.6) uniformly over directions.
When \lambda\le2+Cd_0^2, the same density-ratio argument costs at most \ell^C. Indeed D\preceq D^0, \|m_{\mathrm o}\|^2=O(nd_0), and the edge levels and remaining dyadic shells give
The spread at depth comparable to d_0^2 supplies the required density upper bound after fixed-dimensional compression. Thus the ratio to the lower bound at the mean is bounded by a power of \ell.
We will also condition coarse tail events on exact spheres. The rule used below is the following radial comparison. For a fixed number of Gaussian vectors, let I_E(n,\ldots,n) be the unnormalized joint density of their squared lengths at (n,\ldots,n), restricted to an angular event E. Suppose the Gaussian precision and its product with the mean have polynomial norms. If E_{\rm buf} contains the radial images of E for |s_j-n|\le n^{-C_0}, then
for a fixed C after C_0 is sufficiently large. Indeed, in polar coordinates the Gaussian log density and the radial log Jacobian vary by O(1) on this interval, uniformly in the angular variables. Integrating along those rays proves the inequality. Dividing by a reference shell density bounded below by an inverse power of n gives the corresponding normalized bound. At each use below, E is specified by quadratic or fixed-degree Gram tests on a polynomial ball. Their polynomial derivative and inverse-tolerance bounds ensure that a slight relaxation of the tests contains this radial buffer.
Lemma 5.3 (Zero-field spherical normalization). With ordinary probability tending to one,
Proof. The Gaussian shell formula gives
The last term is O(\log n) in the direction needed for the lower bound. Replacing \lambda^0 by 2+Cd_0^2 in the first two terms increases them by only O(nd_0^3), by convexity and (5.1). At this new argument, concavity of log determinant gives the upper bound
The linear correction has mean O(1) and standard deviation O(\sqrt{\log n}), by (5.2).
Integrating the deterministic Hermite transform estimate shows that the deterministic log determinant differs from the semicircle value by O(\log n). Beyond a fixed large z, the same Hermite equation and \|A\|\le2 give normalized-transform error O(n^{-1}(z-2)^{-3}), so the integral to infinity is harmless. Finally,
has value 1/4 at z=2, as follows by integrating b_{\mathrm{sc}}, and is increasing thereafter. This proves the lower bound. The upper bound follows from the same Gaussian representation at a fixed positive shift, using the length-density upper bound and then sending the shift to zero.
Lemma 5.4 (Spherical observations). Assume the spectral event in Lemma 5.1. For every fixed tolerance \epsilon>0, when k\gg\log n and the allowed upper bound on r is sufficiently small, the spherical observation satisfies
except with probability e^{-c_\epsilon k}. For every fixed B<\infty there are constants c_B,C_B>0 such that
except with probability e^{-Bk}. Polynomial conditioning factors can be accommodated already at k>K\log n, with K chosen after the tolerance and rate budget. For every deterministic actual time 0\le t\le s=r^2, the same upper test gives
outside probability e^{-Bk}, where k=nr^3 is the nominal scale. The lower and sharp width bounds and the sharp mean estimate above concern the actual time s.
Proof. Test (5.4) at \lambda=2+\gamma s. Before conditioning, X\sim N(0,D^0) and h_s=rg+sX with an independent white Gaussian g. Put \delta=\lambda-\lambda^0. Since k\gg\log n, we have r/d_0\to\infty and \delta=\gamma r^2(1+o_n(1)) for fixed \gamma>0. The partial fraction identity
together with (5.1) and \Tr D^0=n gives
The leading expressions agree at \gamma=1; their errors are small in the stated order of upper scale and dimension.
The signal square is s^2X^{\mathsf T}D^2X. Subtract (s^2/\delta^2)(\|X\|^2-n), which has mean zero and vanishes on the exact sphere. In a white eigen-coordinate with t=\lambda^0-\lambda_i(J)>0, the remaining quadratic coefficient is
The pole in D^0 has disappeared. The spectral trace bounds give operator norm O_\gamma(r^{-2}) and squared Hilbert–Schmidt norm O_\gamma(n/r) for this quadratic matrix. The noise square has the same bounds. Gaussian exponentiation at a deviation of order nr therefore gives exponent \min\{(nr)^2/(n/r),(nr)/r^{-2}\}\asymp k. Conditional on X, the cross term is Gaussian with variance O(n/r) when the signal square is O(nr). The radial conditioning comparison preserves these rates after polynomial loss. Testing on either side of \gamma=1 proves the sharp assertions.
For a prescribed rate, first choose a large fixed L. At a lower trial point 2+\gamma r^2, the L^3k modes at depth comparable to L^2r^2 contribute noise-square mean comparable to nr/L, whereas the trace deficit is comparable to n\sqrt\gamma r. Choose \sqrt\gamma smaller than a fixed multiple of L^{-1}. A fixed-fraction Gaussian small-ball bound on these modes then has failure e^{-cL^3k}, uniformly in X because translation decreases the probability of a centered ball.
For the upper width, test at 2+L^2r^2. The trace deficit is of order nLr, while the noise and signal means are O(nr/L) and O(nr/L^3). The noise quadratic matrix has norm O(L^{-4}r^{-2}) and squared Hilbert–Schmidt norm O(n/(L^5r)); the canceled signal matrix has the corresponding bounds O(L^{-6}r^{-2}) and O(n/(L^9r)). Their Gaussian tail exponents at the deficit scale are at least cL^3k. For an actual time t\le s, write h_t=\sqrt t\,g+tX and use this same trial point. Both noise and signal prefactors decrease, so the upper-width estimate retains its nominal k-scale rate. Choose L from the requested rate, then the lower trial constant \gamma, then the upper scale so that these spectral windows are available. Finally choose the logarithmic threshold to absorb the polynomial shell cost. On the exact sphere \|X\|=\sqrt n; Gaussian norm concentration applied to h_t=\sqrt t\,g+tX gives the stated field bound uniformly over the deterministic choices 0\le t\le s.
6 Comparison on unrestricted rotation orbits
In this section the matrix, field, and spherical mean rotate together. The spectral data and the field in eigen-coordinates are fixed. The comparison first controls unnormalized replica integrals. A controlled Brownian argument then supplies the lower partition-function tail needed to normalize those integrals.
Proposition 6.1 (Unrestricted orbit comparison). Assume Lemma 5.1, let d=\sqrt{\lambda-2} be comparable to r>0, and suppose \|h\|\le Cr\sqrt n and k=nr^3\gg\log n. Fix the width-comparison factors. For every fixed B and every requested fixed relative accuracy, the following holds outside Haar mass e^{-Bk} once the allowed upper bound on r is sufficiently small:
For each fixed replica number p and fixed symmetric zero-diagonal p\times p matrix P of sufficiently small norm, chosen before the upper scale and exceptional set, the same Haar bound holds for
The leading constant and the norm threshold depend only on the width-comparison factors; the allowed upper scale may also depend on the fixed replica data. The joint Haar–posterior probability that a pair overlap differs from \|m_{\mathrm o}\|^2/n by more than any prescribed fixed tolerance times r is at most e^{-ck}, with c>0 depending on that tolerance.
The same conclusions are available at k>K\log n with explicit polynomial losses. For any prescribed \eta>0, the errors o(k) in (6.1) and (6.2) may be replaced by \eta k+C_*\log n. The unabsorbed exceptional masses have the form n^{C_*}e^{-B'k} for the partition and moment bounds and n^{C_*}e^{-c'k} for the joint pair bound. Here C_* may depend on the fixed replica data, accuracy, and preliminary rate budget. Choose B'>B and then K to absorb these losses; for the pair bound retain a smaller positive rate than c'. At fixed K the logarithmic loss is a chosen small fraction of k, rather than an error vanishing with n. The exceptional-mass conclusions also hold after weighting Haar measure by Z(h)/Z_{\mathrm o}(h), with an arbitrarily small decrease of the rate exponents.
6.1 Replica integrals and their tails
For independent uniform signs, write R_{ab}=(X^a)^TX^b/n. On polynomially small boxes near the identity Gram matrix, their off-diagonal overlaps have probability at most the corresponding spherical probability times
The spherical density is proportional to (\det R)^{(n-p-1)/2}, with polynomial normalization obtained by successive projections. For signs, the sum Chernoff bound has an analytic finite-dimensional Legendre expansion near zero, with identity covariance.
Its quadratic and cubic terms agree with -\tfrac12\log\det R: the only nonzero third products are triangles, and each has expectation one. The difference thus begins at fourth order, which proves (6.3). Conditional on the Gram matrix, Haar rotation supplies exactly the same angular integral for both priors. The boxes can have any sufficiently small inverse-polynomial side length. Their Gram eigenvalues remain bounded below, and a smooth Gram factor changes the energy and the additional tilts in (6.2) by a polynomially bounded amount times the box width.
Under the spherical Gibbs energies, pair overlaps are O(r). For a\gg r up to a small fixed constant, the event \max_{i\ne j}|R_{ij}|\ge a costs at most a polynomial times e^{-cna^3}, for every fixed number of replicas. To prove this, one of (X^i+X^j)/\sqrt2 and (X^i-X^j)/\sqrt2 has squared length at most n(1-a). Translations decrease the relevant Gaussian small-ball probability. Add a negative square tilt of size \eta a^2, with \eta>0 small. By (5.1), the normalized trace lost under this tilt is O(r+\sqrt\eta a). The logarithmic Gaussian integral then gives the asserted na^3 exponent; exact length conditioning costs only a polynomial.
For the tilted calculation write \xi^a=X^a-m_{\mathrm o}. Before shell conditioning these are independent Gaussians of precision D^{-1}. Choose the norm threshold on P so that s\|P\|\le\theta(\lambda-\lambda_{\max}(J)) for a fixed \theta<1. This is possible uniformly under the width comparison. Factoring the Gaussian integral leaves the determinant \det(I-sP\otimes D)^{-1/2} and a normalized centered Gaussian law with covariance
The precision remains positive. The determinant series has no linear term because \Tr P=0, and the remaining terms cost at most Cs^2\Tr(P^2)\Tr(D^2)\le Ck\Tr(P^2). The new covariance is bounded between fixed shifted resolvents. Under this law X^a=m_{\mathrm o}+\xi^a; the preceding small-ball argument for their sums and differences still applies because it is uniform in translations. The joint length numerator is estimated under this normalized correlated law, while the original single-shell densities remain the denominators. The radial comparison gives the stated polynomial conditioning cost. Without a tilt, Gaussian quadratic and linear tails show concentration about \|m_{\mathrm o}\|^2/n within any fixed tolerance times r.
Consequently the annealed unnormalized products, divided by the corresponding powers of Z_{\mathrm o}(h) and restricted to all overlaps in a sufficiently small fixed interval, have logarithmic cost at most Ck\Tr P^2+o(k). On overlaps of order r, the cost nr^4=rk=o(k) in (6.3) is negligible. For a fixed replica number, choose the overlap cutoff \eta so that C_pa^4\le(c/2)a^3 for 0<a\le\eta. On the rest of the small interval, the negative na^3 exponent under the tilted Gaussian law then absorbs the quartic prior-comparison error. The argument applies to repetitions in disjoint replica groups. For the proposition’s joint Haar–posterior pair conclusion, take P=0. For any prescribed fixed tolerance, restrict the pair to the complement of the interval centered at \|m_{\mathrm o}\|^2/n with that tolerance times r as its radius. The no-tilt concentration estimate above, combined with the same prior comparison, retains a strict negative rate of order k for this restricted pair integral.
Only the pair calculation requires a completely unrestricted unnormalized overlap tail. For every fixed \eta>0, |R_{12}|>\eta contributes at most e^{-c_\eta n} relative to Z_{\mathrm o}(h)^2. The field costs O(nr); we will absorb it by choosing the upper scale after \eta. After rotating the orthogonal sum and difference, their angular energy is at most
At a parallel endpoint only the nonzero direction is needed. Here the elementary one-direction bound is that a uniform direction of squared radius n, tilted by strength u\ge0, has logarithmic integral per coordinate at most u^2/4+o(1), uniformly on compact u-ranges, also in a fixed-codimension compression.
Indeed use a centered Gaussian with precision z-uJ, z>2u, to obtain the upper bound
At a fixed shift the shell-density loss is subexponential. For u\le1, choose z=1+u^2; for u\ge1, send z\downarrow2u. The derivative of the latter continuation is 1-1/(2u)\le u/2, proving the claimed quadratic upper bound. Iterating over the two directions proves the display. Its exponent is n/2+nR_{12}^2/2+o(n). For the denominator we need only \log Z_{\mathrm o}(0)\ge n/4-o(n), which follows deterministically from the retained spectral event. Indeed (5.5) gives \lambda^0\to2 and a polynomial bound on \|D^0\|. The zero-field shell formula and the density-at-mean lower bound give
For every fixed \delta>0, eventually \lambda^0\le2+\delta, so the log determinant is at most \log\det((2+\delta)I-J). Semicircle convergence identifies its normalized limit. Sending \delta\downarrow0 gives the claimed lower bound. Thus no additional normalization event is needed here.
By symmetry Z_{\mathrm o}(h)\ge Z_{\mathrm o}(0), so the denominator removes the n/2 term. The Cramér rate of the overlap of independent signs exceeds R_{12}^2/2 by a fixed positive amount on |R_{12}|\ge\eta. Choosing the upper bound on r so that the field cost is smaller than this gap proves the global pair estimate.
6.2 The lower partition-function tail
Set F(U)=\log(Z(h)/Z_{\mathrm o}(h)) on the rotation orbit. The Haar averaging behind this first-moment identity follows Comets [14, Equations (2.1)–(2.2)]; the present field-dependent identity follows from the rotation convention above. Haar averaging and the pair bounds give
Paley–Zygmund therefore supplies a set of high anchors of mass e^{-o(k)} on which F\ge-o(k). These anchors may also be required to satisfy
Indeed the square of this Hilbert–Schmidt norm is \E_{\mu_h^{\otimes2}}(X^1\cdot X^2)^2, and the global pair estimate removes the contrary event at exponentially small unnormalized mass.
For every fixed B' and \epsilon>0,
once the upper bound on r is small enough. To see this, let q_\eta(U)=\mu_h^{\otimes2}(|R_{12}|>\eta). The global pair estimate is \E_U[e^{2F}q_\eta]\le e^{-c_\eta n}. Hence
Fix a replica number p and choose \delta<(2\binom p2)^{-1}. On the remaining orientations at least half of the posterior p-replica mass has all overlaps below \eta. The annealed bound for that truncated integral then gives upper-event mass at most 2e^{-(p\epsilon-o_p(1))k}. Choose p from B', then the truncation tolerance and the upper scale. This obtains the strong upper tail from truncated moments.
We now turn the upper-tail bound into a lower-tail bound. The tangent inequality at a high anchor compares nearby endpoints. A reflected third rotation will cancel their first-order displacement, while its entropy cost allows us to control its endpoint by the upper tail just proved.
At a high anchor, Jensen’s inequality gives the deterministic lower tangent estimate
To verify it, expand the rotated quadratic and linear energies under the Gibbs law at U. The linear coefficient is bounded by a constant times \|J\|\|\E XX^T\|_{\mathrm{HS}}+\sqrt n\|h\|=o(n). The quadratic remainder is bounded by C\|J\|\|\E XX^T\|\|R-I\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2. The denominator is rotation invariant. This proves (6.4), with arbitrarily small fixed leading errors at sufficiently small upper scale.
Suppose, toward a contradiction, that the low set \{F<-\epsilon k\} has Haar mass at least e^{-Bk}. The following controlled reflection produces three nearby rotations: one at a high anchor, one in the low set, and one whose upper tail can be bounded by entropy.
Use rotational Brownian motion started at the identity, with right-translated antisymmetric noise \dd W whose upper entries have variance \dd t/n. Its Itô drift is -(1-1/n)I/2. Choose a deterministic terminal time sufficiently large that its endpoint law approximates Haar as accurately as needed. The heat kernel on the compact connected group permits this even for the exponentially small target sets at each fixed n.
The control cost is the entropy–drift representation associated with Föllmer’s process; the Euclidean form and its converse are given in [25, Proposition 1 and Theorem 2]. The group normalization needed here follows directly from the likelihood martingale. For a positive smooth terminal likelihood of free mean one, its backward heat extension is the density-process function. Itô’s formula under the Doob transform shows that the expected integrated squared drift in standard noise coordinates is twice the endpoint relative entropy.
An antisymmetric matrix velocity E corresponds to standard-coordinate drift with squared norm n\|E\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2/2. Thus its entropy cost is exactly
Bounded positive smooth approximations to normalized target indicators attain endpoint hit probabilities arbitrarily close to one and entropies within an additive constant of the indicator entropy. Conversely Girsanov’s formula and data processing bound the endpoint entropy of any adapted control above by (6.5); stopping at finite energy justifies this statement without further integrability assumptions.
Choose feedback controls for two motions U,V so that their endpoints hit the high-anchor and low sets, respectively, with probability at least 0.95. Their expected joint matrix energy is O_B(k/n). Stop all controls when the joint energy exceeds a sufficiently large fixed multiple of k/n. Markov’s inequality makes this a small probability loss, so the two endpoint requirements still hold jointly with probability greater than 0.7.
Couple their noises as follows, and introduce a third motion V'. If D=U^TV, conjugate the noise for V to D^{-1/2}\dd W D^{1/2}; use the analogous conjugation for V'. These are Brownian marginal noises because conjugation is orthogonal on antisymmetric matrices. In base coordinates the three controls are
Here E_V is obtained by undoing the conjugation on the prescribed feedback drift for V, which preserves its norm. The first two motions therefore retain their prescribed marginals up to the energy stopping. Initially use the local square roots near the identity; the estimates below show that their chart is never left.
The identity
gives the relative equation
The same equation holds for D'=U^TV' with the reflected control. The noise has trace zero, so q_D below has finite variation. For q_D=\|D-I\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2 =2(n-\Tr D), expansion in rotation angles gives
The control contribution to q_D is bounded by C\sqrt{q_D}(\|E_U\|_{\mathrm{HS}}+\|E_V\|_{\mathrm{HS}}).
Hence, while in the chart,
The reflected motion obeys the same inequality with a constant multiple of e_t. The energy cutoff therefore gives
Taking r sufficiently small in terms of B prevents the first exit and verifies the use of the local square roots.
The two relative rotations have opposite first-order displacements. Their sum therefore begins with the quadratic error:
uniformly in the deterministic time t. This uniformity is needed when the terminal Brownian time is taken large to approximate Haar measure. We retain the damping term in the error equation to obtain it. Put A=D-I, A'=D'-I, and H=A+A'. The linear noise in A is [A,\dd W]/2 and its linear drift is -(1/2-1/n)A.
The term (\Tr A)I/(2n) is quadratic because \Tr A=-\|A\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2/2. The constant control terms cancel upon adding the two equations. If a^2=C_Bk/n, the resulting equation is
where the Taylor remainders satisfy
These follow from (6.6) and the convergent matrix power series for the square root.
For every real matrix H (the sum here need not be antisymmetric), the conditional noise variance is
Itô’s formula and Young’s inequality, with small fixed constants to absorb the quadratic-covariation cross term, yield
Integrating against the exponential damping and using the pathwise bound \int e_t^2\,\dd t\le Ca^2 proves (6.7).
It remains to put the endpoint events and the matrix error on one positive-probability event. Let P_T be the free endpoint law and Q_T the reflected endpoint law. By (6.5), \operatorname{KL}(Q_T\Vert P_T)\le C_Bk. For an event E with 0<P_T(E)<1, binary relative entropy gives
If P_T(E)=0, finite relative entropy gives Q_T(E)=0. Choose the upper-tail rate B' large relative to C_B, and choose the terminal Brownian time so that its Haar approximation error is smaller than e^{-B'k}. The upper-tail estimate then gives P_T(F>\epsilon k/2)\le2e^{-B'k}, making the reflected failure probability as small as required. Markov’s inequality in (6.7) likewise gives its stated order with any desired fixed high probability.
There is consequently positive probability of the two endpoint hits, this bound for V', and both relative-matrix bounds, simultaneously. On that event, sum (6.4) from the high anchor U to V and V'. The linear error is at most o(n)\|D+D'-2I\|_{\mathrm{HS}}=o(k), and the two quadratic errors are o(k) by (6.6). Thus F(V)+F(V')\ge-o(k). This contradicts F(V)<-\epsilon k and F(V')\le\epsilon k/2 after fixing the little-oh accuracies. The lower tail, and hence (6.1), follows.
Completion of Proposition 6.1. Normalize the replica integral bounds from Section 6.1 using (6.1). To handle large overlaps between replica groups after normalization, put q_\eta(U)=\mu_h^{\otimes2}(|R_{12}|>\eta). The global pair bound gives
On the retained lower-partition event F\ge-\epsilon k, Markov’s inequality shows that q_\eta\le e^{-c_\eta n/2} outside Haar mass e^{-c_\eta n/2+2\epsilon k}. A union bound applies to any fixed number of replica pairs. Their fixed tilts cost at most C_pnr^2, since \|X^a\|=\sqrt n and \|m_{\mathrm o}\|\le\sqrt n. Choosing the upper scale after \eta therefore makes the tilted exterior exponentially small in n as well.
On the remaining replica configurations the truncated integral estimates apply. Markov’s inequality with repeated tilted replica groups gives (6.2), choosing the denominator accuracy arbitrarily small first. The pair concentration estimate transfers in the same way, taking the denominator error below its strict rate. The polynomial Gram-box and shell-density factors cost C_*\log n in these logarithmic estimates and in the exponents of the raw failure bounds. Choosing K after the rate and accuracy absorbs them when k>K\log n, as stated.
Finally, for an event with an arbitrarily prescribed raw rate,
gives any desired weighted rate by starting with more than twice that rate. For a bounded posterior failure probability 0\le q(U)\le1 having only a fixed strict rate, split instead at F=\delta k:
The second term has any fixed rate by the strong upper tail, and the first loses only \delta from its rate. Taking \delta small proves the stated weighted conclusions.
7 The polylogarithmic edge window
The unrestricted comparison above has exponential accuracy on the k-scale. In the lowest spectral window a different second-moment calculation gives convergence of the partition-function ratio to one and an absolute error smaller than the critical covariance scale. This calculation also supplies an independent, supplementary lower-bound argument. At zero field the partition-function comparison follows the quantitative critical comparison of [16, Theorem 1.6 and Section 3.3]. The mixed cube–sphere cancellation for matrix moments is the tensor-barycenter method of [17, Section 3.2, Lemma 3.5]. The field range and the weighted moment errors required here are proved below.
Proposition 7.1 (Edge comparison). Assume the spectral event of Lemma 5.1. Suppose
where C_1,C_2 are fixed. Set L=n^{2/3} and A_0=2I-J. Outside Haar mass o(1),
The cube and spherical raw second moments about m_{\mathrm o} differ in operator norm by at most n^{1/2+o(1)}. The cube raw second moment, sandwiched by A_0, has operator norm at most n^{1/6+o(1)}. Each exponent bound can be read with any fixed positive exponent slack. Unspecified powers of logarithms may depend on C_1,C_2.
Proof. For two independent prior vectors, the sphere–sphere and cube–sphere overlap distributions agree exactly. The cube–cube overlap has lattice spacing 2/n. Stirling’s formula and the spherical density c_n(1-R_{12}^2)^{(n-3)/2} show that its mass, divided by the lattice spacing and the spherical density, equals
Choose C' sufficiently large. Outside this window the second integrals, including any fixed bounded-degree polynomial insertions, are negligible.
Indeed the negative-square-tilt argument of Section 6.1 applies at depths much larger than (\lambda-2)_+^{1/2}+d_0; combine it with (6.3), then with the global pair estimate. A cube-only first moment averages exactly to the spherical first moment.
The following cancellation is needed to turn (7.1) into an operator estimate. Before length conditioning, write independent Gaussian replicas as
with white \eta_i, and use Fourier inversion for
The reciprocals of the two length densities at zero, in these units, are at most \log^C n.
The Fourier inversions, including any fixed number of derivatives, cost only powers of \log n apart from the insertion size. Choose an edge width d_*=n^{-1/3}\log^M n larger than the polylogarithmic saddle width. The spectral count supplies N\asymp\log^{3M}n modes on which D_i/L\ge\log^{-C}n. A frequency vector for the three statistics is a symmetric 2\times2 matrix T. At least one eigenvalue of T has size comparable to \|T\|, so the quadratic-product formula on those modes gives
The noncentral factor does not increase the modulus, because the real part of the inverse complex precision is positive. This bound is integrable with any prescribed fixed frequency polynomial, with a polylogarithmic integral. It remains so after deleting finitely many modes, as required below.
We now assemble the signed comparison before estimating it. Let \pi_{\mathrm c} and \pi_{\mathrm o} be the uniform cube and sphere priors, put E_U(x)=x^{\mathsf T}Jx/2+h^{\mathsf T}x, and write H_U(x)=(x-m_{\mathrm o})(x-m_{\mathrm o})^{\mathsf T}-D. Set Z_{\mathrm c}=Z. For i\in\{\mathrm c,\mathrm o\} define
All matrix data rotate with U. For a symmetric A commuting with D, expansion of the square gives
where
Conditional on the prior overlap, Haar integration gives the same angular integral in all four terms. The three pair laws containing a sphere use the same continuous overlap density; only the cube pair uses the lattice and its multiplier in (7.1).
After whitening, the common signed angular insertion is
Under the complex Fourier tilt its covariance differs from identity by
Its Hilbert–Schmidt norm, and the tilted mean using \|D^{1/2}m_{\mathrm o}\|/L\le\log^C n, are bounded by frequency polynomials times powers of \log n. Centering in (7.3) cancels the baseline and the terms belonging to only one replica. With zero tilted mean the remaining Wick terms have the forms
The first two are bounded using \|K\|^2 and the Hilbert–Schmidt bounds on \Delta_T. For the last, |\operatorname{Tr}K\Delta_{12}|\le C\|T\|\operatorname{Tr}(|K|D)/L. Terms containing the tilted mean obey the same envelope. Fourier inversion therefore bounds the signed density of the insertion and its overlap derivative by a power of \log n times
The frequency decay above absorbs all fixed derivative polynomials.
The spectral estimates give
The last two follow from A_0D=I-(\lambda-2)D and \|A_0\|\le5. Thus (7.4) is at most L^2\log^C n for A=I and n^{2/3}\log^C n for A=A_0. Insert a smooth cutoff in the central overlap window. The lattice spacing in the last statistic of (7.2) is 2/L, so its Riemann-sum error is the same envelope times L^{-1}\log^C n. The leading continuous integrals cancel in the four-term sum, and (7.1) leaves a squared error bounded by n^{-1/3} times the envelope, up to logarithms. The mass calculation has envelope one.
Consequently the root-mean-square errors are
Here n^{-1/3}L^2=n and n^{-1/3}n^{2/3}=n^{1/3} are the two squared matrix scales. Markov’s inequality gives the stated bounds outside Haar mass o(1), with any fixed exponent slack.
Finally let Q_i be the normalized raw second moment about m_{\mathrm o}. Then
so the common D cancels and
The shell density-ratio bound controls \widehat M_{\mathrm o} in operator norm by L\log^C n, and its A_0 sandwich by \log^C n. The scalar mass error therefore costs at most n^{1/2+o(1)} in the unweighted comparison and less in the weighted one. The spherical weighted raw moment itself is polylogarithmically bounded. This proves all claims.
7.1 An independent covariance and slab lower bound
The realized-equilibrium-start and linear-test results in [27, Theorems 1.2–1.3] have stronger quantifiers: they apply to every deterministic time sequence below the critical scale and every deterministic diverging multiplicative slack, respectively. This supplementary subsection gives an independent covariance obstruction and a worst-start slab proof with fixed exponent slack.
At zero field, Proposition 7.1 and (5.7) give, with ordinary probability tending to one,
This is also the lower partition-function event used later to undo the planted size bias at polynomial cost.
On the same type of event the zero-field Gibbs covariance has an eigenvalue at least n^{2/3-o(1)}. Choose a spherical spectral mode at depth of order n^{-2/3}\ell^{10} below 2, available by Lemma 5.1. Its unconditioned variance is n^{2/3}\ell^{-O(1)}. More precisely, the chosen mode has variance O(n^{2/3}\ell^{-10}), whereas the other modes at depth comparable to d_0^2 give remaining length standard deviation at least c n^{2/3}\ell^{-1/2}. Conditioning the chosen standardized projection to lie between 1 and 2 therefore shifts the remaining length target by O(\ell^{-19/2}) of that standard deviation. Lemma 5.2 and the length-density upper bound show that this mode retains its variance within an \ell^{O(1)} factor on the sphere.
Symmetry at zero field and the n^{1/2+o(1)} cube–sphere error then give
For a unit linear test f_v(x)=v^Tx, the unscaled heat-bath form satisfies
Thus the inverse unscaled spectral gap is at least n^{2/3-o(1)}. A top nonconstant eigenfunction gives the same exponent lower bound for fixed mixing accuracies less than 1/2.
The comparison also proves that worst-start distance tends to one below this exponent. Let v be the same unit spectral mode, and put
where \sigma_Y is its unconditioned spherical Gaussian standard deviation. For every fixed K>0 and w=\ell^{-K}, the spherical probabilities of both |Y|\le w and |Y|\le2w lie between cw\ell^{-C} and Cw\ell^C. The density estimates just used are uniform when this standardized projection lies in the indicated range, which proves these bounds.
For these events, the unnormalized cube probabilities, measured in units of Z_{\mathrm o}(0), differ from their spherical counterparts by at most n^{-c}, outside ordinary Haar mass o(1), for an absolute small c>0. This follows from the same mass second-moment comparison, with the projection indicator on each copy. The angular integrals at fixed Gram matrix continue to agree because v co-rotates with the matrix. In the central overlap window, the bounded Stirling error is sufficient.
For the lattice quadrature, condition first on the two tested white Gaussian coordinates, each of absolute value at most one. Deleting this one spectral mode leaves the eigenvalue spread for the remaining two lengths and overlap. Their joint density and its overlap derivative are therefore bounded by powers of \log n in the units of (7.2), uniformly in the conditioned coordinates. The quadrature error is again at most a power of \log n divided by L. The exterior of the window has the same absolute tail bound as before. Markov’s inequality proves the asserted n^{-c} comparison.
Since the total mass ratio tends to one, choose K>C+1. With ordinary probability tending to one, the narrow slab A=\{|Y|\le w\} then has Gibbs mass at least n^{-o(1)}, while the wider slab A^+=\{|Y|\le2w\} has mass tending to zero. For the stationary rate-one-per-site chain, the spectral theorem and \D(f_v)\le1 give
For m single-site attempts the same bound is 2m/n, since the attempt kernel is an average of conditional-expectation projections and hence has spectrum in [0,1].
Conditioning the stationary chain at its initial point to lie in A increases the bound by at most 1/\mu_0(A). Consequently, for every fixed \delta>0 and t\le n^{2/3-\delta} in rate-one-per-site time,
The stationary mass of A^+ is o(1), so this conditional-start law has total variation distance 1-o(1) from equilibrium. Averaging over its starting points, after the disorder and time have been fixed, yields a starting configuration with the same conclusion. In attempts, the corresponding time range is m\le n^{5/3-\delta}.
8 Counting exact field roots
We express expected counts of field roots as integrals. Conditioning at a root leaves a Gaussian matrix on its orthogonal complement, while the scalar part of the integral determines the root’s empirical moments. An excluded root count will later bound the probability of an excluded field. All integrated estimates below use the planted law, with the original spectral restriction imposed when indicated.
The organization by a Gaussian root density and a conditional determinant follows the Kac–Rice analysis of TAP equations in Fan et al. [21, Sections 3–4] and its local-convexity refinement in Celentano et al. [11, Lemma 4.8 and Appendix A.5]. The critical shrinking scale, polynomial determinant bound, and nq^3 exclusion rates are proved here.
At observation precision s=r^2, the planted experiment may be gauged so that its spin is \mathbf1. If S_X=\operatorname{diag}X, this gauge sends J to S_XJS_X and sends h,y,m to S_Xh,S_Xy,S_Xm. In the gauged coordinates J=W+\mathbf1\mathbf1^{\mathsf T}/n and h_s=s\mathbf1+\sqrt s\,g, with W a GOE matrix and g an independent standard Gaussian. We study the roots of
Write
and, for the scalar Gaussian regression, put
For fixed y, let \mathsf Q_y be the conditional law of J=W+\mathbf1\mathbf1^{\mathsf T}/n given
The field represented by (y,J) is \Phi_J(y). All root-counting arguments in this section use k=nr^3\ge\log^{10}n and small r.
Lemma 8.1 (The exact counting density). For every nonnegative Borel test T(y,J),
where
and
Here \varphi_{d,\nu} is the density of a real Gaussian with mean d and variance \nu. Matrix restrictions are included in T.
Proof. In the conditioning above, y is fixed and m=\tanh y is its deterministic profile. The root map is proper, since \Phi_J(y)-y is bounded for fixed J,n. Its critical target values have Lebesgue measure zero, and the Gaussian field has an everywhere positive smooth density. The area formula therefore expresses the expected root sum as the integral of the observation density at \Phi_J(y) times |\det D\Phi_J(y)|; exhaustion by compact balls and monotone convergence handle arbitrary nonnegative tests.
The derivative is
The conditioned observation has covariance \nu I+mm^T/n, determinant \nu^n(1+j_0), and inverse \nu^{-1}I-mm^T/[n\nu^2(1+j_0)]. After dividing its density by \prod_i\varphi_{d,\nu}(y_i), the log ratio per site, apart from the determinant prefactor, is
This proves the formula, including the conditional matrix law and all nonnegative restrictions.
Lemma 8.2 (A determinant square bound). For each fixed D, the conditional second moment \E_{\mathsf Q_y}\mathcal W(y,J)^2 is at most n^{C_D} on \|y\|\le n^D, uniformly over the parameters under consideration. Outside these balls the bound has a fixed polynomial envelope in \|y\|.
Proof. The identity \det(I+AB)=\det(I+BA) writes the determinant in \mathcal W as the symmetric determinant \det(I+\sqrt V(bI-J-2mm^{\mathsf T}/n)\sqrt V). First compare the conditional matrix with an unconditioned GOE matrix W_0. For q>0, put u=m/\sqrt{nq} and E=u^\perp. The conditional law leaves P_EWP_E as a fresh GOE block. Its remaining row and scalar are Gaussian; with e=P_E\mathbf1/\sqrt n they have the representation
where g_E,\xi are independent standard Gaussians, also independent of the E block. Share that block with W_0. The row change, the plant ee^{\mathsf T}, and the TAP spike are a perturbation of fixed rank. Its norm is polynomial in n,\|y\| and the fresh Gaussian norms: |M|/\sqrt q\le1, a^2\le q\langle(y-d)^2\rangle, and \nu,2q+s\ge s with s^{-1} polynomial on the present range. When q=0, m=0 and the conditioning is independent of W, so the same conclusion is immediate.
Here is a useful bound for this reduction. For symmetric H and rank-j symmetric N,
It follows from singular-value interlacing after factoring H+\mathrm i\varepsilon I: the factor H(H+\mathrm i\varepsilon I)^{-1} is a contraction and the remaining change has rank j. Take \varepsilon=n^{-5}. Markov’s polynomial derivative inequality on [-1/n,1/n], followed by integration on a small interval around a maximizer, gives for every real polynomial P of degree at most n
Indeed \|P'\|_\infty\le Cn^3\|P\|_\infty on this interval; iterating this bound controls the imaginary displacement, and an interval of length cn^{-3} controls the maximum by the integral. Truncate enormously large fresh entries at negligible cost by crude determinant bounds.
It remains to bound the unconditioned square. For real z, put x_i=1+z+bv_i. The exact identity is
where H_1,H_2 are independent real normals of variance 1/n and h_1,h_2 are independent circular normals with \mathbb E|h_j|^2=1/n. For completeness, represent each determinant as the top coefficient of the exponential in one set of exterior variables \bar\psi,\psi. Averaging W_0 adds -[X_{11}^2+X_{22}^2+2X_{12}X_{21}+2PQ]/(2n) to the exponent, where X_{ab}=\sum_i v_i\bar\psi_i^a\psi_i^b, P=\sum_i v_i\bar\psi_i^1\bar\psi_i^2, and Q=\sum_i v_i\psi_i^1\psi_i^2. Decoupling these four quadratic terms with the displayed Gaussian variables and extracting the site coefficients gives the identity.
Move each H_j contour to H_j+\mathrm i b. The factors become 1+z+\mathrm i v_iH_j, while the two Gaussian densities cost e^{nb^2} in modulus. This exactly cancels the factor e^{-nb^2} in \mathcal W^2. The contour move is valid because the integrand is an entire polynomial times a Gaussian. If e_1,e_2 are the eigenvalues of the two-by-two Hermitian matrix with diagonals H_1,H_2 and squared off-diagonal modulus |h_1|^2+|h_2|^2, the remaining modulus is at most \prod_{j=1}^2[(1+z)^2+e_j^2]^{n/2}, since 0\le v_i\le1.
More explicitly, write R_H^2=H_1^2+H_2^2+2(|h_1|^2+|h_2|^2)=e_1^2+e_2^2. The Gaussian exponent is -nR_H^2/2. For R_H\le1, the inequality \log(1+x)\le x-cx^2 on a fixed bounded interval bounds the remaining integrand by C\exp(-cnR_H^4); for R_H>1, split off a fixed compact annulus and then use \log(1+x)\le x-cx for x sufficiently large, obtaining an integrable Ce^{-cn\min(R_H^4,R_H^2)} bound. There are six real Gaussian variables, so their normalized integral is at most Cn^3\int_{\mathbb R^6}e^{-cn\min(|u|^4,|u|^2)}du \le Cn^{3/2}. The bounded-rank and real-shift reductions multiply this by another fixed polynomial. This proves the second-moment bound.
Proposition 8.3 (Scalar root diagnostics). Fix an exclusion budget A>0 and an accuracy for the little-oh terms. After choosing a sufficiently small upper bound on r and then a sufficiently large n, the following statements hold for k=nr^3\ge\log^{10}n.
The total integral of G(y)\,dy is at most polynomial in n. Outside mass n^Ce^{-Ak} under this scalar integral,
There are absolute L,c>0 such that the part with q\ge q_{\min}\ge Lr has mass at most n^Ce^{-cnq_{\min}^3}. For a sufficiently small fixed exclusion budget, the retained parameters instead satisfy q,M=(1\pm\epsilon)r and |\alpha|\le\epsilon q, for any requested fixed \epsilon>0.
Under either budget the retained empirical moments satisfy
For l=\langle ym\rangle/q, |\langle y-lm\rangle|\le C_Aq^3, with an arbitrarily small leading constant under a sufficiently small budget. For any fixed sufficiently small \eta>0, one may also retain
Finally, fix \tau>0 and D<\infty. There are constants c,C>0 such that, for every (t_1,t_3) with \tau\le\|(t_1,t_3)\|\le n^D and every \theta\in\mathbb R, at least cn indices satisfy
The determinant-weighted exclusions follow from Lemma 8.2 after increasing the preliminary budget. Through Lemma 8.1, they bound the expected number of excluded regular roots. After removing the null set of critical target fields, the probability that any root is excluded is at most that expected count. This is the simultaneous-root meaning of the diagnostics.
Proof.
Scalar comparison and exclusion of remote parameters. First restrict to a fixed polynomial ball in y. The bound a^2\le q\langle(y-d)^2\rangle and j_0/(1+j_0)\le1/2 give a Gaussian tail envelope outside it. On the ball, the logarithmic likelihood and its parameter derivatives are polynomially bounded, since \nu\ge s and s^{-1} is polynomial. Divide q,M,a into a polynomial number of bins with sufficiently fine inverse-polynomial mesh. Replacing their empirical values by a bin representative changes the log likelihood by O(1). In the transport and variance comparisons through the retained-range bound below, the symbols q,M,a,b,\nu,d,C_a,j_0,\alpha denote these frozen representatives; y and m=\tanh y remain the variables being integrated. In the variance comparison, j_0^{-1} is used only where C_a>1; Cauchy–Schwarz and the polynomial ball then also bound q^{-1} polynomially.
Suppose \alpha<1 stays a fixed distance from one. The map z'_i=y_i-\alpha\tanh y_i has Jacobian \prod_i(1-\alpha v_i); here \alpha is the frozen bin value. Direct expansion of the two Gaussian exponents gives
where
The inequality uses \log(1-uv)\ge v\log(1-u) for 0\le v\le1. In particular H(u)\ge qu^2/6 for u\le q, with a cubic or stronger penalty on the negative side when q is small.
The remaining branch is C_a>C_0:=1+j_0q, equivalently \alpha>q. Compare there with the product Gaussian on y having variance \nu C_a^2/j_0. Cauchy–Schwarz on a gives the remaining rate f(C_a)/2, where
The bounds f(C_0)\ge-2q^3/3, f'(C_0)\ge2q/(1+q), and f''\ge1 exclude \alpha>q+C_AR_*^{3/2} at budget AnR_*^3, where R_*:=\max(r,q). The H comparison excludes \alpha<-C_AR_*. On the retained range
where \delta can be made arbitrarily small by decreasing the upper scale.
The frozen-symbol convention for those two comparisons ends here. We also need a fixed negative rate away from q=0 as s\downarrow0. Fix q_0>0. For a probability law P with finite second moment and \E_P\tanh^2Y\ge q_0, define
Put \psi_s(P)=(1+j_0)\alpha^2/2 and
The endpoint scalar inequality of Lemma 13.3, proved independently below, gives \mathscr R_s\le0, with equality only for the indicated Gaussian. At s=0, a consistent equality law with q>0 would be N(M,q). Its mean equation M=\E_{N(M,q)}\tanh Y forces M=0, since the difference of the two sides is strictly increasing and vanishes at zero. But then \E_{N(0,q)}\tanh^2Y<\E Y^2=q, a contradiction.
For completeness, this pointwise exclusion has the uniformity needed by the integral. Fix a bound on \E_PY^2. The resulting set of laws with q\ge q_0 is weakly compact. Its first moments are uniformly integrable, so the average of y\tanh y and hence \psi_s are continuous there; \nu\ge q_0 keeps the denominators separated from zero. Relative entropy is lower semicontinuous, making \mathscr R_s upper semicontinuous. Its maximum at s=0,q\ge q_0 is therefore strictly negative, and remains so for sufficiently small s. The second-moment bound also makes replacement of nearby Gaussian parameters uniformly e^{o(n)} in the product density. A finite cover by neighborhoods on which one bounded continuous entropy test has this slack bounds the scalar integral by e^{-cn}. This is the compact-set integral bound in the proof of Lemma 13.3, with its smoothing variance set to zero and \nu=q+s\ge q_0; that proof records the finite-cover argument of [28, Lemma 5.4]. The Gaussian envelope G(y)\le e^{Cn-c\sum_i y_i^2} on q\ge q_0 removes the second-moment restriction. This proves the fixed-q_0 exclusion; the cubic rate for shrinking q is derived next.
Empirical moments at the cubic scale. The transport comparison handles the negative and moderate scalar parameters, and variance inflation excludes the remaining positive range. On the retained range we can now impose product-Gaussian moment diagnostics and use root consistency to locate the overlap scale.
Return to the root integral. For the shifted-coordinate reference of the bin containing y, write \alpha_{\rm bin},d_{\rm bin},\nu_{\rm bin} for its frozen values and put
The rate parameters in this product-reference estimate also use the frozen bin values. For any fixed A'>0, exponential Markov bounds give the following outside product probability e^{-A'nR_*^3}: the second moment on |Z_i|>R_*^{-\eta} is at most C A'R_*^3, and clipped moments through any prescribed fixed degree differ from their Gaussian values by O(\sqrt{A'}R_*^{3/2}). Choose \eta sufficiently small for that degree. These estimates use a fixed exponential tilt for the tail square and a tilt of order \sqrt{A'}R_*^{3/2} for each clipped polynomial; their constants stay bounded as A'\downarrow0.
The scalar change of measure costs at most e^{\delta nR_*^3} on a retained bin. Hence a reference exception of size e^{-A'nR_*^3} contributes at most e^{-(A'-\delta)nR_*^3} to the scalar integral, up to the polynomial bin factor. For a small target budget choose A' proportional to that budget and then make \delta<A'/2 by shrinking the upper scale. This preserves the small O(\sqrt{A'}) moment errors needed below.
For the consistency and residual conclusions below, the symbols q,M,a,b,\nu,d,C_a,j_0,\alpha again denote the exact empirical quantities defined at the start of the section. Expand the exact identity m=\tanh(z'_{\rm bin}+\alpha_{\rm bin}m) on the clipped region and use the tail second moment on its complement. Replacing the bin parameters in the resulting expressions by the empirical quantities is included in the displayed errors, using the initially chosen sufficiently fine mesh. The first consistency estimate is
It implies s+d^2\le C_AR_*q. If q\le r, the inequality r^2=s\le C_Arq forces q\ge c_Ar; otherwise this is automatic. Thus R_*=O_A(q) and |d|=O_A(q). On this narrower range the retained H is nonnegative. Keeping the next terms gives
Apart from an o(q^2) error, the last constant tends to zero with the small budget. The H and f penalties then force |\alpha|\ll q. Since d=M+s, division of the two consistency equations by q^2 gives
The first ratio is nonnegative. These two relations therefore force s/q^2 and d/q close to one, proving the small-budget location. In particular, bins with q\gg r have a fixed negative rate cnq^3. This tail also pays a prescribed budget Ak in the large-budget calculation: choose q_{\min}/r so that c(q_{\min}/r)^3>A, with slack for the polynomial bins.
Finally the total scalar integral is polynomial. The exceptional bins just considered have strict negative rates. On the retained bins the reference product integral is one and H\ge0; indeed H(q)\ge q^3/6 and this sign persists up to q+O_A(q^{3/2}). Summing over the polynomial grid proves the claim.
Fourth and sixth moments and the cubic residual. The scale comparison is not yet enough for the matrix estimates: they also use the first correction to the fourth moment. We therefore keep the cubic-order terms in the same expansion. The cubic residual will require a separate cancellation at small exclusion budget.
The same expansion has linear coefficient 1+\alpha+O(q^2) and cubic coefficient -1/3+O(q). The consistency equation for q gives
whereas direct expansion of the fourth moment gives
Since \nu=q+O(q^2), their difference is -8q^3+o(q^3). Likewise \langle m^6\rangle=15\nu^3+o(q^3) and \langle m^3\rangle=3\nu d+O_A(q^3)=3qM+O_A(q^3). The clipped empirical errors are o(q^3) at this scale even for a fixed large budget. On the complement, boundedness of \tanh and the original-scale tail second moment O_A(q^4) control the remainders.
For the residual, use the identity
Expand it in z'_{\rm bin} through degree six, including the occurrences of M and q in this expression. Replacing empirical moments by their Gaussian values costs O(\sqrt{A'}q^3)+o(q^3). The order-q^2 terms cancel: the cubic Gaussian moment starts with 3\nu d and the fourth with 3\nu^2. After division by q^3, the remaining leading coefficient is continuous in the bounded ratios \nu/q,d/q,\alpha/q, with \nu/q bounded below.
At the small-budget limit these ratios approach 1,1,0. The leading coefficient vanishes there by an exact reflection identity. If Y\sim N(\nu,\nu), its density obeys \varphi(-y)=e^{-2y}\varphi(y), so pairing y and -y gives
With F(y)=y and F(y)=\tanh y, this gives \E Y=\E[Y\tanh Y] and \E\tanh Y=\E\tanh^2Y. The integrated residual is therefore exactly zero at \alpha=0,d=\nu. Continuity and the empirical error prove the stated small leading constant.
Nonlattice and spanning diagnostics. On bounded standardized inputs, the normalized profiles m/\sqrt q and (y-lm)/q^{3/2} converge to the nonsingular pair z and z^3/3-z. Their Gram matrix on a fixed bounded input set is consequently bounded above and below. Put w=y-lm. Then \langle wm\rangle=0, \langle w^2\rangle\asymp q^3, and 1-M^2/q=1-O_A(q) is bounded below. The normalized squared norm of the projection of w onto \operatorname{span}(m,\mathbf1) is \langle w\rangle^2/(1-M^2/q)=O_A(q^6). Removing both directions therefore leaves squared norm comparable to nq^3, as asserted.
For phase dispersion we need derivative control of the actual profiles, because the frequencies may grow with n. In a frozen reference bin, write Y(z) for the inverse of
The retained parameters satisfy d=O_A(q), \nu=q+O_A(q^2), \alpha=O_A(q), and l=(a+dM)/q=1+q+O_A(q^2). The last expansion follows by expanding ym=m^2+m^4/3+m^6/5+\cdots on the clipped region and using (8.2) and the tail-square bound. On every fixed bounded z interval, the functions
therefore satisfy f_q(z)=z+O_A(\sqrt q) and g_q(z)=z^3/3-z+O_A(\sqrt q) in C^1. For example,
which converges uniformly to z^2-1 on that interval.
Put R=\|(t_1,t_3)\| and v=(t_1,t_3)/R. Each polynomial v_1z+v_3(z^3/3-z), with \|v\|=1, has an interval of fixed positive length on which its derivative is bounded above and away from zero in absolute value. Compactness in v permits a finite choice of such intervals and uniform constants. The C^1 bounds give the same derivative bounds for the actual function v_1f_q+v_3g_q when the upper scale is small. On its chosen interval this function is monotone. For all sufficiently large R, counting periods of R(v_1f_q+v_3g_q)+\theta shows that a fixed positive fraction of the interval stays a fixed distance from \pi\mathbb Z, uniformly in \theta. For \tau\le R in a fixed bounded range, compactness in R,v,\theta\bmod\pi gives the same conclusion with possibly smaller constants. Gaussian density is bounded below on the bounded intervals used. No approximation error is multiplied by the growing frequency in this argument.
Use a smooth periodic test supported a little inside this separated phase set and a smooth cutoff inside the bounded input interval. For each fixed choice, product concentration gives failure e^{-cn}. All parameter derivatives on the retained bins are polynomially bounded, since q^{-1} is polynomially bounded. The parameter l is determined by the existing bins through (a+dM)/q. Refine their mesh, and mesh frequencies and phase, at inverse-polynomial accuracy chosen after D, so that every test changes by less than the fixed separation slack even for R\le n^D. There are only polynomially many tests. Their union retains failure e^{-c'n}, and the scalar change of measure preserves that rate after the upper scale is decreased. The same bounded-input concentration gives the Gram estimates used above.
9 Conditioned matrix estimates
The scalar diagnostics now determine the small eigenvalues of the conditional matrix. The point is to retain the coefficient 1 in the lower edge q^2, which later yields the coefficient 1 in s^{-1}.
Put
The scalar diagnostics make c_3 well defined. The plant component e is not normalized: \|e\|^2=1-M^2/q. Let \mathcal P=\operatorname{span}(u,e,c_3) and let V_{\mathcal P}=(P_{\mathcal P}VP_{\mathcal P})|_{\mathcal P}. Operators defined on \mathcal P are extended by zero on its orthogonal complement. Consider
Proposition 9.1 (Conditioned precision bounds). Fix a sufficiently small \eta>0, an accuracy \epsilon>0, and a budget B>0. On retained scalar data with the required accuracies, the following estimates hold with the integrated exclusion specified below. For \mathsf K\in\{K,K_o,K_T\},
For K_o the last bound holds with \eta=0. Each precision has at least c_A nq^3 eigenvalues below C_Aq^2, and \operatorname{Tr}K_o^{-1}=nb+o(\sqrt{n/q}). For \mathsf K\in\{K,K_o\}, the three projection bounds are
Let \mathcal S be the retained scalar set, let \mathcal G_{\rm spec} be the original spectral event, and let \mathcal F_y be failure of any estimate above. In the conditional law \mathsf Q_y of Lemma 8.1, the bound is
The same bound with the determinant weight follows after increasing the preliminary budget. The spectral restriction stays inside the event being estimated; the argument does not condition on its probability.
Proof.
Conditional law and Haar concentration. We use Haar concentration in the Frobenius metric on proper rotations: an L-Lipschitz function on SO(N) has tail 2e^{-cNz^2/L^2} about its mean. See [26, Sections 5.2–5.3, Proposition 5.13 and Theorem 5.16]. A constant-mesh net of size e^{O(j)} then gives an operator bound on a j-dimensional space, using polarization for bilinear forms. All such tests below condition first on deterministic eigenvalues, so they also apply to resolvents defined separately on spectral bins.
In \mathsf Q_y, the scalar data and the vectors determined by y are fixed. The regression in Lemma 8.1 gives
where W_E is a centered GOE block and w\sim N(0,I_E/n) is independent of it. The mean p_0 is the projected regression mean of Wm+\sqrt s\,g, plus the plant column. We may next condition on the eigenvalues of W_E and retain its Haar eigenframe. On the intersection with \mathcal G_{\rm spec}, interlacing of W_E, W_E+ee^{\mathsf T}=J|_E, and J supplies the required counts and \lambda_{\max}(W_E)\le\lambda_{\max}(J). The concentration probabilities are estimated before that intersection is imposed.
Diagonal truncation and the compensating moments. Compare with D=(b+b^{-1})I-J. In K and K_T, replace the positive diagonal entry v_i^{-1}-1 by \min\{v_i^{-1}-1,q^{1-\eta}\}. This gives a lower precision. Let B be the difference of either truncated precision, or of K_o, from D, and set B_E=P_EB|_E and f=P_EBu.
The scalar moments give the quantities needed by the Schur complement. With \mu_B=n^{-1}\operatorname{Tr}B_E and \nu_B=n^{-1}\operatorname{Tr}B_E^2,
The error in the vector relation is in Euclidean norm.
For the diagonal precisions, the truncated entry expands as m^2+m^4+\cdots on |y|\le q^{1/2-\eta_0}, with 0<\eta_0<\eta/2. The missed bounded powers on the complement are O(m^2) and have average O_A(q^4) by the tail-square diagnostic. The bulk mean is therefore 3q^2-q^2=2q^2 to leading order, equal to the centered variance \langle(m^2-q)^2\rangle=2q^2+o(q^2). In the root direction,
Subtracting the scalar b^{-1}-1=q+q^2+O(q^3) leaves at least 2q^2+o(q^2). Also
This is the leading value of \|f\|^2.
The root identity y=m+m^3/3+O(m^5) on the clipped region gives
The tail contributes O_A(q^4/q) to its squared error. In the formula for p_0, the extra e coefficient is (M-(q/\nu)d)/\sqrt q=O_A(q^{3/2}), giving p_0=f/3+O_A(q^{3/2}). The bounds involving e follow similarly from \langle m^3\rangle=3qM+O_A(q^3).
For K_o, put L_B=(P_{\mathcal P}(\operatorname{diag}(m^2)-qI)P_{\mathcal P})|_{\mathcal P}. Its norm is O_A(q): in the cubic direction the numerator with an extra factor m^2 is O(q^4) and the normalization is of order q^3. Since V_{\mathcal P}=bI_{\mathcal P}-L_B,
Here (L_B)_{uu}=2q-8q^2+o(q^2) and (L_B^2)_{uu}=10q^2+o(q^2). Projection onto \mathcal P in the second identity loses only O_A(q^3), by the preceding approximation of the cubic column. Substitution gives the same root coefficient and column estimates; the e entries again use the third moment.
Finally, the diagonal restored in K and K_T is positive and is supported where v_i^{-1}-1>q^{1-\eta}. The tail-square bound limits this support to O(nq^{3+\eta'}) sites for some fixed \eta'>0. Thus restoring it is a positive perturbation of rank o(nq^3).
Resolvents away from the edge. Augment by one scalar \beta for the negative spike -ee^{\mathsf T}, so the augmented form contains \beta^2-2\beta e^{\mathsf T}x_E. Put \Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}=q^{8/5} and define
Then \dim N=O(n\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}^{3/2}). The high-block resolvent for the unperturbed comparison, also after subtracting (1-\epsilon)q^2, is R=(2+O(q^2)-W_E)^{-1}_H.
Its traces divided by n for the first and second powers are 1+o(1),\,\asymp \Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}^{-1/2}. On the conditional Haar orientation with the spectra satisfying the interlacings, except at arbitrarily high rate,
Indeed dyadic blocks at depths t_1,t_2\ge\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}} give centered bilinear deviations at most Cq^{1-\eta}\max(t_1,t_2)^{3/4} by Haar concentration and nets. After division by \sqrt{t_1t_2}, the dyadic sum is bounded by a logarithmic factor times q^{1-\eta}\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}^{-1/2} =q^{1/5-\eta}. The mean costs O(q^2/\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}})=O(q^{2/5}). Both vanish for small \eta; the sum includes a constant-width bulk bin.
Uniform tests on the remaining coordinates. For remaining variables \gamma,x_N,\beta, normalized by \gamma^2+\|x_N\|^2+\beta^2/\sqrt{\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}}\le1, write x=x_N+R(p\gamma+e\beta). The needed simultaneous Haar estimates are
Here little-oh can mean any specified fixed leading error.
For a fixed symmetric weight T, normalized Gaussian quadratic tails and polarization give error
for a Haar quadratic test on fixed orthonormal axes, at failure e^{-Bk}. The same bound holds for an independent Gaussian column with covariance I_E/n. A subspace test instead pays its dimension through a net. Since q\asymp_A r, fixed changes of the constants allow nq^3 in place of k.
Fix, before sampling W_E and w, a fixed-dimensional space S containing e,c_3,p_0,f. On S, compression of R differs from its trace mean by O_A(q^{3/2}\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}^{-1/4}+q^3/\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}); compression of R^2 has relatively vanishing error. Test w separately, with zero mixed means, so S stays deterministic. Also \|P_N|_S\|=O(\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}^{3/4}). These estimates give \|x\|=O_A(1) and
The terms f^{\mathsf T}x_N and \beta f^{\mathsf T}Re are o(q^2) on the normalized variable ball. This proves the f^{\mathsf T}x line of (9.2). The same tests give
The fixed-axis estimates have identified the projection of the optimizing vector. We next expose the low frame and the two resolved columns. Rotations preserving these data control the remaining components and hence the final weighted quadratic test.
Now expose N,Rp,Re and put Y=S+N+\operatorname{span}(Rp,Re). Before this exposure, the part of Y beyond S is invariant under rotations fixing S, hence is a uniform subspace of S^\perp. Its compressions of B_E^j, j=1,2, have deviations from their scalar means of size O_A(q^{j(1-\eta)}\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}^{3/4}); mixed compressions with S have the same bound and mean zero. Together with the estimates on B_Ee, e^{\mathsf T}B_Ee, and P_Sx, this gives
as well as \|P_SB_Ex\|=o(q) and \|P_{Y\cap S^\perp}B_Ex\|=O_A(q^2).
After the exposure, only rotations fixing Y pointwise remain. Split R=R_{\rm near}+R_{\rm far} at a small fixed depth \zeta. The conditional mean of the far restriction on Y^\perp is its trace on that complement divided by its dimension. Since \dim Y=O(n\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}^{3/2}), \|R_{\rm far}\|\le C/\zeta, and n^{-1}\Tr R_{\rm near}=O(\sqrt\zeta), this scalar is
Residual Haar concentration and the low-dimensional nets make this the quadratic coefficient on the needed vectors in Y^\perp. The component of B_Ex in Y contributes o(q^2) to the far quadratic and mixed terms, by its two projection bounds and the fixed far norm. The mixed term with Rf has zero leading conditional mean; f^{\mathsf T}Rf is already covered by the fixed-axis test.
For the near part, \|R_{\rm near}\|\le C/\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}} and its compression to S is small by the fixed-axis tests. Its action on the O_A(q^2) component in Y\cap S^\perp is negligible at scale q^2. On the remaining vectors, the conditional square-root norm is bounded by a constant times
This is the Haar Lipschitz bound plus its net cost. First choose \zeta small, then the upper q scale. These estimates prove the last line of (9.2).
All these failures were estimated under the Gaussian/Haar conditional law before imposing \mathcal G_{\rm spec}. On its intersection, interlacing supplies the spectra of W_E used in the trace and count bounds. Integration in y gives the stated exclusion.
Schur complements, counts, and projections. Substitution of the simultaneous tests into the high-block Schur complements gives the perturbed-minus-unperturbed difference
By (9.2) and u^{\mathsf T}Bu\ge2q^2+o(q^2), the displayed difference is bounded below on the normalized variable ball by
This is the one-sided root-direction cancellation and the bulk cancellation.
To see the remaining positive margin, let x_{\rm phys}=\gamma u+x_E. The shifted augmented base form is exactly
The original spectral bound makes its first term at least a fixed multiple of \epsilon q^2\|x_{\rm phys}\|^2. At the high optimum, x_H=R(p\gamma+e\beta), and
After absorption, the base complement therefore controls c\epsilon q^2(\gamma^2+\|x_N\|^2+ \beta^2/\sqrt{\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}}). The o(q^2) difference preserves this margin and proves the lower precision bound.
The one-sided estimate proves positivity. The trace and shell-density arguments also need enough eigenvalues near the critical edge. Removing the fixed-rank directions makes the bulk cancellation two-sided, so the same calculation can now be repeated at dyadic thresholds.
After removing the fixed-rank u,e interactions, the unaugmented N-Schur complement for a truncated precision differs from the base one by o(q^2) on both sides, because \mu_B-\nu_B=o(q^2). At a shifted threshold a\le\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}/2 the high block remains positive. Schur inertia therefore identifies the number of full eigenvalues below a with the negative-eigenvalue count of the low complement, up to the removed fixed ranks. The two-sided comparison bounds this count by the W_E edge counts at thresholds displaced by o(q^2).
The same estimates hold on a finite dyadic grid Cq^2\le a\le\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}/2: the shift is at most half the high gap, so the high resolvents remain comparable and their normalized traces change by O(\sqrt{\Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}}). This gives the upper count Cna^{3/2} and at least cnq^3 eigenvalues below Cq^2 for a sufficiently large fixed C. Above a fixed multiple of \Delta_{\mathrm{sp}}, the weighted dyadic form bound gives the same upper count. Restoring the positive discarded diagonal preserves upper counts and removes at most its rank O(nq^{3+\eta'})=o(nq^3) from the lower spread. Dyadic integration of these counts gives all trace-square bounds.
For K_o, the correction to D has fixed rank. At b+b^{-1}, the semicircle transform is exactly b; (5.1) and the fixed-rank trace error O(q^{-2}) =o(\sqrt{n/q}) give its stated inverse trace. For a truncated precision, write A_0 as that precision minus an O(q^{1-\eta}) term and use the lower bound at q^2 to obtain \|A_0\mathsf K^{-1/2}\|\le Cq^{-\eta}. Restoring the positive diagonal preserves this bound by inverse order. The fixed-rank structure gives the stated \eta=0 bound for K_o.
It remains to control variances in the distinguished directions. For projection bounds at e,c_3 first use D. At R_1=(b+b^{-1}-W_E)^{-1}, deterministic fixed-axis compressions have means 1+O(q) and errors O_A(q), \|R_1 e\|^2\asymp_A 1/q (lower via modes at sufficiently enlarged width to get any desired rate). Thus 1-e^T R_1 e\gtrsim_A q by the principal-block top eigenvalue bound at 2+q^2/2 and shifting. Also e^T R_1 p=O_A(q^{3/2}), c_3^TR_1 p=O_A(q). Sherman-Morrison for the spike followed by inclusion of u (whose inverse variance bound after inclusion is the global operator bound) gives the orders stated.
For a truncated precision or K_o, the reduced Schur form controls the base reduced form up to a factor two. View a projection variance as the square of the dual norm of its physical source in the augmented positive form. The high precision stays comparable to R^{-1}, and its minimizing vector changes by -(R^{-1}+B|_H)^{-1}P_H(B_Ex+f\gamma). For a source at e or c_3, (9.2) and its bounded R^{1/2} norm bound the change in testing this optimum by
The reduced energy controls q^2 times the square of this parenthesis, so the additional squared dual norm is O_A(1). The remaining high square also costs O_A(1). Adding these costs to the base variances preserves the orders q^{-1} for e and 1 for c_3; the global lower precision bound supplies the q^{-2} order for u. Inverse order again permits restoration of the diagonal.
Corollary 9.2 (Uniqueness of the root on the retained event). On the retained field event every root is regular and the root is unique. The excluded root-count mass, and hence the exceptional field probability under the spectral restriction, have the chosen exponential rate.
Proof. First remove the null set of critical target fields from Lemma 8.1. For the remaining fields every root is regular, and the probability of an excluded root is bounded by its expected count. On the complementary field event, V^{1/2}K_TV^{1/2} =I+V^{1/2}(bI-J-2mm^{\mathsf T}/n)V^{1/2} is positive. The Jacobian D\Phi_J is similar to this matrix and thus has positive determinant at every root.
Properness and the identity homotopy outside a sufficiently large ball give degree one. Hence the signed root count is one. With all signs positive there is exactly one root. More generally, for a regular target the numbers of positive and negative roots obey N_+-N_-=1, so the excess multiplicity is N_++N_--1=2N_-. This identity also bounds multiplicity errors by the excluded negative-root count.
On the retained event the unique root is a measurable function of (J,h); extend it by zero elsewhere when a globally defined profile is needed. Conditional on (J,h) in the planted experiment, the planted spin has law \mu_h. Thus an equivariant test involving this profile may replace the plant by a posterior replica, with the excluded event charged separately. This is a conditional posterior identity under planted disorder; the later likelihood comparison performs the transfer to ordinary disorder.
10 Changing orbit weights and locating the trace
This section changes from the counting measure to Haar measure on an orbit that fixes the three distinguished root directions. It then places the Gaussian trace within one length standard deviation, using three length densities rather than a direct trace expansion.
10.1 The determinant weight
Fix the root y and the conditional matrix data modulo proper rotations that fix \mathcal P pointwise. For a proper rotation O of \mathcal P^\perp, put R=I_{\mathcal P}\oplus O. The orbit action is
It fixes y,m,\mathbf1 and preserves the root equation. The original spectral restriction is constant on the orbit. Before the determinant weight, disintegrate the root integral as d\pi(\omega)\,d\mathrm{Haar}(O), where \omega denotes the base data and d\pi includes the scalar factors and, when imposed, the invariant spectral restriction. The conditional matrix law is Haar in O because all its fixed means and axes lie in \mathcal P.
Let \mathcal D_\omega be the set of orientations satisfying all precision, trace, count, weighted, and projection diagnostics of Proposition 9.1 with the chosen tolerances. This is stronger than mere Jacobian regularity. Call an orbit suitable when \mathrm{Haar}(\mathcal D_\omega^c)\le e^{-B_0k} for a large fixed B_0. The integrated matrix exclusion and Markov’s inequality remove unsuitable base data at any desired smaller rate, by starting with a larger raw rate. Lemma 8.2 and Cauchy–Schwarz give the same conclusion after determinant weighting.
On \mathcal D_\omega, K_T\succeq cq^2I. Extend scalar \log t linearly below cq^2, and let F(O) be the trace of this extended function of K_T. It equals \log\det K_T on \mathcal D_\omega. Concavity of the extension and the trace-norm bound on the second rotation derivative of J give the upper Taylor bound
along a minimizing geodesic, with the linear term evaluated on its initial tangent. On diagnostic orientations, \|\nabla F\|\le\|[J,K_T^{-1}]\|_{\rm HS}=o(\sqrt n). For the diagonally truncated precision, the commutator is bounded by Cq^{1-\eta}\sqrt{n/q}. Restoring its positive diagonal changes the inverse by a matrix of the discarded rank; the weighted inverse and operator bounds give commutator cost at most Cq^{-1-\eta}\sqrt{\operatorname{rank}}. Since that rank is O(nq^3) and \eta is small, both costs are o(\sqrt n).
Choose a median m_F of F on \mathcal D_\omega. Its high and low anchor sets each have a fixed positive Haar mass. Distance to either set has a sub-Gaussian tail at scale n^{-1/2}. The upper Taylor bound from a low anchor bounds F-m_F above; applying it from a diagnostic orientation to a high anchor bounds F-m_F below. At distance C_B\sqrt{k/n}, the two errors are
and the complementary Haar mass is e^{-Bk}. At distance O(n^{-1/2}) the errors are bounded. Integrating the same distance tail shows that \E_{\rm Haar}e^{t(F-m_F)} is bounded for every fixed t>0. This also controls the weighted contribution of exceptional diagnostic orientations.
Write w=\mathcal W(y,J) and
On \mathcal D_\omega, w=e^{-nb^2/2}\det(V)e^{F}, so the preceding bounds compare w with the constant orbit weight w_0. A fixed positive Haar fraction has w\ge c w_0; the total root-count bound therefore gives \int w_0\,d\pi\le n^C on suitable base data. For every 0\le p(O)\le1, every small fixed \xi>0, and every needed fixed B, the comparison yields
Conversely,
where \mathcal E_B\le n^Ce^{-Bk} is the globally excluded weighted mass of non-diagnostic orientations, after the raw matrix rate is chosen. The comparison is integrated over \omega; it does not require a lower weight on each spectral fiber.
These inequalities permit further Markov exclusions over base data. When the input is a field probability with a planted spin, the degree identity in Corollary 9.2 charges excess multiplicity to twice the negative-root count. Its integrated exclusion rate is already available. Thus the same comparisons apply to those posterior tests after this multiplicity error is included.
10.2 Median trace control
We need one further estimate on most orientations of each suitable orbit:
The precision estimates give the fluctuation scale of Gaussian length, but not the location of its mean. We compare its density at the target and one fluctuation on either side. The lemma below shows that these three densities locate the trace.
Put L=\sqrt{n/q} and y_w=nb+wL for w=0,\pm1; here y_w is a scalar squared length. On \mathcal P^\perp, let \gamma_V be the normalized law N(0,V) conditioned on zero projection onto \mathcal P, and let \gamma_b=N(0,bI_{\mathcal P^\perp}). Denote their squared-length densities by \ell_V and \ell_b. Define on every orientation
This is an unnormalized weighted length density. On a diagnostic orientation the full weighted integral is finite; writing its mass as Z_V^\perp(O) gives
where f_C denotes the squared-length density under N(0,C). The fixed-length definition of A_w remains meaningful even on the other orientations.
For the scalar prior, the normalized weighted covariance is
Let Z_o^\perp be its unnormalized weighted mass and f_o=f_{\widehat C_o}. Both are invariant under the remaining rotation. Haar averaging at each fixed length gives the exact identity
The ratios \overline A_{\pm1}/\overline A_0 are bounded above and below. For f_o, this follows from \operatorname{Tr}\widehat C_o=nb+o(L), its trace-square scale L^2, and the Fourier local limit supplied by the spread. For the prior ratio, both traces are nb+O(1), the top eigenvalues are bounded, and the trace-square discrepancy is O(nq^2+1). The scalar length-tilt expansion therefore gives
The normalizer Z_o^\perp is the same at all three lengths.
We next show \E_O(A_w/\overline A_w)^2\le1+o(1). Let \rho_V(T\mid y_w,y_w) and \rho_b(T\mid y_w,y_w) be the overlap densities of two independent draws from the corresponding unweighted priors, conditioned on those lengths. Let \mu_{o,w} be the scalar prior at length y_w, weighted by the common angular energy and normalized. Haar averaging of a pair at fixed overlap gives
Thus the positive multiplier is a ratio of prior densities, while the expectation and its tails use the energy-tilted reference law.
To estimate the multiplier, tilt each prior length to y_w; its scalar tilt is O(L/n). At zero cross tilt the overlap is symmetric, and its covariance with either length is zero. Its conditional curvature is therefore \operatorname{Tr}\widetilde V^2, where \widetilde V is the length-tilted covariance. The two tilted traces are the same target, and their trace squares differ relatively by O(q^2+1/n): the variable prior differs from scalar covariance by normalized Hilbert–Schmidt size O(q+1/\sqrt n), and the scalar tilt changes eigenvalues by a uniformly Lipschitz function. Analytic expansion of the three quadratic log moments, with their nondegenerate Hessian, and Fourier inversion of the central prefactors give, for |T|/n small,
Odd cross derivatives vanish by symmetry; the prefactor error is O(q+|T|/n) in the same small-scale convention. Conditioning the initial projections at zero changes only a fixed rank.
Here is the tail comparison that makes this local bound integrable. Put U=T/L and N=nq^3. The positive quadratic and quartic errors become
Under \mu_{o,w}^{\otimes2}, quadratic exponentiation and the two length-density bounds give a Gaussian tail in U up to |U|\le c\sqrt N. There the quartic error is at most C c^2qU^2, so the Gaussian tail dominates after the upper scale is decreased; for fixed U the multiplier tends to one. For a=|T|/n from order q to a small fixed cutoff, the reference length-deficit estimate of Section 6.1 gives e^{-cna^3}. Dividing the positive exponent by na^3 leaves O(q^2/a+a+1/(na)), which is small in this range after the cutoff and upper scale are chosen. These two ranges give uniform integrability through small overlaps.
For a fixed larger overlap, simultaneous quadratic Chernoff bounds for the unweighted priors, conditional on both lengths, give at least the spherical fixed-overlap rate -\tfrac12\log(1-a^2) up to an o(1) loss per coordinate as the upper scale decreases. This rate is strictly larger than a^2/2 away from zero. Near the parallel endpoints, fixed tilts chosen before n supply the finite strict rate gap needed below. Exact length densities under these tilts cost at most a polynomial by Fourier inversion, using damping from typical sites or a bounded-eigenvalue block; the preceding O(L) prior length deviations cost subexponentially. The angular pair upper bound of Section 6.1 costs only a^2/2 after normalization: the reference angular integral per draw is at least \exp\{n(1/4-o(1))\}. To verify that lower bound, use the Gaussian formula on \mathcal P^\perp at precision ((b+b^{-1})I-J)|_{\mathcal P^\perp}. Its centered length density costs only a polynomial, its normalized log determinant is at most 1/2+o(1) by the semicircle bound and fixed-rank interlacing, and y_w/n=1+o(1). The strict rate gap controls the remaining overlaps. Thus the displayed second moment is 1+o(1).
The first and second moments imply that all three ratios A_w/\overline A_w are close to one outside as small a fixed Haar mass as desired. On diagnostic orientations the common factor Z_V^\perp(O) cancels, so f_{\widehat C_O}(y_{\pm1})/f_{\widehat C_O}(y_0) is bounded above. The next lemma now applies. Its operator and trace-square hypotheses follow from Proposition 9.1 after removing three dimensions. Since v_i\ge1/2 outside at most 2nq sites, the coordinate subspace supported on \{i:v_i\ge1/2\} has intersection with \mathcal P^\perp of dimension at least n-2nq-3. The compressed precision has bounded norm on this intersection, so the min–max principle gives a fixed positive fraction of covariance eigenvalues bounded below. Finally, fixed-rank interlacing gives |\operatorname{Tr}K^{-1}-\operatorname{Tr}\widehat C_O| \le Cq^{-2}=o(L). The lemma proves (10.1).
Lemma 10.1 (Three length densities locate a Gaussian trace). Fix positive constants c_0,C_0,M. Let 0<q\le q_0 and nq^3\ge\log^{10}n, and put L=\sqrt{n/q}. Let C be a positive definite matrix of dimension n-O(1) such that
Assume also that at least c_0n eigenvalues of C exceed c_0. Let f be the density of \|C^{1/2}g\|^2, with g standard Gaussian, and let x_0\in[c_0n,C_0n]. If
then |\operatorname{Tr}C-x_0|\le C_1L, where C_1 depends only on the fixed constants. The assertion holds for all sufficiently large n.
Proof. Write m(\lambda)=\operatorname{Tr}(C^{-1}+\lambda I)^{-1} on \lambda>-\|C\|^{-1} and C_\lambda=(C^{-1}+\lambda I)^{-1}. The function m decreases continuously from infinity to zero, and
If |m(0)-x_0|\le L, there is nothing to prove. Otherwise set \varepsilon=\operatorname{sign}(m(0)-x_0) and x_1=x_0+\varepsilon L. There is a unique \lambda with m(\lambda)=x_1, and \varepsilon\lambda>0. Exponential tilting of the squared length gives its density f_\lambda under covariance C_\lambda and the identity
This identity treats the two signs with exactly the same inequality.
First we bound the tilt without assuming a local central limit theorem near the final pole. This coarse bound will place the covariance in a region comparable to its original value; sharper density estimates can then improve the logarithmic tilt bound to a constant. Since \operatorname{Tr}C_\lambda=x_1\asymp n, its standard deviation is at most \sqrt2x_1\le Cn. The mean-density bound of Lemma 5.2 gives f_\lambda(x_1)\ge c/n. If \lambda>0, the inequality m(\lambda)\le n/\lambda implies \lambda\le C; if \lambda<0, every eigenvalue increases.
In both cases at least c n eigenvalues of C_\lambda are bounded below by a fixed positive constant. The quadratic Gaussian product formula therefore gives
Consequently M\ge c n^{-1/2}e^{|\lambda|L/2}, so |\lambda|L\le C\log n. This is the promised control near a pole: no local central limit theorem is being assumed there, and the density loss is only polynomial.
Choose a>0 so small that aC_0<1/2. Because q^2L=\sqrt{nq^3}\ge\log^5 n, the preceding bound forces |\lambda|<a q^2. Thus C_\theta is comparable to C for every \theta between zero and \lambda, and \operatorname{Tr}C_\theta^2\asymp L^2. We can now use the spectral spread at the tilted covariance. For these tilts, the largest eigenvalue divided by the square root of the trace square is O((nq^3)^{-1/2})=o(1). To check the Fourier bound explicitly, if a_i are the eigenvalues of C_\lambda and \sigma^2=2\sum_i a_i^2, concavity of x\mapsto\log(1+ux) on [0,\max_i a_i^2] gives
Since a_{\max}^2/\sigma^2\le1/16 for large n, the right-hand side is bounded by (1+t^2/4)^{-2}, an integrable function independent of the parameters.
Hence its density has supremum at most C/L. Its density at the mean is at least c/L by the same mean-density lemma. Applying these bounds to f_\lambda in the ratio identity improves the preceding estimate to |\lambda|L\le C. Finally,
11 Comparison on root-preserving rotation orbits
The next comparison transfers continuous-prior estimates to spins on most orientations of each retained root orbit. Its essential quantitative point is the signed cancellation between two spin and two Gaussian replica integrals. An absolute bound on the matrix insertion would be too large for the weighted covariance estimate.
The mixed cube–sphere tensor cancellation of Du and Huang [17, Lemma 3.5] is the close predecessor of this comparison. We retain the observation-dependent projection constraints and a weighted signed matrix kernel throughout the calculation below.
Proposition 11.1 (Covariance estimates on most root orientations). Let \mathcal S be suitable base orbit data retained by the preceding exclusions in Section 10. On \mathcal S, use the disintegration d\pi\,d\mathrm{Haar} before the determinant weight w. Here d\pi includes the scalar root factors and the imposed rotation-invariant spectral restriction, \mathrm{Haar} is normalized measure on rotations fixing \mathcal P, and w_0 is the median reference weight defined there.
Fix 1/2<\gamma<1 and positive accuracies \epsilon,\eta, together with the requested implied small constants below. Choose a sufficiently small fixed rate a_{\mathrm{orb}}>0, then the upper bound on r sufficiently small. At each scale k=nr^3\ge\log^{10}n, for sufficiently large n, one may discard a further set \mathcal E\subseteq\mathcal S satisfying
On each remaining orbit, a set of Haar orientations of mass >3/4 satisfies simultaneously
Here m_s^{\mathrm{post}} and \Sigma_s are the posterior mean and covariance. Every implied small constant can be prescribed in advance by shrinking the upper bound on r and then taking n sufficiently large. The previously excluded unsuitable data retain their preceding integrated bounds; w_0 is used only on \mathcal S. No bound uniform conditional on each spectrum is asserted.
Proof.
Projection cuts and the three priors. The plant is gauged to \mathbf1 as above. Let \mathsf P be the n\times3 matrix whose columns are the three orthogonalized profiles spanning \mathcal P, normalized by n^{-1}\mathsf P^T\mathsf P=I_3. Its first column is m/\sqrt q, and its second is the normalized vector \mathbf1-(M/q)m; its third is the normalized residual of y after projection onto those first two columns. We write \mathsf P_j for column j, and empirical contractions of matrices always include the factor n^{-1}.
Put z=X-m,\ N=nq^3,\ L=\sqrt{n/q}, and use the statistics
Here \vartheta denotes the scaled projection coordinate. For a pair write t=\langle(z-\mathsf P\delta)(z'-\mathsf P\delta')\rangle,\ U=n t/L, so t=qU/\sqrt N. The three-column notation always uses empirical contractions over sites. The exact length constraint is \langle z^2\rangle=b-2\sqrt q\,\delta_1. We tilt by the common energy z^T(J-b)z/2; with p the product of independent spins of means m (translated by -m), this gives precisely the posterior by the root equation.
We cut p smoothly to |\vartheta|\le\epsilon_0 (one below \epsilon_0/2), \epsilon_0>0 an arbitrarily small fixed constant. Except at a small rate in the true counting law with good spectrum, the cut omits negligible normalized posterior mass (n^{-D}, D any fixed constant). Indeed a posterior spin can replace the plant in tests with the equivariant axes m,y-lm by uniqueness and (8.2), so |\langle m z\rangle|\ll q,\ |\langle(y-lm)z\rangle|\ll q^3. The overlaps of plant and replica concentrate about q to any fixed tolerance times q by (5.1), the spherical observation estimates, (6.1)–(6.3) and q/r\simeq1.
Thus |\langle z\rangle| (overlap with the gauged plant minus M) is bounded by arbitrarily small fixed times q, and the subtraction (M/q)\langle mz\rangle in the e axis is likewise small. Orthogonalizing the cubic axis uses |\langle y-lm\rangle|=O(q^3) and residual norm asymptotic, in empirical units up to constant factors, to q^{3/2}, by the clipped Gaussian moment diagnostics and the tail-square bound. Here multi-root fields do not affect counting claims: the count of positive-sign regular roots is at most one plus the number of negative-sign roots by degree, whose expectation on good spectrum is exponentially small. Null singular fields may be ignored. The orbit weight comparisons thus allow us to discard further orbits at a small integrated rate measured by w_0\,d\pi, so that the cut loss is negligible on most Haar orientations.
Use two continuous auxiliary priors, not necessarily of mass one. We fix their length-density units here. Put
For a Gaussian prior, the notation \delta_{\rm D}(\mathscr L(z)-nb)\,dz means the coarea density at the raw squared length nb. Since this shell is \|z+m\|^2=n, it is surface measure divided by 2\sqrt n. In particular, if T=(\mathscr L-nb)/L, then \delta_{\rm D}(\mathscr L-nb)=L^{-1}\delta_{\rm D}(T). The spin prior already lies on this shell.
With \varphi_C the density of N(0,C), define the uncut pre-energy measures
where
The constants \mathfrak c_{g_0},\mathfrak c_o are fixed by the zero-projection saddle normalization below. Multiplication by the common energy e^{z^T(J-bI)z/2} changes the underlying Gaussian precisions to K and K_o, respectively.
For Z\sim N(0,C_o), C_o=K_o^{-1}, put T_o(Z)=(\mathscr L(Z)-nb)/L. The reference mass used throughout is projection-uncut but still shell-constrained:
Thus its normalized physical law is exactly the density disintegration of N(0,C_o) conditional on T_o=0. Both factors in the last formula are invariant under rotations fixing \mathcal P, so Z_* is an orbit invariant. We cut g_0 by the same projection cutoff as p, and multiply it there by a projection-only factor to form g. All cuts below are separable across replicas.
The three priors serve different parts of the comparison. The reference prior has an orbit-invariant tilted mass; the variable-variance Gaussian has the precision needed for covariance control. The projection multiplier aligns its single-replica marginal with the spin marginal. What remains is a pair-density calculation in which the signed sum cancels common errors and errors additive in the replica types.
Single-prior projection saddles. We begin by defining the single-prior saddle functions. Write p_\ell=\mathsf P_{\ell\bullet}^T\in\mathbb R^3 for the profile row at site \ell. The independent site laws are
Their constraint vectors and per-site targets are
For a spin, z_\ell^2+2m_\ell z_\ell=v_\ell identically, so its shell constraint is automatic; adding a square coordinate would make the constraint covariance singular. For Gaussians the square coordinate and its target are equivalent to the translated length coordinate by a determinant-one triangular change.
Set
On the local interior branch let \nabla\Lambda_i(\theta_i)=c_i(\delta) and \mathsf H_i=\nabla^2\Lambda_i(\theta_i). The branch and its positive Hessian are established on the small projection cut below. With \mathfrak c_p=\mathfrak r_p=1, define
This is a smooth saddle function per ordinary d^3a, not an exact density for an atomic spin projection. The factor n^{3/2} converts the three raw projection sums \sqrt n\,a to a; the Gaussian raw length-density coordinate keeps its original units. Primitive lattice covolumes are excluded here and will belong to the mixed counting measures.
At zero projection the constraint Hessians are S_{\mathsf P}, \operatorname{diag}(S_{\mathsf P},2\kappa_2), and \operatorname{diag}(bI_3,2b^2). Hence the choices
make all three saddle functions agree at zero. These are saddle normalizations, not divisions by the exact shell masses. The additional multiplier defining g on its cut is f_p^a/f_{g_0}^a.
These constant normalizations cost only polynomial for the unconditioned product Gaussian density integrals. On the cut we have
also with the corresponding Taylor bounds after up to two scaled derivatives (bounded derivatives for the prefactor log, and O(N |\vartheta|^{3-j}) for the rate-part log).
We include details of the expansions and bounds; all constants may use the scalar diagnostics above. In particular S_{\mathsf P}=I-O(q); Q^{-1}S_{\mathsf P} Q and its inverse are bounded. At typical sites, meaning the clipped region of those diagnostics with cutoff exponent sufficiently tiny, the profiles \mathsf P have bounded empirical absolute moments through any prescribed fixed degree, and y such moments at scale \sqrt q. Outside that region \langle y^2{\bf1}_{\rm tail}\rangle=O(q^4); the scaled profiles \mathsf P Q are bounded there by C |y|.
These bounds follow directly from (8.2), l=1+O(q), and the residual cubic normalization just noted. Centered moments involving \mathsf P and exponentially damped site fluctuations of order through fixed j\ge2 thus have tail bounds for their profile factors up to C_j(1+q^{4-3j/2}).
For p solve the linear-projection saddle by tilting by \mathsf P\theta, \theta=O_Q(|\vartheta|), where O_Q denotes a bound in Q^{-1} units. Indeed on that parameter ball the response beyond linear v\mathsf P\theta has empirical L^2 size O(q^{3/2}|Q^{-1}\theta|^2). Its scaled derivatives of order j through fixed orders have the bound C_j q^{3/2}|Q^{-1}\theta|^{\max(2-j,0)}. This follows by the tanh derivatives (second bounded by a constant times the absolute small argument on typical sites, using the moment bounds), and on the tail the derivatives are exponentially damped since the new field differs from y by at most a small fraction of |y|.
Thus scaled smooth inversion applies at uniform small radii. Evaluating the Legendre exponent at \theta=S_{\mathsf P}^{-1}\delta instead of the minimizer costs O(q^3 |\vartheta|^4) per site, by the ordinary Hessian bounds. The density exponent per site, apart from the Gaussian projection term -\delta^T S_{\mathsf P}^{-1}\delta/2, is
Indeed the third log moment term is -\langle mv (\mathsf P\theta)^3\rangle/3, with 111 profile average \langle mv \mathsf P_1^3\rangle=3\sqrt q+O(q^{3/2}), 112 average O(q) by (8.2).
The fourth term is -\langle v(1-3m^2)(\mathsf P\theta)^4\rangle/12, with 1111 average 3+O(q), 1112 average O(\sqrt q). The fifth coefficient has a factor O(m), and the sixth remainder is bounded with tail damping. All other scaled monomials thus cost O(q^3) by typical moments and the tail bounds. In the two leading powers \theta_1 can be replaced by \delta_1. The estimates retain their Taylor derivative orders: the nonlinear Legendre correction does also by scaled smooth inversion and the stated derivative bounds (the unscaled shift in the minimizing coefficient has norm O(q^{3/2}|\vartheta|^2) with the corresponding derivatives).
For g_0, first optimize the projection coefficients in the formal saddle and then optimize the length coefficient. The Gaussian projection exponent is exact. At this canonical projection saddle, the length target differs from the mean by -2\sqrt q\,\delta_1-\langle(v\mathsf P S_{\mathsf P}^{-1}\delta)^2\rangle per site. This is a saddle mean, rather than the trace of an exactly projection-conditioned finite-dimensional Gaussian. The length curvature in the partial log moment is 2\langle v^2\rangle+O(q|\vartheta|^2). Thus the additional exponent is the negative square of that deficit divided by 4\langle v^2\rangle, to O(q^3|\vartheta|^3); its leading quadratic cancels the explicit rank factor.
Since \langle(v\mathsf P S_{\mathsf P}^{-1}\delta)^2\rangle=|\delta|^2+O(q^3|\vartheta|^2), this gives exactly (11.3). These expansions use only the analytic bounded-variance Gaussian length tilt, adjusting the projection tilt by the corresponding three-dimensional linear solve. Length coefficients are O(q |\vartheta|), and scaled Taylor derivative estimates are unchanged. The calculation for o replaces the variance profile by constant b, giving the same terms. The Gaussian central prefactors for all three priors have uniformly bounded log derivatives in \vartheta by the nonsingular saddle Hessians and the profile bounds. This proves (11.2).
The signed pair comparison. We next form the pair saddle functions on |\vartheta|,|\vartheta'|\le\epsilon_0 and |t|/q\le\epsilon_1, where \epsilon_1 is fixed small and \epsilon_0 may be much smaller. For types i,j\in\{p,g_0,o\}, put
so n^{-1}\sum_\ell h_\ell=t at the projection constraints. Define
Keep the targets and the \delta’s inside h_\ell fixed when differentiating. On the local interior branch let \nabla_\theta\Lambda_{ij}(\theta_\beta,\beta)=c^{ij}, and put
Thus F_{ij}(0)=0; it is the partial infimum over the single-constraint coefficients, minus its value at zero cross tilt. It is a formal optimized log moment, not the conditional log moment of an unsmoothed atomic event.
At the optimizing law write
These are averages of sitewise covariances. Implicit differentiation and the envelope identity give
In particular the last expression is the variance after regressing the cross statistic on the single constraints.
Let \beta_{ij}(t) solve F_{ij}'(\beta_{ij})=t, with t=LU/n. The formal joint function in ordinary d^3a\,d^3a'\,dU, retaining every raw Gaussian length density, is
The factor n^3L converts the six raw projection sums and the raw cross sum nt=LU. Dividing this formula by its two single saddle functions, and converting U back to t, gives
The determinant quotient uses each pair’s own constraint dimension: 6,7,8 for pp, mixed pairs, and two Gaussian replicas. The Gaussian shell units and all explicit rank factors cancel in this quotient. Define the dimensionless formal ratio
It is equally the ratio in U units, since both densities then acquire the factor L/n. The full formal pair ratio is
This is an algebraic quotient of saddle formulas. The local-limit argument below relates it to the actual mixed statistic measures. After the multiplier defining g, both effective single factors are f_p^a; the projection cut does not change the conditional calculation.
The signed comparison and its verification below use the four ordered pairs i,j\in\{p,g_0\}. With signs s_p=1,s_{g_0}=-1 and E_*=1+|W|+|W'|+|U|, the full signed pair-density comparison needed is
Here cuts can multiply both sides; the coefficients are bounded and independent of the statistics. The constant \zeta can be made as small as needed by reducing the projection cut and the upper r. Central-prefactor relative errors O(q/N) are allowed.
Here is a verification. Abbreviate F_{ij} by F for the pair under discussion. At \beta=0 the canonical laws are independent single-replica laws. Write their site means and variances as \lambda_i,\sigma_i, where \sigma_i denotes variance rather than its square root, and put d_i^0=\lambda_i-\mathsf P\delta, with the primed target for the second replica.
Uniformly with scaled \vartheta derivatives,
Indeed the common linear response and nonlinear bounds were just obtained (for Gaussian the shifted length coefficient changes the response only nonlinearly).
The variance assertions use tanh or Gaussian differentiation as above; the last identity uses the exact target, automatic also for spins. The first bounds hold in any needed fixed typical-site empirical moment; on the tail d_i^0 and its scaled derivatives are bounded by C |y|.
Consequently
In the conditional curvature the centered-fluctuation product is orthogonal to the constraints, and the two linear remainder terms are regressed on them, proving the second formula, also to differentiated orders. For the size bounds with scaled projection derivatives used here, \sigma_i=v at zero, and \sigma_i and its scaled derivatives after empirical mean subtraction have L^2 size O(q): the logistic first derivative of variance brings a factor of the magnetization, and higher Taylor terms in the site shift or the Gaussian length coefficient already pay order q (use the same parameter estimates as for the single saddles).
On the tail all changes of the site fields and their scaled derivatives cost O(1+|y|) besides bounded quadratic coefficients, against fluctuation moments damped exponentially. Constraint covariance matrices and their needed scaled derivatives at the independent saddles are bounded, with eigenvalues bounded below using just bounded-profile sites. Regression coefficients for the two linear remainders and their derivatives therefore use ordinary unscaled constraint units (profiles \mathsf P, squares for Gaussian), with size O(q^{3/2}) by (11.5).
Thus F'(0) to quadratic order, of size O(q^3(|\vartheta|+|\vartheta'|)^2), is common to all four pairs. The curvature discrepancy from B(\vartheta)B(\vartheta') and its derivatives are O(q^2); it is common at zero projections, and to linear order varies by an additive sum of single-type terms. The third derivative is O(q) at \beta=0, with O(q) projection derivatives. Indeed it is the third cumulant averaged over sites of the regression-adjusted cross observable.
At zero cross tilt the product of centered site fluctuations contributes the average product of individual third moments, O(q) with derivatives. The linear corrections have coefficients d_i^0,d_j^0, and regression coefficients on site constraints D=(\mathsf P z,\mathsf P z',\text{applicable squares}) of size O(q^{3/2}(|\vartheta|+|\vartheta'|)). Their cumulant contributions and derivatives satisfy the stated bound by typical moments in (11.5); on tails they use at most exponentially damped polynomials in |y|+1, of tail average O(q^3).
For clarity, fourth cross derivatives stay bounded up to |\beta|\le C\epsilon_1 q. The constraint-coefficient shifts have first derivatives of norm O(q^{3/2}(|\vartheta|+|\vartheta'|)+|\beta|), second derivatives bounded. Indeed bootstrap their first derivatives at O(q), so shifts are O(q^2), giving only small parameter changes even in Q^{-1} units. The constraint Hessian D_2 (averaged covariance of D) stays well-conditioned. Centered site fluctuations of z,z' remain exponentially damped in |y| on tails, with bounded means: for a coupled Gaussian integrate the small quadratic tilt exactly, and for spins the conditional odds or Gaussian-integrated odds still have fields y+O(1)+o(1)|y|.
Thus the regression-adjusted observable H=(z-\mathsf P\delta)(z'-\mathsf P\delta')+\theta'_\beta D, with \theta_\beta the optimizing single coefficients, has bounded empirical centered fourth moment, using the O(q) coefficient times the worst \mathsf P_3 profile. Implicit differentiation then bounds \theta''_\beta by C\|\langle\kappa(D,H,H)\rangle\|\le C', closing the bootstrap (or use continuation at a larger threshold and small \epsilon_1); \kappa denotes joint cumulant.
The fourth derivative of F uses only the fourth cumulant of H and the constraint regression of its square. Similarly \partial_\beta D_2 is bounded (using at most two constraint factors and one H), and \partial_\beta^2 D_2=O(1+q^{-1/2}): with two H’s the worst four-profile tail costs Cq^2 q^{4-6}, while the \theta_\beta'' term costs a third constraint moment. At zero cross tilt \partial_\beta D_2 varies with bounded scaled projection derivatives by the same estimates. Hessian lower bounds throughout use just typical sites; in particular F'' stays bounded below. All these statements apply to mixed constraint dimensions without dummy square variables for spins.
The pair conditional exponent is therefore
The preceding calculations give the cross mean, curvature, and third cumulant at the independent saddle, with their projection derivatives. We now convert them into a conditional density. Both the prefactor and the Legendre exponent must be retained, because each contributes to the odd term in the signed comparison.
For the unweighted reference, the exact conditional law uses two independent uniform directions in dimension n-3. Writing B=B(\vartheta), B'=B(\vartheta'), its density is
on |t|<\sqrt{BB'}. The formal \widehat h_{oo}^{\,t} has the same power and replaces c_{n-3} by \sqrt{n/(2\pi)}; their ratio is 1+O(1/n), a permitted relative error. The reference Legendre rate exponent is \frac n2\log(1-t^2/(BB'))=-nt^2/(2BB')+O(nt^4). The remaining factor (1-t^2/(BB'))^{-3} belongs to the reference saddle prefactor. The pair conditional prefactor is (F''(\beta)\det D_2(\beta)/\det D_2(0))^{-1/2} at the dual \beta, while the reference prefactor is (BB')^{-1/2} up to O(t^2+1/n) relative error. The curvature part at \beta=0 thus has a common constant, additive linear log terms of size O(q^2(|\vartheta|+|\vartheta'|)), and error O(q^2(|\vartheta|+|\vartheta'|)^2). The log change at \beta is a projection-independent linear term in t, up to O(qE_*^C/N), by the preceding derivative bounds and dual inversion.
We organize the exponent difference by its dependence on the pair types. Common terms and terms additive in one type cancel after the signed sum. The remaining leading terms are odd in the normalized overlap; quadratic products of the smaller terms fit the remainder.
In the exponent difference, the t^2 terms give a common c_2 q U^2 plus additive single-type terms O(q U^2 (|W|+|W'|)/\sqrt N) and error O(q E_*^C/N). The term linear in F'(0) is common up to that error, of size O(q E_*^3/\sqrt N); its square contribution to the rate is negligible. The cubic term at leading order is odd, of order qU^3/\sqrt N, with coefficient at zero projections. All fourth-order remainders cost Cq E_*^C/N. Indeed nt^2=q^{-1}U^2,\ nt^3=U^3/\sqrt N,\ nt^4=q U^4/N.
In F''(0)-B B' the terms through projection degree one are just from the empirical covariance of the two site-variance profiles (both v at zero). Hence the inverse-curvature discrepancy has a common constant and single-replica-summed linear terms, with remainder O(q^2 E_*^2/N). In ntF'(0), the response product has a common bilinear part, leaving error O(q E_*^C/N) after multiplication. The log-prefactor shift uses \beta=(t-F'(0))/F''(0)+O((t-F'(0))^2); even its O((1+q^{-1/2})\beta^2) Taylor remainder fits.
Products of two of the small terms cost O(q E_*^C/N). Exponentiating (with the small Gaussian-growth envelope stated, using small cutoffs), the common and additive terms cancel from the signed sum, leaving just the claimed odd terms. Finally (11.2) allows the outside projection factor to be replaced by one on those odd terms to the stated remainder. We check the remainder sizes term by term, including at the ends of the cut window. Writing \mathcal W=|W|+|W'|, the linear-mean term ntF'(0)/F''(0) has common leading polynomial of size C q |U|\mathcal W^2/\sqrt N and remainder C q |U|\mathcal W^3/N, while nF'(0)^2\le C q^3\mathcal W^4/N.
The inverse curvature difference from 1/(B(\vartheta)B(\vartheta')) has quadratic-and-higher Taylor error C q^2\mathcal W^2/N. The cubic coefficient discrepancy from its value at zero projections is Cq\mathcal W/\sqrt N, and replacing t-F'(0) by t inside that cube also fits the stated error. Hence besides the common c_2 q U^2 and projection-independent log-prefactor constant (common because both variances are v at zero), log contributions retained are of size C q E_*^3/\sqrt N, common, single-type summed, or odd as indicated.
In exponentiating, both the leading polynomials in the log and the full log deviations (using n|t-F'(0)|^4 for the Legendre remainder) have absolute upper bounds by constants plus Cq E_*^2 on these cuts, before any outside projection log which adds O(|\vartheta|+|\vartheta'|+(|\vartheta|+|\vartheta'|)E_*^2). This yields the stated Gaussian-growth envelope even at window ends, and the common and single-type-summed terms indeed drop out after multiplying by the common projection weights and summing both signs.
The zero-projection coefficients and the exact common/additive cancellation are also written explicitly in Lemma 11.5. This proves the smooth expansion (11.4). Individually the full ratios have at most the same Gaussian-growth envelope, and differ from one on bounded normalized statistics by O(q)+o(1).
Density inversion, tails, and the common angular kernel. The four pair laws have different statistic measures. We keep their lattice coordinates and translated lengths exact, and smooth only the other coordinates. Each remainder is estimated on its own measure. The smooth leading terms are transferred to common volume before we perform the signed cancellation.
- •
On the central region just used, one can evaluate orbit integrals as lattice sums and smooth densities with the saddle formulas, each to relative remainder O(q/N). Use lattice variables \sum x for each sign replica and \sum xx' for a pair of signs, on the translated lattice generated by differences of sign patterns. One can use a_1,a_3 as the remaining continuous-approximation projection coordinates for sign replicas. Smooth all nonlattice variables at inverse arbitrarily high polynomial scale with compactly supported smooth kernels, except exact Gaussian length constraints \sum(z^2+2mz)=nb.
Changing an angular test by this smoothing costs an arbitrarily small inverse polynomial absolute error times the corresponding positive partition integrals (on slightly enlarged regions). Indeed projections and residual Gram factor parametrize the complement rotations, with Gram nonsingular here, so energies, pre-factors (in log), smooth cutoffs and the bounded-degree polynomial tests have polynomial variation. Only the Gaussian length itself needs remain imposed on the original site integral; inverse site variances need not be bounded.
Projection multipliers also have polynomial log derivatives. When lattice variables are present keep them exact in this procedure. For instance for two signs one may hold (\sum x,\sum x',\sum xx') and smooth the two nonconstant projection coordinates for each sign; a_2,a'_2,U are recovered using those constant-coordinate sums, the other a’s and known site data. These are nonsingular affine or triangular coordinate changes (equivalently use the three raw statistics in site units together with the nonconstant profiles).
For a mixed pair the raw lattice variable is just \sum x for the sign, and one also smooths the nonlattice overlap. Deterministic statistic Jacobians are understood in saddle densities and in converting lattice mass units. The tilt optimization using projected deviations rather than raw cross products is an affine change at the fixed projection constraints, with the same partial Legendre rate.
For the density estimation, tilt to the canonical product saddle at the evaluation point; variation of tilting factors across the mollifier costs negligible relative error. Fourier inversion there gives the Gaussian prefactor, including lattice covolume, to relative O((1+q^{-2})/n). Indeed covariance in site-sum units (normalized by \sqrt n) is bounded positive definite. We can use the well-conditioned equivalent raw coordinates (including zz' or xx' rather than the projection-subtracted statistic).
Maximum centered site variance in any such direction is O(q^{-3}), average third absolute and fourth moments O(1+q^{-1/2}), O(1+q^{-2}), by the bounds above. In the central Fourier expansion up to small times \sqrt N in normalized frequency units, each site factor stays close to one. The cubic log term integrates to zero at first order by oddness, and the fourth remainder and squared cubic term, with Gaussian damping, give the indicated error. One can evaluate at the exact mean here even with smoothing (or keep its transform, which changes central frequencies negligibly).
For more detail about Fourier tails, bounded typical sites damp through small constant frequencies in unnormalized (single-site) units by nonsingular covariance on that subset. Up to arbitrarily high polynomial frequencies thereafter there is exponential-in-size damping off the central region of the reciprocal-lattice fundamental cell. For a sign pair, phase comparisons on the four patterns test the two nonconstant profile combinations plus constants by single-spin flips (with both signs for the other spin).
Thus if nonconstant coefficients for either replica are not tiny, the nonlattice diagnostics give damping; with tiny coefficients on the bounded typical sites, only the reciprocal lattice of the constant three-pattern statistics can escape the test. More explicitly these statistics are the coefficients of x,x',xx', and equality of the four phases characterizes exactly that dual lattice. Typical-site pattern probabilities are bounded below. The single sign test works identically. For Gaussian variables on typical sites condition on any site signs first.
Quadratic Gaussian phases separated from zero give contraction irrespective of the linear part. With tiny quadratic coefficients, Gaussian linear phases separated from zero on a fixed fraction also give contraction; for a mixed sign pair one tests both sign choices to detect the cross coefficient. The Gaussian profile columns are well-conditioned on the bounded typical sites. Their conditional real means are bounded there. Thus failure of contraction from these tests requires all Gaussian-related coefficients tiny, when on this subset they only perturb the sign phase test by a small amount.
This argument can take successively small fixed cutoffs, or pass to sequences where contraction vanishes (quadratic phases must tend to zero, then Gaussian linears for each sign choice, then the empirical sign-phase dispersions). Beyond polynomial frequencies the mollifiers suffice; in unsmoothed length directions the Gaussian quadratic factors on typical sites themselves give a bound (1+c|\omega_{\rm lengths}|^2)^{-c'n}, also in the joint inversion. Here length direction means the single-site quadratic coefficients; the linear parts do not affect this bound.
Thus one is approximating ordinary joint constraint densities in the Gaussian length dimensions, and possibly smoothed/lattice joint masses elsewhere. Factoring a result into single prefactors and a conditional saddle expression (11.4) just uses determinant Schur factorization and rate subtraction at the level of these formulas; no division by tiny unsmoothed atomic projection probabilities is required. These estimates justify inversions in the different constraint dimensions and also the denominator calculations for conditional densities.
- •
Overlap tails outside |t|\le\epsilon_1 q, with the projection cuts, are negligible (e^{-cN} times polynomial) in each pair orbit integral relative to Z_*^2, even for polynomial tests. First take \epsilon_1 q<|t|<c_* with c_* small fixed. Conditional density ratios can here be estimated as upper bounds on polynomially small boxes. At independent single canonical laws use exponential Markov on (z-\mathsf P\delta)(z'-\mathsf P\delta') up to tilts C c_*, without having to keep its constraint regressions optimized.
Its mean is O(q^3); unconditional curvature differs from B B' by O(q^2) by (11.5); third cumulant is O(q), fourth derivatives bounded. Indeed single saddle parameters remain fixed in this tilt and the damping on tails is preserved (no large new profile coefficients, |\mathsf P\delta|\le C\epsilon_0 |y| there, and site constants do not enter higher cumulants). Thus relative to the reference conditional overlap density the log cost, besides polynomial losses, is at most
Imposing exact Gaussian length densities costs at most polynomial under these tilts by bounded typical-site Gaussian smoothing as in the inversion bound.
Projection marginals relative to reference cost at most \exp(C\epsilon_0^3 N) besides constants by (11.2), including our modification. Boxes can straddle lattice coordinates without needing any matching lower bound there for the numerator. In the physically tilted reference C_o, the length deficit of one of (z\pm z')/\sqrt2 is at least n|t|/2 from trace, on taking \epsilon_0\ll\epsilon_1. This costs \exp(-c n |t|^3) by negative square tilt of strength small-times t^2 (and conditioning at polynomial cost).
Indeed the covariance loses normalized trace at most C\sqrt{\xi}+o(q) at added precision \xi\ge0 small by (5.1) and finite-rank comparison; lengths have central denominators and upper density bounds polynomial under the tests by Gaussian Fourier damping. Equivalently exact shells here can use buffered radial conditioning on the spheres translated by m. The absorption is uniform down to the moving endpoint |t|=\epsilon_1q, since
is the scalar cost divided by n|t|^3, while the projection cost has relative size at most C(\epsilon_0/\epsilon_1)^3. Hold \epsilon_1 fixed, choose c_* and then the upper bound on q small, and finally choose \epsilon_0/\epsilon_1 small. The reference penalty then leaves a fixed multiple of n|t|^3, which is at least a fixed multiple of N. Angular comparisons over these boxes have polynomially controlled variation.
For larger |t|, use directly the angular semicircle pair upper bound from (6.3) in the complement of \mathcal P, whose Gram eigenvalues here are 1\pm t+o_{\rm small}(1), and ignore projected components at o_{\rm small}(n) cost. The log gain besides independent baselines is at most nt^2/2+o_{\rm small}(n). Indeed \log Z_*/n\ge1/4-1/2-o_{\rm small}(1) from its C_o formula by central length density, the semicircle log determinant upper bound and (9.1); finite-rank and prior normalization changes do not increase the log determinant by a nonvanishing order per spin.
The sign-sign prior pays the strict Cramér slack already used, with biased signs and translations changing bounds by o_{\rm small}(n). For Gaussian pairs, simultaneous length/overlap Chernoff gives at least the rate -\frac12\log(1-t^2) in the small-q limit, strictly larger than t^2/2 throughout this range. For two Gaussian types this uses fixed tilts of the Gram matrix, with log moments tending to the iid unit-variance values (v\le1); for mixed types condition on the sign vector, of bounded entries after translation and near-unit empirical length, and tilt the one Gaussian length and its projection on that vector, with the same limiting rate.
This follows immediately from the normal moment formulas since \langle|v-1|\rangle=q; the mixed vector entries are bounded. Interior finite tilts suffice including by approaching the endpoints, using compactness and only requesting strict slack. Length targets differ from 1 negligibly, and their exact Gaussian densities again cost polynomial under the tilts. Projection/pre-rank factors cost o_{\rm small}(n). These estimates also handle singular pair Grams directly, by splitting the fixed overlap range into sufficiently small fixed bins. This proves the tail assertion.
- •
Here is the accuracy of kernel integration and of converting lattice sums to ordinary integrals. Under the tilted reference, condition two C_o-normals independently on their length shells, whose density denominators in L units are bounded above and below as in (5.6). Conditional on projections a,a' before length conditioning, their white coordinates \eta_i have fixed projections described by standard-normal coordinates \alpha,\alpha' (exactly whitened a,a'), and fresh standard orthogonal complements.
In particular |W|\le C|\alpha|, and raw projection covariance eigenvalues are bounded below since K_o has bounded norm. Lengths and U are linear-quadratic forms in the remaining normals. The quadratic parts in a Fourier direction of norm one have operator and Hilbert-Schmidt norms at most C/\sqrt N,C, with spread giving determinant decay (1+c |v_f|^2/N)^{-c'N} at frequency v_f. Indeed they use C_o/L tensored with a two-by-two symmetric matrix (whose norm in such a direction is bounded below), up to the finite-rank compressions/subtractions, and (9.1) applies.
The length linear part uses \|C_o^{1/2}m\|/L\le C. Consequently central densities with any fixed derivatives in a,a',U, including the projection density, are bounded by
To see the U-tail factor before inversion, tilt in U by parameter small-times the target U; up to \epsilon_1\sqrt N the quadratic norm shift is small. Its centered determinant cost is \exp(C\,{\rm parameter}^2) (off-diagonal tilt), and the projected translations cost at most \exp(o_{\rm small}(1)(|\alpha|^2+|\alpha'|^2)). The tilted spread is unchanged up to constants.
For the weighted matrix test, subtract C_o times the mass before forming the Hilbert–Schmidt square. The resulting insertion must be averaged with its sign: its absolute value would lose the Gaussian cancellation at the scale required here. Its insertion is
The next kernel estimate controls this signed average and, after the projection variables are integrated out, its smaller odd part.
Lemma 11.4, applied with C=C_o, A=A_0 and E=\mathsf P/\sqrt n, proves the signed-density bound (11.6) times Cnq, including its fixed derivatives. We verify its hypotheses explicitly. The formula for K_o, S_{\mathsf P}=I-O(q), and \|J\|\le3 give \|K_o\|\le C; therefore C_o\succeq C^{-1}I. The lower precision bound, trace-square bound, and edge spread follow from (9.1). Its first projection estimate also gives
Thus
The lower variance bound uses the edge spread. The density estimate (5.6), with its Fourier upper bound, now puts both shell density denominators between fixed positive constants in L units. After integrating out a,a', the odd parts of both the mass and matrix densities gain N^{-1/2}.
The lemma proves this by comparing the cross-frequency signs before projection conditioning; hence it does not assume an artificial symmetry of the translated shells. Projection cuts multiplying the leading odd term can be removed at exponentially small cost, since (11.6) gives Gaussian tails in the whitened projection variables.
Lattice sums after the density approximation use steps bounded by C/\sqrt n in the raw a’s and C/L in full-overlap L units (fixing the other projection coordinates first, with affine shifts). Their covolumes are exactly the prefactor ones from Fourier inversion. Passing to U has bounded derivatives on the cut: besides subtracting a\cdot a'/L, converting a full x-overlap to a z-overlap subtracts the m-linears with derivative \sqrt{nq}/L=q. Converting constant-axis sums to a_2’s uses \mathsf P_2’s formula with bounded coefficients.
Thus the centered-cell integration error for smooth leading terms is O(1/n) times their respective polynomial-moment envelope scale. More explicitly use the individual expansions leading to (11.4) with second derivatives of the explicit constant/common/additive and odd terms, keeping the projection factors via (11.2); in raw a,a',U units these derivatives cost just polynomials times e^{\zeta E_*^2}. Remainders O(q E_*^C e^{\zeta E_*^2}/N) require no derivatives.
The type of error matters here. Density-ratio errors, including relative saddle errors, are scalar functions of the statistics and multiply the same angular kernel as the leading terms. We make the exact denominator in this assertion explicit. Use the chart \Phi, Jacobian J_\Phi, mixed measures dm_i, and exact unweighted reference density f_{oo}^{\rm unw} from Lemma 11.2. For the reference single projection, isotropy gives the exact formula
Its ratio to f_o^a is a dimension-only factor 1+O(1/n) by Stirling’s formula. Together with the exact conditional overlap density above, this proves, uniformly on the regular window,
No raw shell density, rank factor, or normalizing constant has been removed from either side.
For the numerator inversion, first smooth the uncut statistic laws only in their nonlattice coordinates on a slightly enlarged window, and then apply the smooth projection cuts and the multiplier defining g. Let \widehat f_i^{\rm mod}, for i=pp,pg,gp,gg, denote the corresponding formal pair function with these factors included. Uniform inversion gives at each pair’s own mixed point
The factors are applied after smoothing, so this identity makes no relative-error assertion at a zero of a convolved cutoff. Commuting those factors through a mollifier of radius \delta instead changes the tested integral by at most \delta n^C times the positive mass on the enlarged window. The multiplier’s logarithmic derivatives and the cutoff derivatives have polynomial bounds there. The positive-mass estimate below and a sufficiently high inverse-polynomial choice of \delta make this separate error negligible.
Write \widehat R_i=\widehat f_i^{\rm mod}/\widehat f_{oo} in this chart, and let L_i be the finite smooth individual expansion used above for quadrature. Thus \widehat R_i=L_i+\widehat e_i, where |\widehat e_i|\le C(q/N)E_*^C e^{\zeta E_*^2}. Consequently the exact ratios used by the angular disintegration are
Here 1/n\le q/N, and the individual formal ratios have the Gaussian-growth envelope already proved. Only the smooth L_i undergo quadrature. Their signed sum has the leading odd term in (11.4), with its stated envelope remainder. These are absolute remainder bounds on each own mixed measure, including cutoff boundaries; no regularity of e_i is needed. Bounds (11.6) integrate or sum them against the absolute value of the signed angular average, not against the angular average of the absolute insertion. Thus the envelope in Lemma 11.3 is \mathscr E=E_*^C e^{\zeta E_*^2}.
Holding the length constraints exact ensures that at those points both angular averages use the same residual norms and Gram. Thus a scalar saddle error against an angular kernel is integrated using that kernel’s reference signed density at the points, not by integrating absolute Wick polynomials. Mollification changes the angular test itself and therefore requires a separate estimate. For that change we use absolute bounds: comparison of positive angular integrands at neighboring regular Grams, with polynomial derivative costs relative to base exponential weights.
Such costs times an arbitrarily small inverse polynomial are negligible here. Indeed the positive partition integrals with smooth cut to this region are polynomially bounded in reference units already by the scalar upper saddle bounds against the mass version of (11.6), summing also on the meshes; neighboring unsmoothed mass needed on a smaller region obeys the same type of bound by the angular energy comparison itself and unit mollifier mass. One can slightly enlarge regular windows in this justification and use smooth boundaries, without moving length or lattice statistics.
Cut boundaries can all use smooth tapers, neglecting the t-boundary by the preceding tails or (11.6). Lemmas 11.2 and 11.3 below state this disintegration and quadrature step in a single explicit chart, including its Jacobian and primitive lattice covolumes. They justify (11.4) inside both mass and signed-kernel tests without identifying the distinct atomic and continuous statistic measures.
Transfer of moments and final parameter choices. We now finish (11.1). All four pair laws have been related to the same angular kernel, with their individual remainders controlled. We can therefore square differences of the single-replica integrals.
Under Haar averaging, the prior density ratios multiply the common angular integral at fixed statistics. When the reference prior density and the two energy factors in that integral are combined and divided by Z_*^2, they give the tilted reference shell kernel. This is the mixed-measure identity made explicit below. The mass of modified g, divided by Z_*, tends to one in probability: its first and second moments follow from (11.2), the individual pair comparisons, and the tails.
The Hilbert-Schmidt second moments for the difference of the cut p and g integrals, still with common denominator, are bounded as follows:
Each row follows by expressing the square as a pair integral and using (11.4), (11.6).
The insertion determines whether an odd-part gain is needed. For the mean the inner product kernel L U+a\cdot a' needs no odd gain. For the raw second moment its square differs from L^2U^2 by at most L^2 E_*^4 C/\sqrt N, so the leading odd term is harmless. For the last test use exactly the signed H bounds. All constants here may use a fixed small upper bound on \epsilon_1,\zeta,\epsilon_0 satisfying the preceding absorptions.
On orientations obeying (10.1), the uncut g_0 physical law has centered covariance at most (1+o(1))K^{-1} and raw second moment at most C K^{-1}, exactly by the shell argument of (5.6). Here displacement of the standardized length target is bounded rather than vanishing, so use centered conditional Gaussian variance in that argument (joint Gaussian limit with any white projection, variance can only decrease). Projection and length density bounds needed for uniform moments follow after any bounded codimension compression by (9.1).
The modification defining g changes these estimates by o(1) in covariance units. Indeed W has uniform sub-Gaussian tails, (11.2) gives a factor tending to one with arbitrarily small Gaussian growth, and the removed tail begins at order \sqrt N. Cauchy–Schwarz applies uniformly to each projection moment test.
We spell out the normalization and centering. Write
where both priors include their cuts and g includes its projection multiplier. Since L/\sqrt N=q^{-2}, the four root-mean-square errors in (11.7) are, in order,
Choose the failure probabilities in Markov’s inequality in advance, with their sum and the preceding orientation losses below 1/4. For small q and large N, the resulting orientations have M_p,M_g bounded away from zero and close to one. For any matrix or vector test F,
The normalized modified Gaussian g has raw second moment O(q^{-2}), so its mean is O(q^{-1}). For F=z and F=zz^T, the last display and the first three errors show that the normalized mean difference is O(q^{-1/2})+o(q^{-1}), and the normalized raw second-moment difference is O(q^{-3/2})+o(q^{-2}). Subtracting the two mean outer products costs at most O(q^{-3/2})+o(q^{-2}). Consequently the cut spin covariance is bounded above by (1+o(1))K^{-1}+o(q^{-2})I.
For the weighted estimates choose the loss in (9.1) separately, denoting it by \eta_{\rm mat}, with 2\eta_{\rm mat}<\gamma. The normalized modified Gaussian g has raw weighted second moment O(q^{-2\eta_{\rm mat}}). Use the last row of (11.7) in the normalization identity with F=A_0(zz^T-C_o)A_0. The subtraction is a constant under each normalized law, so the difference of raw weighted second moments is
Here \gamma>1/2 is exactly what makes the first error smaller than the target. The cut spin raw weighted second moment is therefore o(q^{-\gamma}). It bounds the weighted covariance; Jensen’s inequality bounds the squared weighted mean by the same quantity. In the unweighted case the raw second moment is O(q^{-2}), so the mean is O(q^{-1})=o(q^{-1-\eta}) for the independently prescribed \eta>0.
Finally restore the removed spin mass. If it is at most n^{-D}, then \|X-m\|\le2\sqrt n bounds the changes in normalized means and raw second moments by Cn^{1/2-D} and Cn^{1-D}, respectively; the same bounds, up to constants, hold after A_0 since \|A_0\|\le5. Choose D large. The sharp unweighted coefficient follows by choosing the precision, shell, transfer, and q/r tolerances so that
This proves (11.1) with all the prescribed small constants.
The same event also provides the mass anchor needed in the next section. We may require M_p\ge1/2, and positivity of the omitted integral gives
It holds simultaneously with the norm bounds on the retained orientation set. On any fixed compact observation-time interval bounded away from zero, contained in the established small-time regime, and on which r is bounded below, the translated posterior raw second moment \E[(X-m)(X-m)^T\mid J,h] is bounded by a fixed constant in operator norm on these orientations, using the covariance and mean estimates.
All choices in this static assertion begin with coarse scalar tolerances and matrix budgets giving fixed constants in (8.2)–(10.1), and with the orientation failure allocations just described. Choose the overlap cutoff and then the projection cutoff small, including for the Gaussian envelopes, and use a sufficiently small scalar and overlap rate to put q/r close to one and control the projection-cut loss.
Stricter diagnostics do not require increasing the coarse constants. Typical-site moment and tail cutoff exponents can be chosen for the finite derivative orders used. The upper bound on r is then sufficiently small in terms of these choices, which have not used dynamical probability/moment inputs.
11.1 Exact statistic measures and signed cancellation
The following statements make the measure-theoretic and Gaussian parts of the preceding comparison explicit. The smooth saddle expansions (11.2)–(11.5) have already supplied the scalar coefficients and their errors; the first two lemmas specify exactly how these scalar quantities act on atomic and continuous priors.
Lemma 11.2 (Common angular kernel and mixed statistic measures). Let 0<q<1, b=1-q, L=\sqrt{n/q}, and \mathsf P^T\mathsf P=nI_3, m=\sqrt q\mathsf P_1, M=n^{-1}\sum m_i, and c=(1-M^2/q)^{1/2}>0, with \mathsf P_2=c^{-1}(\mathbf1-(M/q)m). For z=x-m on \|z\|^2+2m^Tz=nb, set a=\mathsf P^Tz/\sqrt n and z_\perp=z-\mathsf P a/\sqrt n. Define primed variables likewise, and set U=z_\perp^Tz'_\perp/L. Then
On \Gamma\succ0, the statistic (a,a',U) is a complete invariant for simultaneous proper rotations of \operatorname{ran}(\mathsf P)^\perp, provided n-3\ge3. Thus every integrable physical pair insertion has one Haar angular average, independent of the choice of prior. To specify the reference used in the application, put \mathbf s=(a,a',U), let T(z,z')=\mathbf s, and define the exact unweighted density
on the positive Gram region. It includes both rank factors, both raw shell densities, and \mathfrak c_o^2. It is distinct from the formal product of single saddle functions and a conditional saddle function.
For a pair insertion F, write
using any representative of \mathbf s. All physical matrices in F are fixed together in this vector-rotation representation. Let k_F be the signed statistic density under two independent normalized physical reference shells, with insertion F. Then
for almost every regular \mathbf s. This includes the mass insertion and the centered matrix insertion of Lemma 11.4.
There is one smooth chart for the four pair priors. Put S=\sum x_i, S'=\sum x_i', and R=\sum x_ix_i', and use w=(a_1,a_3,a'_1,a'_3,S,S',R). Its map \Phi:w\mapsto(a,a',U) is
For pp, the raw triple belongs to the affine lattice n(1,1,1)+\Lambda, where
For pg only S\in n+2\mathbb Z is retained as a lattice coordinate, and for gp only S'\in n+2\mathbb Z is retained; these covolumes are 2. The gg measure has no lattice coordinates.
Let dm_{pp} be 16 times counting measure in its lattice coordinates times Lebesgue measure in the remaining coordinates; define dm_{pg},dm_{gp} with factor 2, and dm_{gg}=dw. Smooth only the nonlattice coordinates, preserving the exact translated shell constraints. For cut or multiplied priors apply their smooth factors after this convolution; the preceding commutator estimate charges the change from the original prior. If f_i^{\rm sm} denotes the resulting density with respect to dm_i, set
Then the smoothed pair integral is exactly I_i^{\rm sm}=\int r_i\widetilde k_F\,dm_i, and
For a fixed insertion we abbreviate \widetilde k_F by \widetilde k below. In particular, a scalar density remainder multiplies the same signed reference kernel at each actual mixed mesh point.
Proof. Two ordered residual pairs with the same positive Gram matrix are related by an orthogonal map. If its determinant is negative, compose with a reflection on the orthogonal complement of the target pair; this fixes the pair and corrects the determinant. Haar invariance and Fubini therefore give, for every finite pair measure \mu, atomic or continuous, and every integrable B,
where \mathcal A_B is its angular average. For signed insertions use absolute integrability. Moving the rotation from the interaction matrix to the pair vectors gives precisely this identity for orbit averages in the application; all matrix factors in the insertion move together. For the reference prior, o is invariant under the rotations: its isotropic Gaussian density, translated shell, and projection rank factor are all invariant. Applying this disintegration to e^{\mathcal E(z)+\mathcal E(z')}F(z,z')\,o(dz)o(dz'), and then using Z_*^{-1}e^{\mathcal E}o=\operatorname{Law}(Z\mid T_o=0), proves f_{oo}^{\rm unw}\mathcal A_F=Z_*^2k_F. For a signed insertion absolute integrability justifies Fubini; the insertion keeps its sign inside the angular average.
The chart formulas follow by expanding \sum x_i and x^Tx'. Its Jacobian is triangular, with the three new diagonal factors 1/(\sqrt n c),1/(\sqrt n c),1/L. For pp, the four sign-pattern counts are
Their integrality gives the stated lattice and determinant 16. The nonnegativity boundaries lie outside the central regular window. In particular the conditional R step is 4, so three independent step-2 lattices would give the wrong normalization.
The mixed lattices have only the one sign-sum coordinate. Finally the asserted integral formula follows by multiplying and dividing the smoothed scalar density by the positive unweighted reference density evaluated at the same point. This is an identity in the chosen mixed measures, not a Radon–Nikodym derivative of an atomic statistic law with respect to a continuous law.
Lemma 11.3 (Separate remainders and common-volume cancellation). Suppose r_i=L_i+e_i, where L_i extends smoothly to the common chart, while e_i need only be defined at its own mixed points. Let \mathscr E be a nonnegative envelope on the chart. Assume |e_i|\le\varepsilon\mathscr E and
Then, with pair signs +,-,-,+,
Proof. Bound the four errors separately on their own meshes, perform quadrature on the four smooth terms, and only then add their ordinary-volume integrals. No matching support or regularity of the residual functions is needed. The relevant absolute value is |\widetilde k|, the absolute value of the signed angular average; the insertion is not replaced by its absolute value.
For clarity, centered-cell quadrature supplies the displayed \delta_i from two derivatives. If C_\Lambda is a centered fundamental parallelepiped of a fixed-dimensional lattice, Taylor’s formula gives
The linear term integrates to zero. In the application, c^2=1-M^2/q=1-O(q) is bounded below. Raw lattice steps then change a,a' by O(n^{-1/2}) and U by O(L^{-1}) on the projection cut. Hold the nonlattice coordinates (a_1,a_3,a'_1,a'_3) fixed when differentiating in the raw lattice coordinates. The only quadratic term of \Phi in those directions has \partial_S\partial_{S'}U=-1/(nc^2L). Thus a summable polynomial–Gaussian envelope for two derivatives in (a,a',U) costs O(1/n) times its envelope scale. The covolumes in this estimate are exactly those already present in the local Fourier inversion.
Mollification is a different error and is estimated before using signed scalar remainders. For a probability mollifier of radius \delta in the nonlattice chart coordinates,
On the enlarged regular Gram region choose a smooth Cholesky representative and impose |\nabla\log\mathcal A_1|\le n^C, |\nabla\mathcal A_H|\le n^{C'}\mathcal A_1, where \mathcal A_1>0 is the positive angular energy integral.
These inequalities follow by differentiating the representative: Gram eigenvalues are of order n, all physical parameters and the polynomial insertion are polynomially bounded, and the exponential derivative is its value times a polynomial. They preserve the translated lengths by recomputing \rho(a). A smoothed positive-mass bound then bounds the unsmoothed mass within e^{n^C\delta}, so the signed smoothing error is at most \delta n^{C'}e^{n^C\delta} times that positive mass. Taking an arbitrarily high inverse-polynomial smoothing scale makes this negligible. Smooth enlarged cuts handle boundaries. No Gaussian length coordinate and no retained lattice coordinate is convolved in this argument.
11.2 The centered Gaussian matrix kernel
Lemma 11.4 (Centered Gaussian kernel and its odd part). Fix a derivative order h\ge0. There is a threshold N_0=N_0(h) for the following statement. Let 0<q\le q_0<1, N=nq^3\ge N_0, and L=\sqrt{n/q}. Let C be positive definite, and let E have a fixed number d of orthonormal columns. Put \Pi=I-EE^T. Assume
and that at least c_0N eigenvalues belong to [c_0q^{-2},C_0q^{-2}]. Suppose m\in\operatorname{ran}E and \|C^{1/2}m\|/L\le C_0. Let A be symmetric, and assume D=C^{1/2}A^2C^{1/2} has norm at most C_0. For independent standard normal vectors \eta_1,\eta_2, set
Assume the density of each T_i at zero belongs to [c_0,C_0]. Write k_1(a_1,a_2,U) for the density conditional on T_1=T_2=0, and k_H for the signed density with insertion
Put \alpha_i=(E^TCE)^{-1/2}a_i and J_E=\det(E^TCE)^{-1}. For every multi-index \beta with |\beta|\le h, on |U|\le\epsilon\sqrt N, with sufficiently small fixed \epsilon, one has
where P_\beta is a fixed polynomial in 1+|\alpha_1|+|\alpha_2|+|U|. After integrating both projection variables, the resulting densities \overline k_1,\overline k_H obey
The same bounds hold for derivatives of order at most h.
Proof. Both B=C/L and B_\Pi=C^{1/2}\Pi C^{1/2}/L have operator norm O(N^{-1/2}), Hilbert–Schmidt norm O(1), and nuclear norm O(\sqrt{nq}). Their difference has rank at most d. Conditioning on a_i amounts to writing
where \xi_i is standard Gaussian on S^\perp.
Take Fourier transforms in the two lengths and in U, allowing a real cross tilt u with |u|\le c\sqrt N. The precision then has real part bounded above and below by fixed positive constants. Let \Sigma,\mu denote the complex Gaussian covariance and mean. The resolvent identity, the preceding three norm bounds, and the fixed-rank projection correction give
where P is a polynomial in the frequencies, |u|, and 1+|\alpha_1|+|\alpha_2|. The length linear coefficient is C^{1/2}m/L; projection conditioning adds coefficients of norm at most C(|\alpha_1|+|\alpha_2|)/\sqrt N.
Write \Sigma_{11}=I+\Delta_1, \Sigma_{22}=I+\Delta_2, R=\Sigma_{12}, and s=\mu_1^TD\mu_2. Wick’s formula is exactly
All zero-mean terms except the trace square cost a polynomial by Hilbert–Schmidt bounds. The exceptional term satisfies
The mean terms cost C\sqrt{nq}P. In particular the terms \operatorname{Tr}D^2 and \operatorname{Tr}(D^2\Delta_i) have canceled identically. This is an estimate for the signed Gaussian expectation, not for the absolute insertion.
For real Fourier variable v\in\mathbb R^3, determinant damping is
Before fixed-rank changes, Q is the tensor product of C/L with the symmetric two-by-two frequency matrix. The latter has an eigenvalue of magnitude at least a constant times |v|. The spread assumption supplies cN singular values of size c|v|/\sqrt N; interlacing loses only a fixed number. A real cross tilt conjugates the Fourier quadratic matrix by bounded invertible operators, so the same bound holds with changed constants.
Every fixed frequency polynomial is integrable against this bound, uniformly for large N. Fourier inversion therefore proves the density bounds and their fixed derivatives. To obtain the Gaussian tail in U, shift the cross contour by u=c_1U. Its centered determinant cost is O(u^2), since the cross tilt has trace zero and bounded Hilbert–Schmidt norm. The projected mean cost is at most C\epsilon(|\alpha_1|^2+|\alpha_2|^2) on the stated window. Choose c_1 and then \epsilon small. The factor e^{-c_1U^2} and the projection Gaussian density absorb these costs. Division by the bounded shell denominators completes these bounds.
The parity estimate uses the unconditioned projection variables. Integrate them out before Fourier inversion, so that reversing the cross frequency can be compared at the level of the Gaussian formula. Reversing U reverses both the cross Fourier frequency and the real cross tilt. Conjugation by \operatorname{diag}(I,-I) preserves the determinant and all zero-mean contractions of H. The inverse cross block satisfies the sharper operator estimate
by the block inverse formula.
The length linear coefficients have bounded norms times |v|. Their Gaussian exponential factors therefore differ by at most N^{-1/2} times a frequency polynomial. This estimate keeps the determinant damping: the two exponents and the segment between them have nonpositive real part, because the linear coefficients are imaginary and the real precision is positive. For the mass this proves the extra N^{-1/2}. For H, its zero-mean Wick expression costs Cnq times this factor. The mean terms can be bounded directly by C\sqrt{nq}P, which suffices since \sqrt{nq}\le nq/\sqrt N for q\le1. Fourier inversion with the same real tilt proves the odd-part bounds and their derivatives.
Lemma 11.5 (The surviving scalar coefficients). Put v_i=1-m_i^2 and \kappa_2=\langle v^2\rangle, \kappa_3=4\langle m^2v^2\rangle. For i,j\in\{p,g_0\}, let F_{ij}(\beta) be the per-site cross log moment after optimizing all single-replica constraints. At zero projection,
The common quadratic coefficient relative to the reference is c_2=(\kappa_2-b^2)/(2q^2\kappa_2b^2). Up to the common prefactor b/\sqrt{\kappa_2} and an error O(qE_*^Ce^{\zeta E_*^2}/N), the signed zero-projection sum is
Proof. At zero constraints both canonical site laws have mean zero and variance v_i.
Their third centered moments are -2m_iv_i for signs and zero for Gaussians. The cross observable is orthogonal to all single-replica constraints. The first derivative of the optimizing coefficients thus vanishes, so the first three optimized cross derivatives are its ordinary first three cumulants. This proves the displayed identities.
Let D_2(\beta) be the constraint covariance. At zero cross tilt it is block diagonal. Each diagonal block of D_2'(0) vanishes: the corresponding third cumulant contains a centered factor from the other replica. Hence \left.\partial_\beta\log\det D_2(\beta)\right|_0=0. The conditional saddle prefactor is proportional to [F''(\beta)\det D_2(\beta)/\det D_2(0)]^{-1/2}, whose logarithmic t derivative is therefore -F'''(0)/(2\kappa_2^2). Its cubic Legendre term is nF'''(0)t^3/(6\kappa_2^3). Now use t=qU/\sqrt N, nt^2=U^2/q, and nt^3=U^3/\sqrt N. Reference finite-codimension corrections O(t^2+1/n) lie within O(q/N) on bounded normalized statistics.
Away from zero the Taylor estimates following (11.5) organize the logarithms as \log R_{ij}=L_0+C_*+A_i+A'_j+B_{ij}+r_{ij}. Here L_0 is common constant/quadratic, C_* is common, A_i,A'_j are additive first projection terms, B_{ij} is the odd term just computed, and the retained small terms have size CqE_*^C/\sqrt N. The remainder has size CqE_*^Ce^{\zeta E_*^2}/N. With s_p=1,s_{g_0}=-1, \sum s_is_j=\sum s_is_j(C_*+A_i+A'_j)=0. Quadratic products from exponentiation cost q^2/N\le q/N.
The common projection multiplier differs from one by N^{-1/2}E_*^Ce^{\zeta E_*^2}, so its effect on the surviving odd term also fits the stated remainder. The projection estimate (11.2), the derivative bounds following (11.5), and the mixed local-limit calculation therefore give precisely this cancellation for the smooth saddle ratios. Lemma 11.3 passes from these ratios to the actual mixed statistic measures.
Corollary 11.6 (Weighted moment comparison). Use the priors, cuts, and shell-constrained reference mass Z_* of the preceding mixed comparison, whose physical reference covariance is C_o=K_o^{-1}. Let A be symmetric and assume the hypotheses of Lemma 11.4 with C=C_o. Suppose the mixed-coordinate disintegration and local saddle estimates give the preceding expansion, with scalar remainder O(qE_*^Ce^{\zeta E_*^2}/N) at each actual mixed mesh point. Suppose centered-cell quadrature for the smooth leading terms costs O(1/n) times the signed kernel envelope. Then, with the common normalization by Z_*,
Proof. There are three errors to account for: scalar remainders, the surviving odd term, and quadrature.
The scalar remainders cost (q/N)(nq) using the signed density bound on each mesh separately. After quadrature, the odd leading term costs (q/\sqrt N)(nq/\sqrt N). Quadrature itself costs (nq)/n=q\le nq^2/N. Removing smooth projection cuts is exponentially negligible since |W|\le C|\alpha| and the cuts start at |W| of order \sqrt N. Mollification is separately controlled by an absolute angular derivative bound and an arbitrarily high inverse-polynomial smoothing scale. The scalar saddle remainders never require placing |H| inside the angular integral.
12 Amplification along observations
12.1 A compact-interval improvement of overlap tails
We next improve the probability of the static covariance bounds. The first ingredient concerns overlaps about the exact field root on a compact interval of small positive observation times. Throughout this section, \mathcal G denotes the spectral restriction already imposed, r=\sqrt s, and k=nr^3. Probabilities with the indicator of \mathcal G are integrated probabilities under the planted law; no claim about the planted probability of \mathcal G is needed. We write \Sigma_s=\operatorname{Cov}_{\mu_{h_s}}X and m_s^{\mathrm{post}}=\mu_{h_s}(X). Thus the subscripted vector m_s^{\mathrm{post}} is distinct from the posterior probability measure \mu_{h_s}, and from the exact root m.
Lemma 12.1 (Overlap improvement on compact intervals). There are r_0>0 and a_*>0, with a_* independent of a lower endpoint r_1, such that the following holds. For every fixed 0<r_1\le r_0 and \chi>0, there is c=c(r_1,r_0,\chi)>0 for which, at each r\in[r_1,r_0],
outside an integrated planted exceptional set of mass at most e^{-a_*k}, with \mathcal G imposed. The root is the unique regular root on the retained event.
Proof. Use the root orbits, their three projection columns P, and the reference partition integral Z_* from the local comparison. We write \vartheta for the normalized projection coordinate, so that \delta=\operatorname{diag}(\sqrt q,q,q^{3/2})\vartheta, and put z=X-m, N=nq^3. For different replicas let
On this compact interval all polynomial bounds may depend on r_1.
First, outside Haar mass e^{-Bk}, with any prescribed fixed B, the full tilted spin integral is at least Z_*e^{-o(n)}. Indeed (11.8) supplies a fixed positive fraction of orientations with full mass at least Z_*/2. The simultaneous covariance and mean bounds in (11.1) give a bounded raw operator second moment of z on this compact interval. Jensen’s inequality, evaluated at such an anchor, bounds the loss under a rotation at fixed Frobenius distance by C\sqrt n+O(1): the linear energy increment pairs with a raw second-moment matrix of Hilbert–Schmidt norm O(\sqrt n), and the quadratic increment costs O(1).
Concentration of distance to the anchor set excludes distances greater than a sufficiently large fixed constant with probability e^{-Bk}. The determinant weight changes this estimate only by the already established arbitrarily small loss in its rate.
Fix a small absolute D_*>0. For any fixed replica number l, consider the unnormalized tilted spin integral on
Its Haar mean, divided by Z_*^l, is at most e^{-cD_*N}, where c>0 is independent of l, although the threshold in n may depend on l. We verify this uniformity because the replica number will depend on \chi.
Under the tilted reference, the projection coordinates \sqrt N\,\vartheta_i have bounded Gaussian covariance before length conditioning. Every linear combination with unit Euclidean coefficients of the off-diagonal coordinates nt_{ij}/\sqrt{n/q} is a centered Gaussian quadratic form whose matrix has bounded Hilbert–Schmidt norm and operator norm at most C/\sqrt N. These constants are independent of l. Gaussian exponential Markov bounds, followed by a fixed-mesh net, therefore give cost at least c_0D_*N for (12.1). The net and conditioning on the finitely many lengths cost only polynomial factors for fixed l; the latter follows either from the length-density bounds or from buffered shells.
The annulus penalty just obtained is under the physically tilted reference shell, with covariance C_o before length conditioning. The change of prior uses a different density: the unweighted o prior has uniform complement directions after its projections and lengths are fixed. The common angular energy integral is multiplied by the spin Gram density divided by this reference Gram density. We estimate this quotient using polynomial boxes and Chernoff upper bounds. The single-projection density ratios in (11.2) cost at most CN D_*^{3/2}+o(n). At fixed projections the unweighted reference conditional Gram density has exponent
up to polynomial factors. At the independent spin projection saddles write the site deviations as \xi_i+d_i^0, with independent centered bounded \xi_i.
Set R_{ij}=t_{ij}/(B_iB_j) and R_{ii}=0. The quadratic log moment satisfies
with an absolute constant when \|R\|_{\mathrm{HS}} is small. For completeness, decouple the off-diagonal quadratic form using a random bipartition. Jensen’s inequality bounds its exponential moment by that of four times the corresponding directed cross sum. Integrating one side by the bounded-variable Gaussian moment bound produces a squared linear-image penalty; introducing a white Gaussian and integrating the other side gives a uniform exponential moment for a small multiple of |\xi^TR\xi|/\|R\|_{\mathrm{HS}}. Taylor’s formula then gives the displayed third-order remainder.
The linear terms involving d_i^0 are treated by Hölder’s inequality with relative inflation O(q\sqrt{D_*}) in the centered quadratic moment. The remaining averaged log cost is at most
Here we used the response bounds (11.5) for d_i^0 and linear sub-Gaussianity. The site-averaged quadratic coefficient for each pair differs from B_iB_j by O(q^2). To see that the constant is independent of l, note on the annulus that
The latter inequality is (11.5) summed over replicas. The displayed log-moment bound is first applied at each site and then averaged. Its cubic remainder costs n\|R\|_{\rm HS}^3\le CN D_*^{3/2}, the variance-profile discrepancy costs nq^2\|R\|_{\rm HS}^2\le CNqD_*, and the displayed Hölder cost, after multiplication by n, is at most CNqD_*^{3/2}. These estimates use only sums of squares and the Hilbert–Schmidt norm. Their constants therefore do not grow with the fixed replica number. After the Chernoff subtraction, the total relative cost is bounded by CN D_*(q+\sqrt{D_*}), besides polynomial factors. Choosing first D_*, then the upper bound on q, absorbs this cost into c_0D_*N. Angular integrals on these boxes have controlled variation; their constants may depend on l,r_1.
The annulus rate is independent of the fixed replica count. This lets us turn a requested overlap accuracy into a sufficiently large, but still fixed, number of replicas. A first-crossing selection will then find an annulus subset without allowing a single large statistic to account for the whole crossing.
We need an exponential posterior bound for each individually large statistic, not just the polynomial cutoff loss used in the local comparison. Let \mathcal R_s be the domain where all root/scalar diagnostics retained for the local comparison hold. On this domain the root is unique and regular, q>0, and the three axes are nondegenerate. Its excluded complement, including nonunique-root fields, has separate charge
after taking the fixed a_0>0 below the preceding exclusion rates.
Only on \mathcal R_s, define E_1=\{|\vartheta_1|^2>D_*/4\} for one fresh posterior replica and E_2=\{|t_{12}/q|^2>D_*/4\} for two. The plant and retained root/scalar data remain fixed inside \mu_{h_s}^{\otimes j}. The scalar-root estimates after equivariant plant replacement, and the plant–replica and replica–replica overlap estimates, give
after decreasing a_0 if necessary. Conditional Markov on this retained domain gives
Relabeling E_1,E_2 and taking a finite union covers every individual statistic in any fixed replica family. The complement of \mathcal R_s remains the separate charge displayed above.
Suppose the conclusion of the lemma fails. Draw a sufficiently large fixed number l_{\rm pair} of disjoint violating pairs, depending on \chi. It uses 2l_{\rm pair} replicas; the preceding estimates apply to every subset with l equal to that subset’s replica count. Since
their statistics force the total in (12.1) to cross D_*. Requiring all l_{\rm pair} pairs costs at most l_{\rm pair}c n in log likelihood. Choose c so that l_{\rm pair}c n\le a_0k/4, possible uniformly on the compact interval because k\ge nr_1^3. The preceding exponential conditional bounds then make all individually large statistics, including those across pairs, negligible even after this conditioning. This choice explains the dependence of c on r_1,\chi, while the field-rate constant remains fixed.
A subset of the selected replicas then satisfies (12.1). Indeed take the first prefix crossing D_*. If its new row contributes too much, retain enough earlier indices to make that row contribution comparable to D_*; each of its terms is at most D_*/4, while the earlier internal sum is below D_*. A finite union over subsets, the denominator lower bound, and the preceding Haar estimate exclude the violating orientations at a rate bounded below independently of the number of replicas. Returning to the counting weight costs o(k) on this compact interval. The initially excluded orbits had a fixed small rate as well. This proves the lemma.
12.2 A conditional weak Poincaré inequality
The next lemma transports variance one short step backwards in the observation filtration. This Gaussian posterior interpolation belongs to the stochastic-localization framework of Chen and Eldan [12], Eldan [19]; the exceptional-set variance estimate needed here is proved below. Given (J,h_s), let u=(1+d)s, \tau=u-s, with d>0 fixed and small, and write
The shift m_{\mathrm{sh}} is measurable at time s and has polynomially bounded norm. Let P be the conditional law of g, G standard Gaussian measure, and L_P=\log(dP/dG). The Gaussian-mixture formula gives convexity of L_P and
where dP/dg is the Lebesgue density.
Lemma 12.2 (Conditional variance estimate). Fix an observation bound T<\infty and positive constants \alpha,\beta. Suppose 0<s<u=(1+d)s\le T, k=ns^{3/2}, and
where \alpha/\beta is less than a sufficiently small absolute constant. For every fixed D>0 and smooth test \phi whose values and required derivatives have fixed polynomial bounds,
provided \beta k/\log n is sufficiently large in terms of those bounds and D. Bounded tests with polynomial cutoffs are included.
Proof. We first transfer small exceptional sets from P to G. Since \int e^{L_P}dG=1, the second moment in (12.2) and Paley–Zygmund give
for sufficiently large \alpha k; enlarging harmless constants covers the other case. Also G\{L_P>\beta k/8\}\le e^{-\beta k/8}. Convexity implies that
for an absolute c>0.
Here is a proof that does not presume regular boundaries of the two level sets. Use Gaussian endpoint conditioning to drive two Brownian motions with the same noise into \{L_P\ge-1\} and a proposed low set of mass at least e^{-c\beta k}, with joint success probability greater than 0.8. Positive smooth approximations to the conditioning densities and energy stopping, in the entropy–drift representation of Lehec [25, Proposition 1 and Section 2.5], give total expected squared drift energy at most C(\alpha+c\beta)k.
Reflect the second control about the first. The third endpoint is the reflected point, so convexity forces its likelihood above \beta k/8 on the joint hit, for large k. Its relative entropy with respect to G is at most C'(\alpha+c\beta)k, by Girsanov and data processing. Binary entropy applied to \{L_P>\beta k/8\} contradicts this bound if c and \alpha/\beta are small enough. This proves (12.4). Consequently, if P(A)\le e^{-\beta k/2}, then
The likelihood comparison has transferred rare starting sets to the Gaussian reference. We now obtain contraction along typical Langevin paths and telescope short-time variances to get the gradient term. A final comparison through the Gaussian reference will remove the remaining terminal variance.
Run stationary Langevin diffusion for P, with generator \Delta+\nabla\log(dP/dg)\cdot\nabla, for T'=C_D\log n. Apart from probability \operatorname{poly}(n)e^{-\beta k}+e^{-n^2}, its log-density Hessian is at most -2I/3 all along the path. Here are the buffers needed for this path statement. Let M_n be a polynomial bound for the Lipschitz constant of the Hessian, supplied by the bounded-spin formulas for posterior derivatives, and take \rho=(100M_n)^{-1}. At every point of a polynomial time grid, stationarity and (12.2) give the upper bound -3I/4 outside total probability \operatorname{poly}(n)e^{-\beta k}. The drift has linear growth with a polynomial additive bound. Choose the grid mesh polynomially small enough that, on a polynomial ball, its drift and Brownian increments are less than \rho/4 between successive grid points. Gaussian increment bounds and the tails of the Gaussian mixture P make the remaining probability at most e^{-n^2}. The Hessian Lipschitz bound then preserves a strict upper bound below -2I/3 throughout the tube of radius \rho about the path. The fixed observation bound and fixed \beta give \beta k=O(n). Thus these Gaussian-tail errors remain negligible after the exponential reweightings below. The lemma is only asserted on this compact observation domain.
This tube also controls neighboring flows for that same future noise. Start a synchronous flow within \rho/4 of the path’s initial point and stop at the first time its distance from the path reaches \rho/2. Before that time, the mean Hessian along the line segment between the flows is at most -2I/3, so their distance contracts. It cannot reach the stopping boundary. Differentiating this stopped comparison and keeping a little slack gives Jacobian norm at most e^{-v/2} for every v\le T'. This is a neighborhood of a good random path, not a claim about every initial point.
Let K_v be the Langevin semigroup. Choose a polynomially small \Delta t and an integer N_t with T'=N_t\Delta t, adjusting T' negligibly. Stationarity gives the exact telescope
Every short transition K_{\Delta t}(x,\cdot) has Poincaré constant at most (2+o(1))\Delta t, uniformly in x. Indeed the global upper Hessian bound is polynomial, hence the flow Jacobian is 1+o(1) up to this time; the conditional heat variance identity integrated over the short interval gives the assertion.
For a variance term involving K_v\phi, Jensen in the common future noise bounds \operatorname{Var}_{K_{\Delta t}(x,\cdot)}K_v\phi by the average variance of y\mapsto\phi(Z_v(y)), where Z_v is that future Langevin flow. On a good path from x, cut this test off on the inverse-polynomial ball just described. Its gradient there is bounded by e^{-v/2}\|\nabla\phi(Z_v(y))\|. Crossing and cutoff-annulus errors are negligible by short-time Gaussian tails after making \Delta t small enough.
The good-path event is determined from the future path started at x, and the cutoff test has polynomial bounds on this ball. Bad paths, averaged over stationary x, cost only a polynomial times their probability. On good paths, drop the event indicator from the resulting nonnegative gradient integral. Then x\sim P, y\sim K_{\Delta t}(x,\cdot), and independent future noise make Z_v(y) stationary. Each variance term is therefore at most
plus an arbitrarily small inverse-polynomial error. Summing over the polynomial number of time steps preserves the negligible error. The gradient contributions sum to at most (2+o(1))\int\|\nabla\phi\|^2dP.
It remains to bound \operatorname{Var}_P K_{T'}\phi. Let b(x) be the conditional probability that the future path from x fails the preceding tube test. Its P mean is at most \operatorname{poly}(n)e^{-\beta k}+e^{-n^2}. Markov at e^{-\beta k/3}, using \beta k\gg\log n, leaves a set of P-mass at most e^{-\beta k/2}. Off that set, averaging the common-noise coupling gives local differences bounded by e^{-T'/2}\operatorname{Lip}(\phi) times distance, plus an arbitrarily small inverse-polynomial error. Transfer the exceptional starting set to G using (12.4). For independent g_0,g_1\sim G, use a polynomial mesh on \cos\theta\,g_0+\sin\theta\,g_1, 0\le\theta\le\pi/2. Every vertex has law G, and Gaussian norm tails put adjacent vertices within the local ball. A union bound over the vertices leaves Gaussian exceptional probability \operatorname{poly}(n)e^{-c\beta k}.
The local estimates telescope along this polygon. To reweight its endpoints to two independent P-points, Cauchy–Schwarz and (12.2) bound the exceptional probability by
It is smaller than any required inverse polynomial when \alpha/\beta is sufficiently small and \beta k/\log n is sufficiently large. Taking C_D large gives the desired residual variance bound. Absorb the remaining errors in the slack between 2+o(1) and 3.
12.3 Backward amplification to logarithmic observation scale
We use two positive-time inputs: for every compact [s_1,T]\subset(0,\infty), posterior covariance is bounded by a constant except at integrated planted probability e^{-c(s_1,T)n}; and at a sufficiently large fixed T, the posterior unscaled gap is bounded below with the same type of exception. The critical endpoint verification of these inputs is given in the positive-time argument. Their use here is only with the rotation-invariant restriction \mathcal G, and only on fixed positive intervals.
Proposition 12.3 (Amplified covariance estimate). For every sufficiently small fixed \epsilon>0, there are s_0,a>0 and K_{\log}<\infty such that, at every deterministic time in the indicated range,
outside an integrated planted exceptional set, intersected with \mathcal G, of mass at most e^{-ans^{3/2}}. For fixed 1/2<\gamma<\gamma'<1, the same exceptional set may be used for
Proof. Each backward step first uses later observations to obtain coarse covariance and moment bounds. These control derivatives along rotation orbits, where the static majority estimates reset covariance to its sharp threshold. The initial positive-time band uses the same reset; its coarse bounds come from the separate fixed-positive-time and terminal inputs. We carry all three estimates together. First fix 0<\iota<\gamma'/2, with the target covariance slack \epsilon small enough for the variance calculation below. That calculation gives a constant C_\iota' independent of L_0 and of the relative step size. Choose L_0 large enough that C_\iota'L_0^{\iota-\gamma'/2}<1/4, and then choose s_0 small enough for the static medians and Lemma 12.1.
The quadratic-variance constant C_v and the auxiliary fourth-moment constants below may depend on these choices, but will not depend on the eventual relative step size. The initial band is [s_0/L_0,s_0]. Let F_b^+ denote the positive-time covariance failure, including the terminal gap failure when b=T, and define on this band
Here and below \Pr_s conditions on (J,h_s), and the fixed C dominates the weights in the moment transfers. Tonelli and Markov on the fixed interval [s_0/L_0,T] give a fixed c_{\rm init}>0 such that Q_s^+\le e^{-c_{\rm init}n} outside integrated mass e^{-c_{\rm init}n}. On this one event, the bounded-covariance martingale transfer to T and its gap bound give all the initial quadratic and fourth-moment bounds proved below. No conditional variance lemma is needed for this initial transfer. Orientation concentration will reset the covariance thresholds on the same band.
Let c_+>0 be a positive-time failure rate on [s_0,T], and let a_{\rm stat}>0 be smaller than the fixed root, orbit, diagnostic, and spherical-width exclusion rates at the accuracies used below. The compact bridge has its endpoint-independent rate a_*. Choose a>0 once, with
and small enough for the final orbit-gradient condition whenever its concentration exponent is at most 2a. That condition uses only the moment constants and the already fixed s_0,L_0.
A conditional event with room in its probability exponent. For s<s_0/L_0, put u=(1+d)s and t=L_0s, and suppose the induction estimates hold at all required times at least u. The active d will be one of two fixed values specified below; the rate a will not be decreased after those choices. Let F_b be the union of the three inductive failures at b\le s_0, and the positive-time covariance failure at s_0<b\le T. Include the terminal gap failure in F_T. Define
Choose the fixed exponent C large enough to dominate the polynomial weights in the variance and fourth-moment estimates below. All these weights are polynomial in n on the stated time range. Tonelli’s theorem and the deterministic-time induction give
Here \mathcal G is measurable at time s; the equality behind Tonelli therefore retains its indicator. Above s_0 we used the positive-time inputs on the fixed interval [s_0,T].
Set \beta=c'da, with a sufficiently small absolute c'>0. Markov at Q_s=e^{-\beta k} gives, before polynomial costs, the exponent
For small fixed d this strictly exceeds ak. The other Markov term is \operatorname{poly}(n)e^{-c_+n+\beta k}; the prior choice of a, and k\le ns_0^{3/2}, also place it strictly above the required rate. We next intersect this test with the likelihood and diagnostic events needed for the derivative bounds.
For sufficiently small d, the covariance hypothesis in (12.2) follows from Q_s\le e^{-\beta k}. The likelihood hypothesis follows from the exact Gaussian identity
The initial band is already fixed, so the back-step must be chosen without shrinking that band again. Two likelihood estimates provide this separation of choices: the spherical log-moment estimate near zero, and the compact overlap bridge on the remaining interval.
There are two parameter ranges. At sufficiently small r, use the spherical shift m_{\mathrm{sh}}=m_o. Choose d_{\rm near}>0 so that Cd_{\rm near}^2 is a sufficiently small multiple of d_{\rm near}a. Apply the off-diagonal replica log-moment bound (6.2) to this fixed two-replica test, with requested failure rate 4a. Given \varepsilon_{\rm like}>0, it gives
on a sufficiently small upper range. Choose \varepsilon_{\rm like}\ll d_{\rm near}a, then its upper endpoint r_c>0, and finally take K_{\log} large enough that C_2\log n\ll d_{\rm near}ak. Shrinking r_c alone does not absorb this logarithmic term. Only this selected test is needed, not simultaneous control for all prospective step sizes. The width exclusion has the larger rate fixed above. On the remaining compact interval use m_{\mathrm{sh}}=m and Lemma 12.1, with \chi\ll a.
Choose a second step d_{\rm comp}>0 on this compact interval. The good-pair contribution to the second moment is at most e^{d_{\rm comp}\chi k}, while the exceptional-pair contribution is at most
using \|X-m\|\le2\sqrt n. Choose d_{\rm comp} after the compact-tail constant c so that this term is negligible. Then \alpha\le 2d_{\rm comp}\chi for large n, while \beta=c'd_{\rm comp}a. In either range, \alpha/\beta in (12.2) is as small as required. Thus no choice of s_0 depends on a or on these small step sizes. Choose K_{\log} last to absorb the polynomial costs of Lemma 12.2.
For each active step let \mathcal L_s be its likelihood event just constructed, and let \mathcal D_s retain the diagnostics and root or spherical-width events used in its orbit comparison. The full event used from now on is
The first two factors are tests of (J,h_s), and are the only ones used to apply the conditional variance lemma under \Pr_s. The diagnostic factor may also use the plant and root-orbit data; it restricts the subsequent orbit integration without further conditioning the posterior spin law. Put
The preceding estimates give
All assertions remain integrated with \mathcal G imposed; none is a bound conditional on every spectrum. On the initial band define \mathcal C_s instead as \{Q_s^+\le e^{-c_{\rm init}n}\}\cap\mathcal D_s, whose excluded mass has a fixed rate larger than 4a.
Coarse covariance and a longer variance transfer. On \mathcal C_s, total covariance gives
Apply (12.3) to every linear projection of m_u^{\mathrm{post}}. Its derivative in g is \sqrt\tau\,\Sigma_u, so the second term is at most 3\tau\mathbb E_s\Sigma_u^2, up to an arbitrarily small inverse-polynomial operator error. Apply the same argument after multiplication by A_0. This gives both covariance bounds with fixed coarse factors.
For any smooth polynomially bounded test of the later field,
Here \iota>0 is arbitrarily small if \epsilon is chosen sufficiently small, and C_\iota is independent of L_0,d. To prove this, the posterior-expectation martingale on [u,t] has diffusion coefficient
This follows directly from the Gaussian likelihood of the future observation increment given X.
The observations have unit diffusion and posterior-mean drift in their own filtration. If R_b=\mathbb E_s\operatorname{Var}_b(\phi(h_t)), their martingale variance identity and Cauchy–Schwarz yield
In the covariance term use \|\operatorname{Cov}_b(X,Y)\|^2\le \|\Sigma_b\|\operatorname{Var}_bY, and absorb the mixed term by the slack in \iota.
Integrating backwards from R_t=0 gives explicitly
The last term is negligible on the conditional event. For the first interval [s,u], apply (12.3) to \mathbb E_u\phi(h_t) and use the same gradient estimate. It adds at most a fixed multiple of R_u+\tau\E_s\|\nabla\phi(h_t)\|^2, since \tau/u\le d. As t/u\le L_0, this proves (12.7) with a constant independent of L_0,d. When covariance is bounded on a fixed positive band beginning at s, this same martingale argument works directly from s up to T, with fixed constants in place of the displayed powers.
Quadratic and fourth moments. Let M=[H,J]=-[H,A_0], with \|H\|_{\mathrm{HS}}\le1, and put D_t=m_t^{\mathrm{post}}-m_s^{\mathrm{post}}. Total covariance gives \mathbb E_sD_tD_t^T\preceq\Sigma_s. At time t, the centered quadratic from time s splits into a centered quadratic there and the linear term 2D_t^TM(X-m_t^{\mathrm{post}}), plus its conditional mean. The averaged variance of this linear term is O_{L_0}(s^{-1-\gamma/2}). Indeed expand M=-HA_0+A_0H. On successful descendants the two terms obey
The norm bound at t is applied before averaging, and \E_sD_tD_t^T\preceq\Sigma_s is then used in the trace. No independence between D_t and \Sigma_t is needed. Polynomially bounded errors on failed descendants are negligible.
The conditional mean of the whole quadratic is \operatorname{Tr}(M\Sigma_t)+D_t^TMD_t. As a function of the field at t, its gradient is its conditional covariance, as a spin test, with X. On successful descendants its squared norm is thus at most (1+\epsilon)/t times its conditional variance. Elsewhere use the polynomial deterministic bound. Total variance, (12.7), and splitting sums with a factor two give
The coefficient of the first term relative to C_vs^{-1-\gamma'/2} is C_\iota'L_0^{\iota-\gamma'/2}<1/4 by our earlier choice. Choose C_v large. The strict inequality \gamma<\gamma' absorbs the second term. This closes the quadratic-variance induction.
On the initial band, apply the bounded-covariance version of the transfer to T. At T, the gap input bounds the centered quadratic variance because its single-site heat-bath energy is at most a constant times \operatorname{Tr}(M\Sigma_TM)+\|M\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2, as follows by expanding a single spin flip. Coarse covariance on the initial band comes directly from the positive-time input.
We also obtain uniformly in unit e
Integrate the posterior-mean martingale from u to T, whose diffusion coefficient is \Sigma_b. The respective directional quadratic variations have second moments bounded by the squares of the integrals of Cb^{-2} and Cb^{-1-\gamma/2} on small scales; use bounded covariance later. These estimates follow from \|\Sigma_b\|^2 and \|\Sigma_bA_0\|^2\le \|\Sigma_b\|\|A_0\Sigma_bA_0\|, with deterministic polynomial bounds on exceptions.
Martingale fourth-moment inequalities apply. Terminal fourth moments follow by applying the gap first to a linear test and then to its centered square. Finally apply (12.3) to a centered linear projection of m_u^{\mathrm{post}} and to its square; their gradients involve \Sigma_u. This treats m_u^{\mathrm{post}}-m_s^{\mathrm{post}} without constants depending on d. On the initial band start the mean martingale directly at s.
Restoring the sharp covariance thresholds. On each root orbit, monitor the two covariance norms and the two mean deviations in the static comparison, in their own normalized units. Use tolerance \epsilon/2 for the sharp covariance median and \epsilon for its failure threshold, with fixed slack also for the other quantities. In particular the mean thresholds are r^{-1-\eta} and r^{-\gamma/2}, with an arbitrarily small \eta>0. Let a Lipschitz ramp be zero below the median thresholds and one when any failure threshold is reached.
On the conditional events already constructed, its gradient in the transition region is bounded by
To check this, a root-preserving rotation has score z^TMz/2, with m fixed. Its centered quadratic variance is bounded by (12.6). The additional linear term about m_s^{\mathrm{post}} has variance at most Cr^{-2-\gamma-2\eta}, by the coarse covariance bounds and the transition thresholds.
Choose \eta sufficiently small. Cauchy–Schwarz with the fourth and second moments just proved then controls derivatives of directional centered squares and means. The derivative of A_0 itself costs at most Cr^{-1-\eta} in these units. Outside these conditional events the ramp has a polynomial global gradient bound. This calculation does not differentiate the root.
When K_{\log}\log n\le k<\log^{10}n, use instead unconstrained orbits that co-rotate the field and matrix, centered at m_o. The polylogarithmic edge comparison and the spherical shell estimate give the required medians, after excluding the small-rate event on which the spherical width squared differs from s by more than a fixed relative tolerance \epsilon'\ll\epsilon. Here is the conversion from raw moments. In this band r=n^{-1/3}\log^{O(1)}n, so the unweighted error n^{1/2+o(1)} in Proposition 7.1 is o(s^{-1}). On the width event, (5.6) bounds the spherical raw moment about m_o by (1+O(\epsilon')+o(1))s^{-1}I. The cube covariance is bounded by its raw moment about m_o, giving the sharp covariance median. The weighted raw moment is at most n^{1/6+o(1)}, which is o(r^{-\gamma}) because \gamma/3>1/6. Jensen bounds the squares of the ordinary and weighted mean deviations by their respective raw moment operators. These give the two looser mean medians r^{-1-\eta} and r^{-\gamma/2}. All four statements concern a Haar majority on the orbit that co-rotates this field.
The extra linear score coefficient is
Since \|m_o\|=O(\sqrt k/r), its standard deviation has an additional multiplier at most C\sqrt k in the preceding bounds. Differentiating the center costs the same allowance. Thus D_{\mathrm{grad}} may be enlarged by a fixed power of \log n in this range. The unconstrained partition-ratio comparison (6.1) transfers the orbit weights.
The conditional derivative bound has exceptions whose masses depend on the orbit. We need a concentration estimate that is linear in those masses, so that it can be averaged over the orbit parameters. A Haar ramp zero on a fixed majority, with gradient at most D_{\mathrm{grad}} off a set of mass p, and polynomially bounded gradient everywhere, has plateau mass at most
provided D_{\mathrm{grad}}\sqrt{bk/n} is sufficiently small. Indeed split the upper ramp levels at tail probabilities successively halving from 1/2 to e^{-bk}.
If the plateau exceeds both this last probability and a large polynomial times p, truncate and rescale the ramp across one such quantile interval of width w and probability level p'. The entropy of its square is at least cp'\log(1/p'), whereas its gradient-square integral is at most
The rotation-group heat log-Sobolev inequality gives w\le CD_{\mathrm{grad}}/\sqrt{n\log(1/p')}.
Strict supports and inclusive plateaux handle atoms or zero-width intervals. Summing these widths bounds the full rise by CD_{\mathrm{grad}}\sqrt{bk/n}, a contradiction. In particular the orbit-dependent exceptional masses enter linearly and can be averaged without taking a fractional power.
Take b=a+\Delta/2<2a. The gradient condition uses only L_0,s_0,C_v, the moment constants and \gamma''<1, and holds by the earlier choice of a. It also holds throughout the polylogarithmic band despite the extra logarithms. On regular root anchors, the determinant-weight comparison at the concentration radius costs
so it does not require shrinking r after the rate has been chosen.
We display the two measure changes. Let p(\omega) be the orbit mass of \mathcal C_s^c, including its likelihood and diagnostic exclusions, and let h(\omega) be its ramp plateau mass. The quantile estimate and \int w_0\,d\pi\le n^C give
The first comparison in Section 10 bounds \int w_0p\,d\pi by the counting derivative-failure mass times e^{\xi k}, plus larger-rate exclusions. Returning the last display to the counting law by the reverse comparison costs a second e^{\xi k}. Thus the derivative term retains exponent at least a+\Delta-2\xi, and the direct plateau term retains exponent at least b-\xi, before polynomial factors. Choose 0<\xi<\Delta/8. The excluded diagnostic and base-orbit terms have already been assigned larger rates. Finally the degree identity charges excess root multiplicity to the excluded negative-Jacobian roots when returning from counts to planted fields. For unconstrained orbits choose partition-ratio accuracies relative to the small-range step size, then enlarge K_{\log}. Every reset cost and discarded event therefore fits within e^{-ak}. The same reset works on the initial band with its fixed constants and the larger initial-event rate already reserved; a is unchanged.
For clarity, the order of choices is: the target accuracies, \iota<\gamma'/2, and then large L_0; small s_0 for the static medians, the fixed outer cuts, and the compact bridge; then C_v and all moment constants, including those on the initial band; then a; then the two positive relative step sizes d_{\rm near},d_{\rm comp}; and finally K_{\log}. Put d_{\min}=\min(d_{\rm near},d_{\rm comp})>0. On successive backward bands with ratio 1+d_{\min}, every active u=(1+d(s))s lies in an earlier band, as does t. Induction on these bands proves (12.5)–(12.6) for each deterministic s. Tonelli supplies the time integrals used above from these pointwise statements; no union over uncountably many observation times is taken. No positive-time input is required uniformly down to an endpoint depending on a.
12.4 Covariance below the logarithmic threshold
The backward induction stops at logarithmic k. Below that threshold we prove a separate, coarser covariance bound with an arbitrarily large polynomial probability exponent. The required probability cannot be obtained by merely repeating the second-moment comparison. The Haar Gram comparison and the mixed cube–sphere tensor cancellation are closely related to Du and Huang [16, Section 3.3] and Du and Huang [17, Lemma 3.5]. Here the full finite-replica expansion keeps track of every normalization factor to obtain the required probability exponent along the observation fields.
Proposition 12.4 (Bottom-scale covariance). For every fixed B>0 and K_{\log}<\infty, at each deterministic time satisfying ns^{3/2}\le K_{\log}\log n,
except on an integrated planted event, intersected with \mathcal G, of mass at most n^{-B}.
Proof. Set L=n^{2/3}. The spherical raw second moment about m_o already satisfies the bound in (12.8). The hypotheses of the polylogarithmic edge comparison, namely
may be imposed with arbitrarily small inverse-polynomial failure by testing the spherical observation at a larger polylogarithmic edge width. We prove a higher-moment version of that comparison. Only unweighted raw second moments are needed here.
On an unconstrained Haar orbit divide every integral by Z_o(h). Let \Delta be either the signed cube-minus-sphere mass, or the signed matrix integral of (x-m_o)(x-m_o)^T/L, with this common denominator. For a fixed even integer p, expand \|\Delta\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^p (the mass case means |\Delta|^p). A subset B'\subseteq[p] specifies which of the p draws have sign priors; the other draws have spherical priors. The common kernel is respectively 1, or
The sign of that term is (-1)^{p-|B'|}.
Truncating the moment before annealing. In each term first restrict the internal sign overlaps Q_{ij}=x_i^Tx_j/n, i,j\in B', to |Q_{ij}|\le\eta_p, where \eta_p>0 is fixed and small. This avoids assuming an unrestricted high moment of the partition function. Outside exponentially exceptional orientations the truncated alternating sum differs negligibly from the desired power: the unnormalized large-overlap sign-pair integral is exponentially small by the global pair bound, while the total normalized cube mass is at most e^{c_{\mathrm{tiny}}n} by its first moment. Choose c_{\mathrm{tiny}} sufficiently small after p,\eta_p. The polynomial kernel costs can also be absorbed.
To discard the exceptional orientations inside an alternating sum, we need a bound on each term separately. Let T_{B'}(O)\ge0 be the normalized, individually truncated term at orientation O, including its mass or product-of-squares kernel. We claim
To verify this, bound the polynomial insertions crudely and integrate out the spherical priors. Two groups of sign vectors remain, with nearly identity internal Grams. If R is their matrix of cross overlaps, the empirical-site-type entropy cost is at least
Indeed let E be the first-group sign vector in the empirical site-type law, and let b_j(E) be the conditional bias of the jth sign in the second group. Then
by projection onto the first-group coordinates and their Gram bound. Conditional relative entropy dominates the sum of marginal conditional entropies. The binary entropy inequality I(b)\ge b^2/2+c b^4, followed by Jensen and the fixed number of coordinates, gives the displayed quadratic and quartic costs. On the other hand, diagonalizing the full Gram and applying the semicircle angular bound successively shows that the angular energy gain above the independent baseline is at most n/4 times the squared Hilbert–Schmidt norm of the full off-diagonal Gram, plus o(n). The cross block R occurs twice in that norm, so the angular gain is bounded above by
The leading quadratic halves cancel against the entropy cost. The remaining positive terms are C_p n\eta_p\|R\|_{\rm HS}^2+O_p(n\eta_p^2), whereas the quartic term is -c_p n\|R\|_{\rm HS}^4. Thus cross overlaps outside any sufficiently small fixed neighborhood of zero have a strict negative rate after choosing \eta_p sufficiently small. Within that neighborhood the small-Gram comparison and the spherical length-deficit tails give e^{o(n)}. This proves the second-moment bound. Cauchy–Schwarz applied to each T_{B'} removes an exponentially exceptional orientation set at cost e^{o(n)}e^{-cn/2}. It may therefore be removed before the signed sum, even though that sum need not be nonnegative on the exceptional set.
The same estimates restrict each term’s Haar integral, to arbitrarily high inverse-polynomial accuracy, to
For internal sign overlaps, use the small-Gram comparison until this window and choose its logarithmic power large enough that the length-deficit decay absorbs all losses. Once those overlaps are in the window, all overlaps involving spherical priors have the same tails: conditional on the internal sign Gram, the rotated prior is exactly the spherical prior conditioned on that Gram. Polynomially fine boxes have controlled angular variation on these nonsingular internal Grams. The central cutoffs may be smooth. The large-overlap truncation has therefore disappeared before the alternating cancellation below.
The finite-label expansion. The overlap window is now common to all terms. The only remaining prior ratio is the internal sign Gram mass, in lattice density units, divided by the spherical internal Gram density on the label set B'. We expand this ratio with every normalization factor included. Each coefficient must have an explicit finite set of replica labels: the alternating sum cancels exactly those terms that omit a label.
For B'\subseteq[p], put v=|B'|, d_v=\binom v2, and let Q_{B'} be the Gram with diagonal one. Zero-dimensional densities and empty products are one. Let \rho_{B'} be the preceding density ratio. To every fixed expansion order it has the form
Here the displayed coefficients are homogeneous of degree b in the off-diagonal overlaps.
Every degree-b rate coefficient is a sum of terms involving at most 6b replica labels; every amplitude coefficient of degree b and order n^{-j/2} is such a sum involving at most 6(b+j) labels. A term involving a label set S means a universal summand indexed by labels in S, including all internally summed indices, whose value is independent of whether further labels belong to B'. This qualification includes the normalized central density prefactors, rather than merely the visible overlap monomial. On (12.9), the expansion and its exponential can be truncated with uniform relative error O(n^{-A}), for any prescribed fixed A.
We prove these assertions, starting with the normalizations. For one sign site let Y=(\varepsilon_a\varepsilon_b)_{a<b,\ a,b\in B'}. If \delta(S) denotes the cut vector of a subset of labels, then Y=\mathbf1-2\delta(S). Its difference lattice is \Lambda_v=\operatorname{span}_{\mathbb Z}\{Y-\mathbf1\}. Distinguish one label, denoted i_\bullet in this lattice calculation. A basis consists of
Indeed
Ordering the edges incident to i_\bullet first makes the basis block triangular, so its covolume is
The sample overlap belongs to \mathbf1+n^{-1}\Lambda_v, whose cell volume is c_vn^{-d_v}.
Thus the sign density in lattice units is
The reciprocal lattice, using the 2\pi convention, is
Equality in the triangle inequality shows that the characteristic function of Y has modulus one precisely on this reciprocal lattice. The same is true under every sufficiently small real exponential tilt, whose support is unchanged. There is consequently a single central saddle on the reciprocal torus, and uniform contraction away from it. Boundary representatives of that one saddle are identified on the torus.
For the spherical density, use independent Gaussian coordinates and the one-site statistics
Their covariance is the identity in dimension d_v+v; the sign statistics also have identity covariance in dimension d_v. Denote the two log transforms by \Psi_G,\Psi_S, and their Legendre transforms by I_G,I_S. At target (Q_{ab},0), I_G=-\tfrac12\log\det Q_{B'}. If f^G is the full Gaussian statistic density, conditioning on the zero normalized-length targets gives exactly
There is no extra Jacobian because both densities use the same normalized length coordinates.
With z_n=n/2, their exact length-only factor is
The saddle densities have forms
Their amplitudes at zero target and leading order equal one.
Hence
Every power of n/(2\pi), and the entire lattice covolume, have cancelled before expanding. As a check, the exact spherical Gram density is
whose central factor has the same leading value (n/(2\pi))^{d_v/2}.
The sign transform through degree three is
Indeed the only nonzero third products are triangles, each with value one. Its Legendre transform therefore has quadratic term \tfrac12\sum Q_{ab}^2 and cubic term -\sum Q_{ab}Q_{ac}Q_{bc}. These agree with the expansion of -\tfrac12\log\det Q_{B'}. Thus the rate difference starts in degree four, as in (12.10).
Here is the label count for all subsequent terms. Each statistic coordinate carries at most two labels, including the single-label Gaussian length coordinates. A zero-tilt cumulant tensor with M coordinate slots therefore involves at most 2M labels, and its value is unaffected by additional replicas. Formal inversion of \nabla\Psi(t)=Q produces rooted trees with nonlinear vertex valences m\ge3. A degree-b Legendre coefficient satisfies \sum(m-2)=b-2. Since m\le3(m-2), it uses at most 3(b-2) cumulant slots, hence at most 6b labels. Setting the Gaussian diagonal targets to zero preserves this bound.
For the central amplitude, perform saddle Fourier inversion on the n^{-1/2} frequency scale against an identity-covariance Gaussian. This expands the determinant instead of leaving an implicit factor depending on dimension. A higher Fourier vertex of degree m\ge3 carries weight n^{-(m-2)/2}; at order n^{-j/2}, their total Fourier-slot count is at most 3j. A vertex from the perturbed Hessian has two Fourier slots and at least one tilt slot. If the initial Taylor expansion has T tilt slots, all its slots therefore number at most 3j+3T.
Substitute the rooted-tree expansion for the saddle, with a total of b target leaves. This adds at most 3(b-T) slots. There are thus at most 3(j+b) slots, or 6(j+b) labels. Gaussian pairings identify slots and introduce no further labels; unused coordinates integrate to one. This counts the determinant, inverse-Hessian contractions, and every higher correction. Odd j vanish by Fourier parity, although allowing them in the bookkeeping is harmless. The factor b_n^v obeys the same rule by multiplying its single-label expansions. Products and reciprocals of series with leading constant one preserve the bound, because the weights b+j add. This proves the asserted support rule even for coefficients that depend on |B'| after their label sums are evaluated.
For fixed p, the transforms are analytic near zero with uniformly positive Hessian there. The saddles on (12.9) lie in this neighborhood. Taylor expansion under Gaussian damping on logarithmic frequency balls gives any required inverse-polynomial relative error. The sign Fourier tails are negligible by the reciprocal-lattice contraction just proved; the Gaussian quadratic determinant formula controls its remaining Fourier tails. This proves the uniform saddle remainders. Moreover nQ^4=O(n^{-1/3}\log^{C_p}n)=o(1) on the window, so the exponential in (12.10) can also be expanded to arbitrary inverse-polynomial precision.
A common integration measure and high-order quadrature. Fix the orbit and let \mu_o be its normalized spherical Gibbs law, equivalently the Gaussian law below conditioned on length. Let K(x_1,\ldots,x_p) be either 1 or the product of squares displayed above, and write \mathcal U(x)=(x_a^Tx_b/L)_{a<b}. Define the nonnegative common kernel density G_p by
for Borel A in the interior Gram region. This definition includes the common normalization Z_o(h)^{-p}. We now bound the density and its derivatives.
Use p independent Gaussian representatives x_a=m_o+D^{1/2}\eta_a, with D=(\lambda-J)^{-1}, and impose all their lengths exactly. Fourier-invert the length statistics (\|x_a\|^2-n)/L and overlaps U_{ab}=x_a^Tx_b/L. For a symmetric Fourier matrix T, the tilted white covariance is (I-2iT\otimes D/L)^{-1}, up to fixed conventions on off-diagonal coefficients, and has norm at most one. The tilted mean is bounded by C_p\|T\|\|D^{1/2}m_o\|/L.
The polylogarithmic edge inputs give
with logarithmically bounded reciprocals of the exact length densities in these units. The spectral spread supplies arbitrarily many covariance eigenvalues of inverse-polylogarithmic size. As a nonzero T has an eigenvalue at least \|T\|/\sqrt p, the quadratic determinant is integrable against every fixed frequency power with only a logarithmic loss; the noncentral characteristic factor has modulus at most one.
The matrix-moment kernel is a product of squares of \eta_a^T(D/L)\eta_b with a\ne b. Its Wick expansion under this complex tilt also costs only powers of \log n and T. A contraction loop of length at least two is bounded by powers of \|D/L\| times \operatorname{Tr}((D/L)^2). A loop of length one uses an off-diagonal replica block of the tilted covariance, whose identity term vanishes; the resolvent identity supplies an additional D/L, giving the same bound with a frequency factor.
Open contractions end in the already bounded means. Differentiation of the resulting density adds only frequency powers. Consequently G_p(U) has all fixed derivatives bounded by powers of \log n; on the common smooth window their L^1 norms have the same bounds. This holds for both the mass and matrix kernels.
The density and all required derivatives are now controlled. This is what allows high-order quadrature on each subset’s actual measure. For the subset B', only its internal coordinates initially lie on a lattice. In U units that lattice has covolume c_v/L^{d_v} and a fixed-shape basis of size O_p(L^{-1}). Its mixed lattice–continuous integral is exactly the quadrature of \rho_{B'}((L/n)U,n)G_p(U), with that cell-volume factor. For every finite smooth expansion term, repeated quadrature after the fixed basis change, or Poisson summation, gives error O_{p,A}(L^{-A}\log^C n), uniformly over affine lattice shifts.
The relative expansion remainder also has a uniform absolute bound on the common window. Indeed the rate transforms agree through degree three, and their analytic amplitudes are one at zero, so for fixed p
Here \max|Q_{ab}|=O(n^{-1/3}\log^{C_p}n), so the exponent tends to zero uniformly over all subsets B'. Thus a relative remainder O_{p,A}(n^{-A}) is also an absolute remainder of that order. It requires no derivatives, but is still evaluated on its own mixed lattice–continuous measure. Apply the same high-order quadrature to the smooth windowed G_p itself. Its derivative bounds show that its mixed sum is at most \log^C n+O_{p,A}(L^{-A}\log^C n), uniformly in the affine shift, because its continuous mass has that bound. Multiplying this mixed-sum bound by the uniform absolute remainder controls the remainder on its actual measure. We may therefore convert all subset terms to one continuous integral, with arbitrarily high inverse-polynomial error and with all covolumes included. The different subset lattices need not have matching supports before conversion.
Cancellation and the probability bound.
Quadrature has put every subset term on one continuous integration measure. We can now take the alternating sum without identifying the original lattice supports. A surviving term must use every replica label, and the coefficient-count rule turns that requirement into a power of the dimension that grows with the moment order. A term in the fully expanded expression has rate factors of degrees b_1,\ldots,b_t\ge4, and an amplitude of degree b and order n^{-j/2}. Put W=b_1+\cdots+b_t+b+j.
Its coefficient involves at most 6W labels. On the window,
where the first estimate uses b_i/3-1\ge b_i/12 for b_i\ge4. The whole term thus costs at least n^{-W/12}, up to logarithms. A diagram whose label set S is a proper subset of [p] cancels exactly, since
Every surviving term has 6W\ge p, and is bounded by n^{-p/72} before logarithmic losses.
Choose the expansion order sufficiently large in terms of p and the desired error power. The logarithmic kernel bounds and integration, followed by an enlargement of the threshold in n, give the safe absolute bound n^{-cp}, for example with c=1/200.
We now return from the expansion to probability. The calculation bounds the Haar expectation of the truncated alternating power. The separate second-moment bounds remove the exponentially exceptional orientations even though the truncated sum may be signed there. On their complement it agrees with the nonnegative quantity \|\Delta\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^p up to negligible error. For the mass choose threshold n^{-c/2}; Markov then gives Haar failure at most n^{-cp/2}. For the matrix choose threshold one in Hilbert–Schmidt norm; its Haar failure is at most n^{-cp}. The planted likelihood R=Z(h)/Z_o(h) has bounded second moment by the two-replica comparison and pair tails. Cauchy–Schwarz therefore leaves planted failure exponents at least cp/4 and cp/2, respectively. A sufficiently large fixed even p gives any requested B, with room for the earlier width exclusions.
Let M_{\rm cube} and M_{\rm sphere} be the normalized raw second moments about m_o. On the retained event,
The spherical bound is \|M_{\rm sphere}\|\le CL\ell^C. Thus \|M_{\rm cube}\|\le CL\ell^C, and \Sigma_s\preceq M_{\rm cube}. This proves (12.8).
13 Positive-time covariance and macroscopic entropy inputs
We establish the fixed-positive-time estimates used to start the backward induction, and the estimates for changes of mean needed at macroscopic entropy. The matrix in a heat-bath conditional mean is J^\circ=J-\operatorname{diag}(J_{11},\ldots,J_{nn}). Thus, in this section, put
For a nonnegative diagonal matrix A define
The relevant stability property, with fixed positive constants, is
Only diagonal A are quantified in this implication.
The companion high-temperature article [28] proves the requisite deterministic residual identities and posterior consequences. Its probabilistic matrix and stable-field statements are stated for j=\beta^2<1; they do not directly supply (13.1) at j=1. We give the endpoint replacements below. In particular, none of the following arguments uses its spectral-gap theorem at the critical temperature.
13.1 Inverse words with a strict norm–trace margin
For a diagonal A\ge0 write \chi_A=n^{-1}\operatorname{Tr}A and set
Fix a_+<\infty and \kappa\in(0,1), and define the closed parameter set
An ordinary word is a finite product of bounded diagonal matrices and copies of M. An inverse word has, in addition, at most one factor K_A(1;M). Its diagonal prediction is obtained by noncrossing contractions MDM\mapsto n^{-1}\operatorname{Tr}(D)I. For an inverse factor use its formal series in z before contracting; the prediction at z=1 is well defined by the polynomial assertion in the next lemma. The associated normalized trace prediction is cyclic: rotating the factors of a word does not change n^{-1}\operatorname{Tr}\mathsf P(Q), coefficient by coefficient in the formal variable z.
Lemma 13.1 (Restricted endpoint word estimates). Let W be GOE with off-diagonal variance 1/n and diagonal variance 2/n, and let W^\circ be its zero-diagonal version. Fix a word length L, a bound M_0 on ordinary diagonal factors, and an inverse margin c>0. Except on an event of probability Ce^{-c_1n}, simultaneously for M=W,W^\circ and all such words Q,
For inverse words this assertion is restricted to A\in\mathcal A_\kappa and S_A(1;M)\succeq cI. All diagonal parameters and permitted word choices within the fixed bounds may be selected after observing M; the bounds L,M_0,c,a_+,\kappa are fixed beforehand. Constants depend on the displayed fixed bounds, including \kappa. The prediction for a word with r ordinary matrix letters outside its inverse is a polynomial in z of degree at most r.
For each deterministic A\in\mathcal A_\kappa there is a constant c_\kappa>0 such that S_A(z;W)\succeq c_\kappa I for all z\in[0,1] except with probability Ce^{-c_2n}. For any fixed finite family of deterministic bounded vectors, the bilinear deterministic equivalents are, to any fixed positive accuracy,
with the same exponential form of exceptional probability. Here each comparison concerns only the specified bilinear forms.
Proof. We give the endpoint changes to Lemmas 3.1–3.4 of [28], including the uniformity needed below. The proof separates fixed parameters from adaptive ones. A strict norm–trace bound gives the deterministic-diagonal path margin and controls expectations. Chaining makes the word errors simultaneous over the diagonal parameters. An inverse chosen after observing the matrix is used only where its own stated positive margin holds. For \|p\|=1 and w=A^{1/2}p, Gaussian comparison bounds the expected supremum of zw^{\mathsf T}Ww-z^2\chi_A\|w\|^2 by that of
Indeed the increment difference between the comparison process 2n^{-1/2}\|w\|g^{\mathsf T}w and w^{\mathsf T}Ww is
Also \mathbb E T_g^2=\chi_A and \operatorname{Var}(T_g^2)\le2a_+^2/n, so replacing T_g by \sqrt{\chi_A} costs o(1) uniformly in A.
The supremum then has integrand 2d-d^2, where
Its distance below one is at least \delta_\kappa=(1-\sqrt{1-\kappa})^2. The supremum is a_+-Lipschitz in W for the Frobenius metric. Gaussian concentration, the GOE norm tail, and a fixed mesh in z give the asserted path margin, for example with c_\kappa=\delta_\kappa/4.
To prove expectations without conditioning on a matrix event, project W onto a fixed operator-norm ball and replace the symmetric inverse by a smooth bounded functional-calculus function agreeing with x^{-1} on an interval containing all spectra with either required margin. Use
This defines bounded truncated words. For fixed length their Frobenius Lipschitz constants in W are bounded, and the increment between parameter tuples at sup-norm distance \Delta has Frobenius Lipschitz constant at most C\sqrt\Delta.
These follow by the product rule, \|A^{1/2}-B^{1/2}\|\le\|A-B\|^{1/2}, and the Fourier formula for differentiating a smooth matrix function. Thus entry variances are O(n^{-1}), normalized-trace variances are O(n^{-2}), and fourth centered entry moments are O(n^{-2}). These bounds gain respectively \Delta,\Delta,\Delta^2 for increments.
The fixed-parameter agreement event has exponentially small complement. Gaussian integration by parts therefore gives, with errors O(n^{-1}) uniformly in i,z,A, the same loop equations as in Lemma 3.3 of the companion article. Writing a_i=A_{ii}, k_i=\mathbb E(K_A)_{ii}, r=n^{-1}\sum_i a_i k_i, and h=r-\chi_A, these equations are
All expectations here may use the bounded truncations. Their integration-by-parts error is exponentially small times a fixed polynomial in n, because both true and formal differentials are bounded and agree on the path event.
If |h|\le\delta, the second equation gives k_i=1+O(\delta+n^{-1}). Consequently
for fixed sufficiently small \delta. Averaging the loop equation with weights a_i gives |h|\le C/n. Continuity from h(0)=0 prevents an exit from |h|\le\delta. It follows that k_i=1+O(n^{-1}) and \mathbb E(WK_A)_{ii}=z\chi_A+O(n^{-1}).
For completeness, the higher-word recursion has no new stability requirement. Mark an ordinary matrix letter, integrate it by parts, and let its differentiated partner split the word as U\boxed W V\boxed W Q. The leading term is
the reversed contraction is n^{-1}\mathbb E(UV^{\mathsf T}Q)_{ii} and is O(n^{-1}). Covariance errors are O(n^{-1}) by the preceding variance bounds. If the derivative meets the inverse, use \mathrm dK_A[E]=zK_AAEK_A.
Splitting then puts one copy of K_A in each smaller word, whose total number of ordinary letters is reduced by one. Otherwise it is reduced by two. The base formal prediction is \mathsf P(K_A)=I: for each nonempty noncrossing-paired chain, summing over subsets of its originally adjacent pairs gives \sum_T(-1)^{|T|}=0. Induction proves the polynomial assertion and entrywise expectation error O(n^{-1}). Every inverse in this calculation has the original coefficient A; no enlarged diagonal parameter set is used. For a normalized trace, the noncrossing face formula has no marked starting position on the trace cycle. Rotating the word permutes its faces and contractions, proving the stated cyclic invariance coefficient by coefficient, also after the formal inverse expansion.
To make the result simultaneous, take sup-norm meshes whose points lie in \mathcal A_\kappa and in the bounded boxes for the other diagonal parameters. At scale 2^{-l} their cardinalities are at most \exp(C_L(l+1)n). The truncated estimates hold in the ambient box, so mesh increments are legitimate even though no convexity of \mathcal A_\kappa is assumed. The diagonal \ell^2 and off-diagonal \ell^4 seminorms of centered increments have expectations at most C2^{-l/2} and concentration scale C\sqrt{2^{-l}/n}.
A union bound bounds every increment by C\sqrt{l+1}\,2^{-l/2}, with summable failure probabilities Ce^{-c(l+1)n}. Sum the increments and the fixed-parameter biases. Sign conjugation makes all off-diagonal expectations zero. This proves the asserted simultaneous estimates for W. Since \|\operatorname{diag}W\|_{\mathrm F} is bounded except with exponentially small probability, the truncated Frobenius Lipschitz estimate proves the result for W^\circ as well. Restriction to the stated positive margin restores the exact inverse factors.
Finally sign conjugation and the loop equations give the diagonal expectations of G_A, G_AW and WG_AW. They are respectively A, \chi_AA and \chi_AI+\chi_A^2A, to O(n^{-1}) in each entry. Their truncated bilinear forms are uniformly Lipschitz. Gaussian concentration proves the last assertion for each fixed finite list of vectors.
Lemma 13.2 (Restricted determinant bound). Fix \kappa,\varepsilon>0, a rank bound r_0, and a norm bound M_2. There is \gamma_0>0 such that for each fixed 0<\gamma\le\gamma_0 and each fixed B>0, with probability at least 1-e^{-Bn} for sufficiently large n, simultaneously for
the matrix L=I+(bI-W)V+E satisfies
The choices of \gamma_0 and the threshold on n may depend on the fixed margins. The threshold on n may also depend on B.
Proof. For deterministic V use Lemma 13.1 along L_z=I+z^2bV-zWV. On its path event,
The expectation is zb^2+O(n^{-1}), by the loop calculation. Using a fixed norm cutoff in the path event \mathcal E_V, integration from zero to one gives \mathbb E[\mathbf1_{\mathcal E_V}2n^{-1}\log\det L_1] =b^2+O(n^{-1}). The inverse norm there is bounded; regularization costs C_\kappa\gamma. Off this event, the regularized logarithm is bounded in absolute value by |\log\gamma|+C+2\log(1+\|W\|) and its expected contribution tends exponentially to zero. Hence the regularized mean is at most b^2+C_\kappa\gamma+o(1) uniformly in V.
The map M\mapsto n^{-1}\log\det(M^{\mathsf T}M+\gamma I) has Frobenius Lipschitz constant 1/\sqrt{n\gamma}. Gaussian concentration thus gives a tail 2\exp(-\gamma n^2u^2/4) at deviation u. Choose \gamma_0 so C_\kappa\gamma_0<\varepsilon/8. A fixed sup-norm mesh of the restricted diagonal set has size \exp(O(n)). On \|W\|\le R, a mesh spacing depending on R,\gamma,\varepsilon controls both the logarithm and b^2 to \varepsilon/4. For this last mesh step choose a possibly larger R so that its exceptional probability is at most e^{-(B+1)n}.
This choice does not change the preceding expectation estimate or its regularizer threshold. The n^2 concentration bound pays for this mesh for sufficiently large n. Finally a rank-r_0 perturbation changes the logarithm by at most M_2\sqrt{r_0/(n\gamma)}. This proves the statement, including its arbitrarily large fixed exponential budget. The exponentially small path exception was used only in the mean estimate; its exponent does not limit this final budget.
The diagonality restriction is essential for this simultaneous statement. If arbitrary positive contractions chosen after W were allowed, take V=\mathbf1_{\{W\le0\}} and E=0. Then b\to1/2, so the constraint holds, for example, at \kappa=1/4, while every eigenvalue of L on the range of V is at least 1+b, and the other eigenvalues equal one. For every \gamma>0,
Thus the asserted bound with arbitrarily small \varepsilon would fail in that larger class. The application below uses only the diagonal matrix V_y.
13.2 Scalar equality and stable fields at positive times
Lemma 13.3 (Endpoint scalar rate). Let P have finite second moment, put q=\mathbb E_P\tanh^2 y, b=1-q, and a=\mathbb E_P[(y-d)\tanh y]. For \nu>0 with \nu\ge q,
Equality holds exactly when P=N(d,\nu). At every observation time s>0 the consistent equality law, with d=s+\mathbb E_P\tanh y and \nu=s+q, is uniquely N(v_*(s),v_*(s)), where
On compact positive time intervals this curve is continuous and its q is bounded away from zero. The scalar integral and rate conclusions of Lemma 5.4(i), (ii), and (iv) of [28] therefore hold at j=1 on such intervals. In particular, outside any fixed neighborhood of the equality curve, the smoothed scalar integral has strictly negative rate for sufficiently small smoothing variance.
Proof. Suppose the entropy is finite; then 0<q<1. Set k=q/\nu\in(0,1] and C=a/\nu. The change of variable T_u(y)=y-u\tanh y, u<1, gives
This identity is the entropy change-of-variables calculation in Lemma 4.1 of the companion article and uses no strict restriction on j. Put h(u)=u^2/2-b[-\log(1-u)-u]. Since b=1-q<1,
For negative u use -\log(1-u)-u\le u^2/2; for positive u\le q use the increasing series ratio and h(q)=\sum_{l\ge3}q^l/[l(l-1)].
If (C-b)/(1+k)\le q, substitution proves strict inequality unless C=b. Otherwise let C_0=1+kq and C_1=C_0+\sqrt{(1+k)/3}\,q^{3/2}. The choice u=q proves strictness for C_0<C<C_1. For C\ge C_1, variance comparison and Cauchy–Schwarz give
Subtract the target and write f(C)=C^2/k-1-\log(C^2/k)-(C-b)^2/(1+k). Direct differentiation gives
Consequently
Since f' is positive and increasing after C_0, this finishes the strict cases. If C=b, the target is zero and equality is equivalent to vanishing entropy. Gaussian integration by parts verifies equality for the stated Gaussian law.
For a fixed variance \nu>0, the function d\mapsto d-\mathbb E_{N(d,\nu)}\tanh y is strictly increasing, onto \mathbb R, and zero at d=0; its derivative is \mathbb E\tanh^2y>0. Thus its solution at s\ge0 is nonnegative. Let H_\nu(d)=\mathbb E_{N(d,\nu)}(\tanh y-\tanh^2y). Gaussian reflection gives H_\nu(\nu)=0 and \mathbb E_{N(d,\nu)}[\tanh y\,\operatorname{sech}^2y]\ge0 for d\ge0. Hence |H_\nu'(d)|<1 for every finite d\ge0: the upper bound is strict since \mathbb E\operatorname{sech}^2y<1, and the pointwise lower bound of (1-m^2)(1-2m) is strictly greater than -1. The strict derivative bound is uniform on the compact segment joining d and \nu. Consistency gives d-\nu=H_\nu(d) and therefore forces d=\nu.
Finally F(v)=\mathbb E_{N(v,v)}\tanh y satisfies F(0)=0 and
The upper bound uses the same reflection identity. Thus v-F(v) is strictly increasing from zero to infinity, since 0\le F(v)\le1. It has a unique inverse at every s>0, with s\le v_*(s)\le s+1. This proves continuity and the positive lower bound for q on each compact positive interval. At s=0 there is no equality law with q>0: its mean equation forces d=0, while \mathbb E_{N(0,q)}\tanh^2 y<q.
We specify why the integral consequences extend as stated. In the smoothed integral the parameters are d=s+M, \nu=s+\sigma^2+q, and the exponent is \psi=(a-\nu b)^2/[2\nu(\nu+q)]. With \varphi_{d,\nu} the density of N(d,\nu), the scalar weight meant here is
When \nu\ge\nu_{\min}>0, Cauchy–Schwarz gives the uniform envelope G_{s,\sigma}(y)\le\exp(Cn-c\sum_i y_i^2). On a fixed empirical second-moment ball, M,q,a,d,\nu,\psi are continuous for weak convergence, since only bounded or at most linearly growing functions are averaged. The entropy variational formula and a finite covering by fixed product-Gaussian neighborhoods give
for each compact parameter set \mathcal C; Gaussian density ratios on the second-moment ball tend uniformly to one at the exponential rate when their parameters converge.
The rate is nonpositive, and its zero set at \sigma=0 is exactly the curve just proved. Upper semicontinuity therefore makes the rate strictly negative on closed sets outside its prescribed neighborhood. Compactness preserves this negativity when \sigma is sufficiently small. The exterior of the ball has any required negative rate by the envelope. For the tail-square assertion insert \exp(\lambda\sum_i y_i^2\mathbf1_{|y_i|>R}) into each of the finite Gaussian comparisons, with fixed sufficiently small \lambda>0.
Its additional logarithmic moment tends uniformly to zero as R\to\infty. Removing the tilt on a positive tail-square level produces strict negative rate. These are precisely the three stated integral conclusions, now with no subcritical assumption.
Proposition 13.4 (Positive-time field inputs). Fix 0<s_1<T<\infty. There are positive constants \rho_0,\eta_0,\epsilon_A,c_0,c_*,a, depending on this interval, such that, at every deterministic s\in[s_1,T], the probability under the planted law, restricted to the original spectral event, of either failure of (13.1) or existence of y with
is at most e^{-an} for sufficiently large n. The same assertion holds uniformly on each fixed compact interval after decreasing the residual threshold.
There are also absolute c,C>0 with the following small-time refinement. For each fixed A_*>0, at all sufficiently small r=\sqrt s>0, failure of (13.1) has probability at most e^{-A_*nr^3}; its margins may depend on the scale. For u\ge Cr in a sufficiently small fixed range, existence of an approximate zero with q(y)>u has probability at most e^{-cnu^3}. The approximate-zero tolerance is fixed before taking n\to\infty and may depend on s,u,A_*. Uniformity is asserted only on compact positive bands; finitely many or dyadic values of u may be imposed together. In the small-time assertions a vanishing maximum diagonal may be included in the external disorder restriction.
Proof. The scalar calculation separates the overlap from zero and places the retained parameters near the positive-time equality curve. This gives a norm–trace margin for nearby diagonals. We next check the conditional finite-rank matrix correction and make that check simultaneous over the diagonal neighborhood.
First retain the diagonal and gauge the planted spin to \mathbf1. Then J=W+\mathbf1\mathbf1^{\mathsf T}/n and h_s=s\mathbf1+\sqrt s\,g. Until the final diagonal-removal paragraph, use the temporary full-matrix residual and Hessian
Let E\subseteq\mathbb R^n\times\operatorname{Sym}_n be Borel and independent of the observation h_s. For \sigma>0 set
The exact Gaussian reduction, Lemma 5.3 of [28], is valid for every positive j and here reads
where d=s+M, \nu=s+\sigma^2+q and G_{s,\sigma} is the explicit scalar weight in Lemma 13.3. Here g' is a fresh standard normal independent of W. The identity follows directly by inverting \nu I+mm^{\mathsf T}/n; the determinant factor is \sqrt{\nu/(\nu+q)}.
On [s_1,T], discard a large second-moment ball’s exterior, a fixed neighborhood of the equality curve’s complement, and the scalar square-tail event. Lemma 13.3 gives strictly negative rates on these discarded parts and an arbitrarily small positive rate for the total integral. On the remaining parameters q\ge q_0>0. Choose \eta_0 and the diagonal Frobenius tolerance so small that
The restricted fixed-parameter and bilinear estimates now apply. We verify their conditional use and its positive margin.
Set u=m/\sqrt{nq}, Z_1=(y-d\mathbf1)/\sqrt{n\nu} and P_u=I-uu^{\mathsf T}. Under the displayed conditioning, using a fresh GOE W_0, put \ell_0=u^TW_0u and
Writing out the three blocks gives the exact finite-rank difference
The scalar \ell_0 has variance 2/n and is smaller than any fixed tolerance outside an exponentially small event.
Write S_A=S_A(1;W_0) and define \mathcal Y(p)=S_A^{-1/2}A^{1/2}p. Set
The exact whitened Hessian is
For each fixed y,A, the vectors \mathbf1/\sqrt n,u,Z_1 are deterministic relative to W_0. The bilinear tests in Lemma 13.1 give
for this fixed finite vector list. In particular \|X_1\|^2\simeq\chi_A, rather than b for an arbitrary A. These are comparisons of actual Gram entries, with a chosen fixed accuracy.
The comparison Gram for T_1 is represented by \chi_AU+\sqrt{\chi_A}N, where N is an abstract unit direction orthogonal to the other three images. This is a model of Gram entries, not a coupling with a new random vector. Set aside the small full-rank term b-\chi_A and the scalar \ell_0. Eliminating the N direction, whose Hessian pivot is the identity, gives the ideal coefficient
on UU^T in the form being subtracted. The final term in the first line is the Schur correction.
At the equality-law limit, \sigma=0, d=\nu=v=v_*(s), a=vb, and the limiting diagonal is A=V_y, so \chi_A=b. Only in this limit is \beta_U=q(2-b/v). Write b=\mathbb E\operatorname{sech}^2y and e=\mathbb E[\tanh^2 y\operatorname{sech}^2y] under N(v,v). Use the rescaled triple
The ideal remaining matrix is identity minus the form on (X_1,M_1,G_1) with coefficient matrix C and limiting equality-law Gram matrix H:
The Gram matrix here is the limit of the empirical A=V_y comparison data, not the actual finite-sample Gram. Its entries follow by Gaussian integration by parts; for example \mathbb E[m(1-m^2)]=e, v^{-1}\mathbb E[(y-v)m(1-m^2)]=b-3e, and the double integration by parts gives b/v-2b+6e. Elementary column operations yield
Subtracting the first vector alone is positive because its squared length is b<1.
The remaining two-vector coefficient block has only one positive eigenvalue. Hence the final matrix can have at most one nonpositive direction; its positive determinant rules that out. The preceding orthogonal-direction Schur complement is therefore positive as well. Continuity on the compact equality curve gives a fixed positive margin.
The fixed-parameter calculation is complete. To make it simultaneous, we first quantify its continuity. The margin survives small errors in all Gram entries, coefficients, and \chi_A-b. To check uniformity over nearby A, each tested coordinate product is bounded by C(1+y_i^2)/n. On |y_i|\le R_1, its change under A-V_y is at most C_{R_1}\|A-V_y\|_{\mathrm F}/\sqrt n; the remaining part costs the prescribed square-tail tolerance. The V_y-weighted coordinate products are bounded continuous functions, so their equality-law limits follow from weak closeness.
This proves the fixed-A conditional estimate with a uniform positive exponential rate. The path margin S_A\succeq c_\kappa I returns the whitened margin to \widetilde{\mathcal H}, after the small (b-\chi_A) term is absorbed. We pay for simultaneity only on the coordinates where a diagonal can move appreciably. On the bounded conditional-matrix norm event choose a fixed sup-norm mesh spacing \delta so the 1/2-Hölder error of \widetilde{\mathcal H}(y,A) is smaller than one quarter of the margin. Only \epsilon_A^2n/\delta^2 sites can differ from V_y by more than \delta. Mesh those sites and leave the others at V_y. The logarithm of the number of approximants is at most
where \mathfrak h(\alpha)\to0 as \alpha\downarrow0.
Use twice the Frobenius radius in the fixed-parameter estimate and then decrease \epsilon_A to pay this mesh. Thus the conditional matrix failure, integrated against G, has strictly negative rate. This explicitly extends the positive-time part of Lemma 5.5 of the companion article; its subcritical small-q argument is not used.
The estimates so far control a smoothed integral of bad configurations. To exclude a bad approximate zero, a witness must force that integral to be large enough. The deterministic local-volume estimate supplies this implication, with determinant, smoothing, and residual tolerances chosen in that order.
Let \mathcal D_{\eta_0} be the compact set of diagonal 0\le A\le(1+\eta_0)I. Let \epsilon_*>0 be the full diagonal radius retained by the conditional calculation, and choose c_E below half its matrix margin. Use the relaxed Borel set
intersected with the external spectral and norm restriction. Compactness of the diagonal range and continuity make this set Borel and independent of h_s. The scalar exclusions and the conditional matrix rate just proved give, for sufficiently small \sigma>0, uniformly on the fixed positive band,
for some a_0>0.
The stricter witness event uses
with A\in\mathcal D_{\eta_0}. It depends on the observation, unlike E^{\rm mat}. Keeping this same A, for d_y=\|y'-y\|/\sqrt n we have
Thus the Hessian changes by at most 6(1+\eta_0)d_y. Every point of the ball \|y'-y\|\le r_{\rm loc}\sqrt n lies in the same E^{\rm mat} fiber if
We next obtain the overlap lower bound needed for the determinant estimate. A uniform lower bound on q at any witness is available before using the determinant estimate. On the external norm event,
Independence of the planted observation coordinates and a fixed Bernoulli deviation bound give \|\tanh h_s\|\ge c\min(\sqrt s,1)\sqrt n outside a fixed exponentially small event, uniformly on compact time intervals. For instance, at small s, a fixed positive fraction of the standard Gaussian coordinates lie in [1/2,1], on which the hyperbolic tangent has magnitude at least c\sqrt s. On the fixed band let v_->0 be a common observation lower bound, and let the external matrix norm be at most K. Taking \rho\le v_-/2 forces
At such a witness the Jacobian is exactly
The last two terms have rank at most two and norm at most three. Since b\le1-q_{\rm vol}, Lemma 13.2 with \kappa=q_{\rm vol} gives its regularized determinant upper bound with any needed fixed failure budget. The deterministic local-volume lemma, Lemma 5.6 of [28], has hypotheses j,K<\infty and hence applies at j=1 without modification.
With the regularized Jacobian Q=\widetilde F_{h_s}'(y)^{\mathsf T} \widetilde F_{h_s}'(y)+\gamma I, its change of variable y'=y+\sigma Q^{-1/2}g proves a lower bound e^{-\varepsilon n} for this bad integral whenever the residual is sufficiently small and 2\sigma/\sqrt\gamma\le r_{\rm loc}. Its losses per spin are bounded by
Choose the target loss \varepsilon<a_0/2, then the determinant tolerance \varepsilon_1, then the regularizer \gamma, then \sigma, and finally the residual tolerance \rho.
Markov’s inequality now bounds the witness probability by e^{-(a_0-\varepsilon)n}, together with the assigned determinant and observation exceptions. For low overlap, choose q_{\rm rel} below the equality curve’s minimum q, use the relaxed set E^{\rm low}=\{q\le q_{\rm rel}\} with the same external restriction, and take the witness threshold q\le q_{\rm rel}/2. Since |q(y')-q(y)|\le2d_y, a radius r_{\rm loc}\le q_{\rm rel}/4 gives the same inclusion. The scalar negative rate then replaces the matrix rate in the same volume argument.
For the stronger small-time budgets use Proposition 8.3, without the determinant weight. Its scalar integral estimates permit any preliminary fixed exclusion budget A_{\rm pre}nr^3, restrict q\asymp_{A_{\rm pre}}r, and give the outer rate cnu^3 for u\ge Cr. Choose A_{\rm pre}>A_* to reserve rate for smoothing and local volume. For an upper-tail witness q>u, use the relaxed set E_u^{\rm up}=\{q\ge u/2\} and radius r_{\rm loc}\le u/4. Taking u\ge2Lr, with L from the scalar proposition, gives a preliminary rate proportional to n(u/2)^3.
We compare the actual smoothed scalar weight with the root weight. On a fixed band s\in[s_-,s_+], s_->0, put \nu_0=s+q, \nu_\sigma=\nu_0+\sigma^2, and \mathfrak v=\langle(y-d)^2\rangle. For fixed y,
On \langle y^2\rangle\le R^2, all numerators are bounded and \nu\ge s_-, so the absolute value is at most C_{R,s_-,s_+}\sigma^2. The uniform Gaussian envelope from Lemma 13.3 makes the exterior integral have any prescribed fixed negative rate when R is large. Choose R first, then \sigma so this logarithmic loss is smaller than one quarter of the reserved gap (A_{\rm pre}-A_*)r_-^3, or than the reserved fixed multiple of u_-^3 for a finite outer-threshold family. Polynomial factors are absorbed for large n. This preserves every scalar rate used here for the smoothed integral.
If a diagnostic itself uses \nu_\sigma, give its thresholds fixed slack first. On the same ball its scalar parameters change by O_R(\sigma^2). On the retained scalar region, q\ge c r_->0, and the conditional column coefficients have the same bound. The stricter smoothed bad set is then contained in the relaxed unsmoothed one. This supplies the required set comparison as well as the weight comparison. For the matrix estimate the spectral indicator must remain attached to the actual conditioned matrix. Denote that matrix by J_\sigma=W_\sigma+\mathbf1\mathbf1^T/n; the subscript records the conditioning, not a replacement of the external disorder. With u=m/\sqrt{nq}, E=u^\perp, and e=P_E\mathbf1/\sqrt n, its exact regression gives
where the GOE block W_E and w\sim N(0,I_E/n) are independent. Its scalar block is the regression displayed earlier. In decreasing eigenvalue order, compression and rank-one interlacing give, on \mathcal G_{\rm spec}(J_\sigma),
Thus every cumulative count changes by at most two, and the top edge of W_E is bounded by that of this same full matrix.
Here is the precise spectral information used by the stability calculation. Put \Delta_{\rm sp}=q^{8/5} and restrict R=(2+O(q^2)-W_E)^{-1} to depths greater than \Delta_{\rm sp}. The inherited edge counts and bulk semicircle limit give, uniformly for the O(q^2) shifts in the stability Schur calculation,
The first estimate follows by removing the edge contribution to the first trace; dyadic counts give the upper estimates for higher powers, and one band at depth comparable to \Delta_{\rm sp} gives their lower estimates. The fixed-rank count error contributes only O((n\Delta_{\rm sp}^j)^{-1}). Likewise the restriction to depths at most a fixed \zeta has first trace divided by n at most O(\sqrt\zeta)+o_n(1). In particular the first trace is normalized to one, as required for the cancellation in (9.2). The other needed margin uses the actual full spectrum:
Condition first on the spectrum of W_E. On every spectrum satisfying these inherited bounds, its Haar eigenframe and the independent Gaussian column obey the tests in (9.2) at any prescribed fixed rate in nr^3, before imposing \mathcal G_{\rm spec}(J_\sigma). The scalar diagnostics bound every regression coefficient uniformly on the fixed positive band. Choosing their error tolerances first and then \sigma small preserves the column tests and their q^2 Schur margin. Consequently the estimate is for
with the preliminary rate paying the scalar-weight and mesh losses. Here \mathcal F_y is failure of the required Hessian margin. No event for the fresh comparison matrix W_0 replaces the displayed indicator, and no division by its conditional probability is used. This argument transfers the stability calculation, not the sharper inverse-trace accuracy for K_o, which is not needed here. All smoothing choices are made on a fixed positive band before taking n large.
We spell out the additional diagonal uniformity in this use. At the given positive scale truncate A^{-1}-I above at the same level q^{1-\eta} used for V_y^{-1}-I, assigning that truncation value at A_{ii}=0. The truncated scalar function is Lipschitz on [0,1+\eta_0]; its negative part is at most \eta_0. Choosing \eta_0 small preserves the norm bound for the truncated perturbation. Shrinking \|A-V_y\|_{\mathrm F}/\sqrt n makes its normalized first two moments and all the fixed-axis quadratic and column tests as close as required to those in (9.2).
For axes involving y, first discard their square tails by the scalar diagnostics, then use bounded site profiles on the remaining sites. For u=m/\sqrt{nq} one can directly use \|(B(A)-B(V_y))u\|\le C\epsilon_A/\sqrt q. All scales here are fixed before n\to\infty. Thus the Schur calculation retains its margin with the prescribed rate. The original precision is larger. Its positive lower bound also gives a positive symmetric-normalization margin: combine it with the bound A^{-1}-CI, then take limits if some entries vanish. The preceding sparse diagonal mesh costs an arbitrarily small exponential rate and makes the estimate simultaneous.
The observation lower bound just used has a fixed rate independent of sufficiently small r, so it pays any specified A_*r^3 after shrinking the upper scale. The determinant event can have an arbitrarily large fixed rate by Lemma 13.2. Apply the local-volume argument in the same order, now taking its loss below the available A_*r^3 or cu^3 rate. This proves the small-time assertions, including their order of tolerance choices.
Finally remove the diagonal. On \max_i|J_{ii}|\le\delta_D the normalized residual changes by at most \delta_D, and the symmetric Hessian by at most (1+\eta_0)\delta_D. On fixed positive bands take a sufficiently small fixed \delta_D; its failure has exponential probability. In the small-scale assertions keep the vanishing-diagonal event as an external restriction and then, for each fixed band, take n large enough. For example, take \delta_D\le\rho/2 and (1+\eta_0)\delta_D\le c_E/4. Then a zero-diagonal witness with residual at most \rho\sqrt n/2, diagonal radius \epsilon_*/2, and Hessian threshold c_E/4 implies the full-matrix witness above.
For the compact path version write h_t=t\mathbf1+B_t in the gauged planted process. On a mesh interval of length \Delta, the coordinate Brownian suprema have a fixed exponential moment after division by \Delta. Independence across coordinates gives
Choose \kappa_0,\Delta so this bound has the required fixed rate and the Brownian increment plus the deterministic drift is at most \rho/4 in normalized norm. A finite union covers the fixed compact interval. A path witness with residual \rho\sqrt n/8 then has residual below \rho\sqrt n/2 at the left mesh endpoint. The Hessian, overlap, and diagonal predicate are independent of the field and persist there. This proves the compact assertion with its reduced residual threshold, also for a fixed finite family of scalar thresholds. All previous exclusions estimated failure intersected with the original spectral restriction, using interlacing rather than a new typicality assertion for a conditional largest eigenvalue.
13.3 Residual identities and the complete derivative buffer
Proposition 13.5 (Endpoint posterior consequences). Fix a matrix norm bound. For the covariance conclusion, assume positive margins in (13.1) and suppose that every point in its small-residual region has q(y)\ge c_*>0. On the fixed-length ordinary and restricted inverse-word events specified below,
In particular \|\Sigma_h\|\le C.
For the following mean conclusion, only the whole-region root stability implication
is required, together with ordinary word diagnostics. No lower bound on q(y) is assumed in this mean conclusion. For N=\mu_h(f^2)>0 and \nu_h=f^2\mu_h/N, and each sufficiently small fixed \zeta>0,
The leading constant C depends on the fixed norm and stability margins, but not on \zeta. Without the stability hypothesis, put
with an empty supremum equal to zero. The same ordinary diagnostics give
For each fixed \delta>0 this assertion holds for sufficiently large n on the corresponding ordinary diagnostics. All events are independent of f,G and the unit directions used to test these inequalities.
Proof. The root and inverse statement, Lemma 5.7 of [28], is deterministic for every finite positive j and applies here at j=1. Its root conclusion uses only the whole-region implication at A=V_y stated above; the overlap lower bound is used later only for the inverse recipe. Denote the unique zero by y_*, and set m_* =\tanh y_*, q_*=n^{-1}\|m_*\|^2. It gives \|y-y_*\|\le C\|F_h(y)\| when \|F_h(y)\|<\rho_0\sqrt n, with C=1+(\|J^\circ\|+3)/c_0. The strict residual inequality will be preserved by the inner buffer below.
We verify the precise diagnostic hypotheses of the companion residual proof. Fix J,h throughout this deterministic subsection; all spin expectations below are under \mu_h, unless a displayed square reweighting specifies otherwise. For a spin function define
For a vector function, (\nabla g)_{ji}=d_i g_j. These are discrete spin-flip derivatives, distinct from the formal site derivatives in the recipes. Put
For each fixed depth the primary differentiation estimates of Lemma 6.1 of the companion article need only ordinary words, with contraction coefficient one. Explicitly their formal derivatives are
The diagonal predictions of H_l cancel by inclusion–exclusion over originally adjacent pairs of each noncrossing pairing.
The word estimates give bounded operator, diagonal \ell^2, and off-diagonal entrywise \ell^4 norms. Taylor’s error in a coordinate difference is at most C|d_i h_j^l|^2; summing its square uses that \ell^4 bound. Differentiating b_lm^{l-1} adds a rank-one term of bounded Frobenius norm, since \|db_l\|\le C_l/\sqrt n. Thus actual derivatives differ from H_l,M_l by bounded Frobenius errors. Every single flip changes a fixed primary vector by at most C_l in Euclidean norm. None of these finite recurrences uses j<1 or convergence as l\to\infty.
We use the following finite recipe class, as in Definition 6.2 of [28]. Fix the primary depth and finitely many seeds s^1,\ldots,s^v\in\mathbb R^n with bounded Euclidean norms. The seeds may depend on the fixed (J,h) but are constant as functions of the spin configuration x. Let \theta(x) be a finite tuple of scalar parameters with \sup_x(|\theta_\alpha(x)|+\|d\theta_\alpha(x)\|)\le C for every component; the averages b_l may be among them. Given auxiliary fields y^1,\ldots,y^{a-1}, a source has the form
All index sets are finite. The site coefficients and every fixed derivative needed by the recipe are uniformly bounded on their argument ranges and on the line segments joining evaluations. Deterministic site labels are allowed with the same bounds. Define
The partial \partial_l differentiates only the explicit h_i^l argument, keeping \theta and all auxiliary arguments fixed; \partial_{y^b}w_i^a=\psi_i^{a,b}, and an absent partial is zero. A terminal vector has the same source form. When a source is reused in a later source or terminal vector, substitute its source formula without expanding the auxiliary fields.
A recipe is admissible from level p when every explicit primary argument in these source and terminal formulas has index at least p. This restriction does not apply to scalar parameters or to the correcting vectors m^{l-1} in the auxiliary formula. All constants may depend on the fixed recipe and its coefficient bounds. In particular, the finite residual inductions below may enlarge the recipe before its diagnostic length and the eventual dimension threshold are fixed.
Only the directional covariance argument uses an inverse recipe. Fix k\ge2 and \Omega_{a\rho}=\{\max(\|R_k\|,\|R_{k-1}\|)\le a\rho\sqrt n\}. When several indices occur we write this set as \Omega_{a\rho}^{(k)}; the superscript is suppressed while k is fixed. The exact recurrence gives
Choose \rho so the displayed recurrence puts \Omega_{2\rho} strictly inside the root lemma’s residual region. Consequently on \Omega_{2\rho},
These constants are independent of k. Define
Differentiation in u proves the exact identity
At a=0, \Phi is the secant slope of \tanh.
Its positive integral and the bounded derivatives of its logarithmic factors give 0<\Phi\le e^{|a|/2} and bounded ratios of every fixed derivative to \Phi. The derivative recipes evaluate their coefficients at nearby spin configurations as well as at the selected residual point. We therefore establish the diagonal estimates on the whole outer buffer. Once the finite recipe and its number of flips are fixed, the threshold in the dimension will ensure that every evaluation stays in that buffer.
The preceding root-distance estimates imply, on the whole outer buffer,
Choose \rho small enough for the last inequality and for all stable field tolerances. This choice precedes the depth and recipe choices. The inverse diagonal therefore belongs to \mathcal A_\kappa with \kappa=c_*/2 everywhere it will be evaluated.
For either w_{0,i}=A_i e_i, \|e\|\le1, or w_{0,i}=n^{-1/2}\partial_r\Phi(h_i^k;(y_*)_i,a), the implicit recipe is
In this site partial, y^{\mathrm{imp}},c_1 and a are held fixed. After this one implicit solve, y^{\mathrm{imp}} may be used as the first auxiliary in an ordinary recipe, with \sqrt n c_1 as an additional scalar parameter and m_*/\sqrt n as an additional seed. The corresponding coefficient and parameter bounds are required on the flip buffers below; no such bounds are imposed on the arbitrary exterior extension of the implicit solution. Put \ell_i=\partial_z\Phi/\Phi, u_0=w_0/A and p_0=A\partial_k u_0. Then \partial_k w=\operatorname{diag}(\ell)w+p_0 and elimination gives the actual finite-dimensional solve
Put
Because \|\ell+m_*\|\le C\rho\sqrt n, the two-sided normalized coefficient I+A^{1/2}\mathcal LA^{1/2}, where the displayed solve is (I+A\mathcal L)w=\cdots, differs in operator norm by O(\rho) from \mathcal H(h^k,A). The normalized coefficient need not be symmetric. The latter matrix has a fixed positive margin by (13.1), so a perturbation smaller than half that margin still has smallest singular value bounded below and a bounded inverse. The unnormalized inverse is bounded by
This proves \|w\|+\|y^{\mathrm{imp}}\|+\sqrt n|c_1|\le C, uniformly in k and the unit seed. Removing the negative rank term in \mathcal H(h^k,A) and replacing b_k by \chi_A also gives
This separate adaptive stability condition is essential; the norm–trace restriction alone was only used for fixed-parameter expectations.
Every coordinate-difference solve uses the same displayed coefficient matrix evaluated at the flipped configuration. All coefficient differences multiply vectors at the common starting configuration. Their squared column norms sum to a constant: for a coefficient \psi and a fixed bounded-norm vector v,
The averaged coefficients have differences of order n^{-1/2}; the factors m^{k-1}+m_* have norm at most 2\sqrt n.
Columnwise inversion therefore gives \|\nabla w\|_{\mathrm F}+\|\nabla y^{\mathrm{imp}}\|_{\mathrm F} +\sqrt n\|dc_1\|\le C_k, as in Lemma 6.3 of the companion article. If the finished finite recipe uses at most N_f successive flips, the primary bounds put every required flip-neighborhood of \Omega_{3\rho/2} inside \Omega_{2\rho} once n>(2N_f\max_l C_l/\rho)^2. Thus all four bounds in (13.4) and the adaptive inverse margin hold at every derivative evaluation. The recipe and its depth are fixed before this threshold on n is chosen.
We also fix the whole-cube convention for these local recipes. Keep the actual implicit solution y^{\rm imp},c_1 on \Omega_{2\rho}^{(k)}, assign arbitrary finite values to them outside that set, and define w and all later ordinary auxiliaries by their stated formulas. The implicit equation is required only on the outer buffer. Every scalar test in a local residual statement is supported on \Omega_\rho^{(k)}. Its discrete differences use only the fixed finite flip neighborhoods already placed inside the buffers, so the exterior values never enter a tested estimate.
We record the remaining closure of the residual proof to ensure that no other inverse diagonal is being assumed. Freezing parameters in formal differentiation yields
Solving this equation introduces exactly the one factor K=(I-AJ^\circ+\chi_AA)^{-1} multiplying \operatorname{diag}(\partial_k w)H_k-c_1AM_{k-1}+E_1+AE_2. Later auxiliaries are ordinary, so error propagation multiplies by ordinary words only.
The Taylor errors have bounded Frobenius norm and bounded trace against the required words. For the only non-nuclear product error, the decisive bound is
The diagonal part uses the primary diagonal \ell^2 estimate. All other dropped terms are bounded in nuclear norm, using \|BC\|_{\mathrm{nuc}}\le\|B\|_{\mathrm F}\|C\|_{\mathrm F}.
The formal trace cancellation in Lemma 6.4 of the companion article is algebraic. Its only cyclic node closes as
Both terms, including the averaged correction, must be retained. For each dependency path, inclusion–exclusion over its originally adjacent contracted pairs cancels every complete noncrossing pairing. There is no empty derivative path since seeds do not depend on x.
The contracted trace prediction vanishes as a formal series and is a polynomial by Lemma 13.1. Its evaluation at z=1 is therefore zero; this does not require convergence of the inverse’s formal series. Each resulting trace has either a bounded-norm small vector as a diagonal factor or a scalar O(n^{-1/2}). In the first case rotate the small diagonal to the beginning of the trace. Cyclic invariance of the normalized prediction preserves the canceled value, and Cauchy–Schwarz gives
In the scalar case the diagonal word error has trace at most C\sqrt n, canceled by its O(n^{-1/2}) coefficient. These bounds remain uniform after a norm-one diagonal test. Thus every small vector U in an ordinary recipe obeys the following bound on the whole cube, and every local recipe vector obeys it on \Omega_\rho^{(k)} with the stated flip buffers, including the vector \partial_k w:
This proves the derivative assertion with only the single inverse whose full buffer has already been checked.
We state the residual interfaces that now apply, specializing Lemmas 6.5–6.6 of [28] to coefficient one. Put
If U is a terminal vector of an ordinary recipe admissible from level p, then
for every scalar G. For a terminal vector of a local recipe admissible from level p, with implicit starting index k, the same inequality holds when p\le k and G is supported on \Omega_\rho^{(k)}, with the buffers active. For an ordinary recipe admissible from level p and a multiplier satisfying \sup_x(|H_0(x)|+\|dH_0(x)\|)\le C_0, the square-density version is
Only ordinary recipes are used in this last version.
The induction can be checked directly. Its base identity is
The preceding diagonal \ell^1 bound and Cauchy–Schwarz control it by C\mathcal E_h(G). For the induction from p to p+1 multiply the terminal vector by \Phi(h_i^p;h_i^{p+1},b_p-b_{p-1}), add one ordinary auxiliary, and use the displayed scalar identity for \Phi.
Here |b_p-b_{p-1}|\le1, so all required coefficient bounds hold. The term n(b_p-b_{p-1})\operatorname{av}(\partial_pU') cancels by
Only smaller residual indices remain; no further inverse is introduced. The square-density version follows from d_i(f^2)=2f\,d_if-2x_i(d_if)^2 and has right side C(\mu_h(f^2)+\mathcal D_h(f)). It uses ordinary recipes only. All these operations are finite, so one fixed diagnostic length covers the whole argument.
For the implicit recipe define the terminal residual
For every G supported on \Omega_\rho^{(k)},
Indeed, on the buffer the exact expansion is
The local weak rule applies to the first three terms. In the last one use target m^k/\sqrt n and multiplier \sqrt n\,c_1, whose size and discrete differences are bounded on the buffer.
We finish by spelling out selection and the uniformity in the tests. Put T_l=R_l^{\mathsf T}m^l/\sqrt n. The ordinary residual rule gives \mu_h(T_l^2)\le C_l and
The exact telescoping identity \|R_l\|^2/n=b_l-b_{l-1}-2T_l/\sqrt n supplies a pair of consecutive small residuals. More precisely, choose a fixed depth d_{\rm sel} with \lfloor d_{\rm sel}/2\rfloor\rho^2/4>2, and then a scalar tolerance with 2d_{\rm sel}\varepsilon<1. If \max_{l\le d_{\rm sel}}|T_l|/\sqrt n\le\varepsilon, the telescoping sum is less than 2, forcing a consecutive pair whose two norms are at most \rho\sqrt n/2.
Take a smooth \vartheta:[0,\infty)\to[0,1], equal to one on [0,1/4] and zero on [1,\infty), and set
Pointwise,
The derivative bounds follow from the primary differences and the finite product rule. Also C_k=1 when both residual norms are at most \rho\sqrt n/2, and
The scalar moment bounds and a finite union bound give
These are the conclusions of the companion Lemma 7.1, with the preceding derivation of its endpoint hypotheses.
Residual selection now turns the finite recipe estimates into posterior bounds. The covariance argument uses its one controlled inverse; the square-reweighted mean argument below uses only ordinary recipes. This distinction also separates their diagnostic requirements.
We make the terminal implication explicit. On the selected buffer put p_k=m^k-m_* and L_*=\sqrt n(\chi_A-(1-q_*)). Subtracting the root equation gives
Using the implicit equations and the scalar identity for \Phi then yields the exact identity
The final term is controlled by the local weak rule with target p_k/\sqrt n and multiplier \sqrt n\,c_1. The remaining scalar error satisfies pointwise
Here the root-distance and source-size bounds give C_0 depending only on the fixed norm and stability margins, not on k or the selection depth. The earlier choice of \rho includes C_0\rho<1/2.
For the source w_{0,i}=n^{-1/2}\partial_r\Phi, differentiation of the scalar identity in r, with a fixed, gives
Thus the sum in the terminal identity is L_*. Globally, |L_*|\le C\sqrt n and \|dL_*\|\le C_k. Use the local test G=C_k^2L_*, whose support lies in \Omega_\rho^{(k)}. The cutoff difference bound gives
The tested scalar error is at most C_0\rho\,\mu_h(C_k^2L_*^2). Absorbing it into the left side of the terminal inequality proves
For the source w_0=Ae, \|e\|\le1, the same sum is p_k^Te. Use the local test \widehat C_kG. Its support and difference bounds control its test norm by C_\rho\mathcal E_h(G). For the scalar error use \widehat C_k\le C_k, the last L^2 bound, and Cauchy–Schwarz. The terminal and weak residual inequalities give
Summing the ordinary weak rule with target e from level one through k also controls the tested (X-m^k)^Te.
The deficit costs at most 2\sqrt n\|G\|_2\mu_h(D>0)^{1/2}. This is the deterministic argument of Proposition 7.2, applied only after checking its hypotheses on the selected regions and verifying both of its actual source diagonals above. It yields the asserted covariance inequality after replacing G by G-\mu_h(G) and taking the supremum over e. For G=e^{\mathsf T}X, \mathcal D_h(G)\le1; taking a top covariance eigenvector gives \|\Sigma_h\|\le C(\|\Sigma_h\|+1)^{1/2} and hence a constant bound.
For the mean estimate, the ordinary residual rule suffices; no implicit source is needed. On each selected region m^k is within C\zeta\sqrt n of m_* if the residual threshold was chosen below a fixed multiple of \zeta. The ordinary square-density rule, summed with the constant target e through k, bounds the tested difference between X and m^k by C_\zeta(1+\mathcal D_h(f)/N). The deficit has the same bound. This proves the conclusion of the companion Proposition 7.3 relative to m_*.
Apply it also with f=1 and use the triangle inequality to obtain (13.2). If stability is absent, choose the iteration threshold so the exact formula for F_h(h^k) is at most \delta\sqrt n on each selected region. Then \|m^k\|\le\sqrt{nQ_\delta(h)}, and the same argument, once for \nu_h and once for \mu_h, proves the coarser assertion. This also covers an empty approximate-zero set, since then every selected cutoff vanishes and the displayed deficit estimate controls the entire measure.
All bounds use only norm bounds on seeds, so they hold for the whole Euclidean unit ball simultaneously. The finite recipe choices may depend on the requested scalar tolerance, but the diagnostic event quantifies over every bounded diagonal parameter after J is observed. It therefore does not depend on f,G, or the directional seed. For covariance choose the stability margins and c_*, then \rho and \kappa, then the selection depth and finite recipes, then their word length, coefficient bounds and truncations, and finally the size threshold guaranteeing every flip buffer. For (13.2) and its coarser form, only the ordinary diagnostics are required throughout.
13.4 Large observation time and the product endpoint
Proposition 13.6 (Terminal extension, uniformly in the initial spin law). There are fixed T,C,c>0 and disorder events of ordinary probability at least 1-e^{-cn} with the following property. For every matrix in these events, let X have any probability law on the cube, possibly depending on the matrix, and let the observation noises be independent of X. Set h_T=TX+\sqrt T\,g. The reference Gibbs law \mu_{h_T} has unscaled gap at least 1/2 except with probability e^{-cn}.
On the original spectral event choose a fixed c_+ such that R=J+c_+I\succeq0. For one further time unit add observations with drift RX and covariance rate R, obtaining h_{T+\lambda}. Define the reference laws
The covariance and inverse unscaled gap of \mu_{h_{T+\lambda},\lambda} are bounded by C, simultaneously in \lambda, outside an event of conditional probability e^{-cn}, uniformly over the law generating X. At \lambda=1 the reference law is product. These reference laws are the posteriors of the original Gibbs prior evaluated at the observations; no assertion about the posterior of the arbitrary law generating X is made.
Proof. The signed curvature inequality, Lemma 8.1 of [28], is deterministic for arbitrary symmetric zero-diagonal interaction matrices with sufficiently small entries. For interaction B, write U_{ij}=\tanh B_{ij}, Q_{ij}=U_{ij}^2 (entrywise), r_4(U)=\max_i\sum_jU_{ij}^4, and a_i=v_i d_i f, where v_i is the conditional spin variance. It states
Its proof has no inverse-temperature parameter, so this is an exact companion input.
Here is the endpoint matrix event, with exponential rather than only asymptotic probability. Fix a curvature tolerance \varepsilon>0 so small that (1+C)\varepsilon\le1/8. Choose a fixed global bound M for the row-square sums and \|J^\circ\|, with exponentially small exception. Next choose an entry tolerance \delta>0 small enough for the curvature lemma and for M\delta/3\le\varepsilon/2 and CM\delta^2\le1/8. Gaussian tails give \max|J^\circ_{ij}|\le\delta outside probability e^{-c_\delta n}. For each fixed unit vector z,
A 1/4-net of a k-dimensional unit sphere has size at most 9^k.
Union these bounds over supports of size at most \alpha n and the 9^{\alpha n} nets. Since n^{-1}\log\binom n{\lfloor\alpha n\rfloor}\to\mathfrak h(\alpha), choosing \alpha sufficiently small gives, with exponential probability,
These are the net and row arguments of Lemma 8.2 of the companion article, now evaluated at variance 1/n.
They work simultaneously for all B=\theta J^\circ, 0\le\theta\le1. Indeed |\tanh z-z|\le|z|^3/3 gives \|\tanh(\theta J^\circ)-\theta J^\circ\|\le M\delta/3 by row sums; Q_{ij}\le(J^\circ_{ij})^2 and r_4(U)\le M\delta^2. By the preceding choice of \delta, these errors fit the \varepsilon and curvature budgets. We obtain uniformly in \theta bounded global norms of B,U,Q, small principal submatrix norms of U,Q on |S|\le\alpha n, and Cr_4(U)\le1/8. The bounds hold pointwise over spin configurations and require no union over configurations or initial laws.
The observation source law may differ from the Gibbs law whose gap is being estimated. Throughout this argument the posterior is formed from the Gibbs reference law. A norm estimate makes most coordinates strongly biased for every source configuration; the small-submatrix bounds control the remaining coordinates uniformly.
At time T the observation field is TX+\sqrt T\,g. During the extension it is
where B is a fresh standard Brownian motion independent of X,g. Updating the original Gibbs prior by this likelihood subtracts \lambda x^{\mathsf T}Rx/2 from its interaction; the diagonal is constant on the cube. This identifies its posterior with the stated reference law. The probability estimates below are uniform over the possibly different law generating the observation source X.
On the norm event \|R\|\le C, the perturbation to TX obeys
outside an event of probability e^{-cn}, independently of the law of X. The Gaussian norm tail controls g, and exponential Markov on the sum of the coordinate Brownian suprema squared controls B. Thus, for sufficiently large fixed T, fewer than \alpha n/2 coordinates have |h_{T+\lambda,i}|<T/2, uniformly in \lambda. For every configuration x simultaneously, \|(1-\lambda)J^\circ x\|\le M\sqrt n, so at most 16M^2n/T^2\le\alpha n/2 coordinates have interaction field larger than T/4. Consequently the set where the full conditional field has magnitude below T/4 has size at most \alpha n, for every x and \lambda.
Put q_f(x)=\sum_i v_i(x)(d_i f(x))^2 and \eta=\operatorname{sech}^2(T/4). On the complement of that small set, \|a_{S^c}\|^2\le\eta q_f, while \|a\|^2\le q_f. The small-submatrix and global bounds therefore give pointwise
With \varepsilon already fixed, choose T large enough both for the sparse-set bounds above and for (1+C)M(2\sqrt\eta+\eta)\le1/8. The displayed expression is then at most \mathcal D_h(f)/4 after averaging. The curvature inequality yields \mu_h[(-Lf)^2]\ge\mathcal D_h(f)/2. We finish by converting curvature to the gap.
By the finite-dimensional spectral theorem each nonzero eigenvalue of -L is at least 1/2. The kernel consists of constants because the Ising law is positive on every cube edge. Thus \operatorname{Var}_{\mu_h}f\le2\mathcal D_h(f), uniformly in \lambda and f. Applying this to unit linear tests also gives \|\Sigma_h\|\le2. This proves the proposition.
We conclude by making explicit the probability interfaces used elsewhere. For each fixed positive compact interval, combine Propositions 13.4 and 13.5 with the finite diagnostic events of Lemma 13.1. Their ordinary exponentially small exceptions remain exponentially small after planting: if L=Z(0)/\mathbb E Z(0), the critical overlap-binomial identity gives \mathbb E L^2\le C(n+1), for example by the pointwise Chernoff bound \mathbb P(\sum_i\varepsilon_i=k)\le2e^{-k^2/(2n)} and summing its n+1 possible values.
Cauchy–Schwarz therefore pays only a polynomial factor in transferring any disorder event. It follows that, at each deterministic positive time in that interval, \|\Sigma_s\| is bounded except with probability e^{-cn} integrated under planting and the original spectral restriction. The terminal proposition gives the corresponding terminal gap input.
For the macroscopic entropy argument, only the ordinary diagnostics in (13.2) and its Q_\delta version are needed. They are field-independent and may be imposed externally on typical ordinary disorder for each fixed tolerance. Their exponent need not be compared with the arbitrarily large multiplier A_* in Proposition 13.4. On any compact positive band with finitely many outer thresholds, use one residual tolerance smaller than every threshold’s permitted tolerance.
Existence of a large-q point at this tolerance implies existence at each corresponding looser tolerance, so the outer rates remain valid. Here is how the moving thresholds in the entropy argument fit this finite construction. Let u_*>0 be a fixed upper endpoint for the small-range outer estimate, and on a fixed compact band put R_b=C'A_*^{1/3}\sqrt b, with A_*\ge1 and C'\ge2C. Restrict the initial interval so that R_b\le u_*. For every moving threshold u=2^jR_b\le u_*, choose a lower point v in a fixed dyadic grid on that band with u/2\le v\le u. Then v\ge C\sqrt b, and
Only finitely many grid points occur on a fixed positive band. For each point use the compact time subband on which v\ge C\sqrt b, and choose one residual tolerance for this finite collection. Thresholds above u_* are grouped into the single event Q_\delta>u_*, using its fixed rate e^{-cnu_*^3} and the bound Q_\delta\le1. Countably many bands and tolerances are handled by the diagonal subsequence procedure in the entropy argument; no estimate is claimed uniformly as positive time or a chosen residual tolerance tends to zero.
14 Entropy localization and the support profile
We now convert the posterior estimates into an inequality for every test function of small support. All final typical-environment assertions concern the original, unplanted disorder. The passage from the planted estimates to these statements will be made before choosing a test function; this order is essential for the uniformity of the resulting profile.
Write \mu=\mu_J for the critical zero-field Gibbs measure. For a probability measure \pi on the cube, use the unscaled heat-bath form
Thus \mathcal D_J is the form at \mu_J, and \mathcal D_b will denote the same form for the posterior law at observation parameter b. When used for heat-bath dynamics, this unscaled form corresponds to rate one at each site. The observation parameter b instead measures Gaussian information with the precision rate defined below.
We use the following static conclusions established above, with exactly their stated probability qualifications: the sharp small-time covariance estimate (12.5), the estimate below the logarithmic threshold (12.8), and the positive-time assertions in Section 13. The latter include bounded covariance on each compact positive-time interval, a terminal observation gap, the stable-field implication (13.1), and the square-reweighting estimates (13.2) and (13.3).
In particular, the small-positive-time failure rate for stability can be any prescribed fixed multiple of n b^{3/2}, and the probability of an approximate zero with q>u is at most \exp(-cnu^3) for C\sqrt b\le u\le u_*, with a fixed small u_*>0. Constants and residual tolerances may depend on a fixed compact positive-time interval. The proofs in Section 13 supply these statements at the critical parameter itself; no subcritical spectral-gap theorem is being applied at its endpoint.
14.1 The observation identities
The use of Gaussian observations here is a stochastic localization argument in the sense of Eldan [19]. The variance and entropy transfers are related to the localization methods of Eldan, Koehler, and Zeitouni [20] and the framework of Chen and Eldan [12]. We give the finite-state identities and the estimates needed here explicitly.
Choose the sufficiently large fixed terminal time T supplied by the static inputs. On the spectral event \|J\|\le3, fix c_+\ge3 and put R=J+c_+I\succeq0. Continue the scalar observations after T for one unit of time with precision R. Set E=T+1 and
More explicitly, conditional on X, the field has independent increments with drift \Lambda_bX\,db and covariance \Lambda_b\,db. The accumulated quadratic term in its likelihood removes the interaction by time E: at b=T+\lambda, the off-diagonal interaction is (1-\lambda)J^\circ, and \mu_E is a product law.
For a real function f with \mu(f^2)=1, let \nu=f^2\mu. Use \mu_b and \nu_b for the conditional spin laws given the observation history, under the respective initial laws. For a fixed J, write \mathbb P_J^\pi for the observation-history law with initial spin law \pi, and \mathbb E^\pi for expectation under this conditional law. Define
Histories with w_b=0 have zero probability under \nu and can be omitted. The likelihood ratio of the two field-history laws is w_b, and \nu_b=f^2\mu_b/w_b. Consequently
The Gaussian filtering identities give, at every time away from the precision change and in integral form across it,
Here \mathcal F_b is the observation history, including J. To verify the first identity, the field drifts under the two laws differ by \Lambda_ba_b; the expected logarithm of their likelihood ratio therefore has derivative \mathbb E^\nu\|\Lambda_b^{1/2}a_b\|^2/2.
Subtract this from the preceding entropy decomposition. For the second identity, the \nu-posterior mean is a martingale under \nu, whereas the \mu-posterior mean has drift \Sigma_b\Lambda_ba_b under that law. Integrating their difference to E proves the assertion. These arguments also follow directly by Itô’s formula for the finite posterior sums.
Two further identities will be used repeatedly. Since \mu_E is product, binary Pinsker on each coordinate and entropy tensorization from below give
Also, conditioning additionally on the observations can only decrease an averaged conditional variance. Applied separately with X_{-i} fixed, this gives
14.2 A profile with a bounded test likelihood
Proposition 14.1 (Restricted support profile). For every fixed \omega>0 there are c_\omega>0 and disorder events \mathcal G_n(\omega) with probability tending to one such that, on \mathcal G_n(\omega), simultaneously for every real f satisfying
one has
Proof. Choose the covariance accuracy \epsilon>0 sufficiently small in terms of the requested \omega, and obtain the corresponding a,s_0,K_{\log} from Proposition 12.3. This same accuracy is used in all three entropy ranges below. Put h=\log(1/p). Entropy relative to the support and the upper bound on f^2 imply
On \|J\|\le3, every atom of \mu is at least 2^{-n}e^{-3n}, so h\le(3+\log2)n. We treat three ranges of h.
Moderate entropy. For constants K' and c' fixed in the order below, first suppose
The environment restrictions below are imposed on dyadic bins for h; using an endpoint of a bin in place of h only changes fixed constants. Fix the low-likelihood exponent C_2>0 and a desired negligible error order n^{-M}. Choose C_{\rm rate} with fixed slack beyond the likelihood exponent 4+C_2 and the subsequent Markov losses. The remaining constants will be chosen after the following static consequences are stated. For every required fixed rate C_{\mathrm{rate}}, the preceding static estimates have the following consequences. All integrated probabilities in this list use planted disorder and reference observations with the spectral restriction imposed; the first also draws two conditionally independent replicas from \mu_b.
- 1.
For 0\le b\le c_1t_h, where c_1\le1, a reference posterior pair has |\langle X^1,X^2\rangle|\le C_1nr_h, except with integrated probability at most e^{-C_{\mathrm{rate}}h}.
Here C_1 need not increase as c_1 decreases.
- 2.
On each fixed-ratio window [c_1t_h,L_1t_h], with 0<c_1<L_1<\infty, the replica log-moment estimate (6.2) holds with time b and scale nb^{3/2}, with the required small off-diagonal tilts and any prescribed fixed relative error, outside integrated probability e^{-C_{\mathrm{rate}}h}.
- 3.
By choosing L_1 large enough, the sharp bound \|\Sigma_b\|\le(1+\epsilon)/b on [L_1t_h,s_0] has the same failure rate. Beyond s_0, use the bounded positive-time covariance, including the terminal extension. At E, the product field satisfies \max_i|(h_E)_i|\le C'\sqrt h with that rate, also when the exceptional probability is weighted by 1+\max_i|(h_E)_i|.
For completeness, the first assertion does not need a lower spherical width bound at very early times. Impose the upper width bound at scale t_h with an arbitrarily large fixed rate. The spherical length-deficit estimate then controls the pair integral relative to Z_o(h_b)^2, using (6.3), the field-norm bound, and the large-overlap comparison. Exact shell conditioning costs only a polynomial by the spectral and spherical estimates; translations improve the required small-ball bound.
The trace loss is estimated at shifts above the upper width bound. Orientations with Z(h_b)/Z_o(h_b)<e^{-C_{\mathrm{rate}}h} have at most that planted mass conditional on the eigen-coordinates, so division by the partition function is absorbed by an increase of the rate budget. The second and third assertions follow from the spherical width tails, (6.2), (12.5), and the positive-time inputs. For the last field maximum, Gaussian tails and a union bound apply; under planting, the RX term has Gaussian site marginals with bounded translates. Gaussian moment bounds give the assertion with the extra maximum-field factor.
Complete the fixed parameter choices before constructing the disorder event. Obtain C_1 at the chosen rate and then take c_1 small enough for (14.7); C_1 does not increase under this choice. Next enlarge L_1. At the start of its sharp window the covariance exponent is
so L_1 can pay the required rate. Then choose the fixed replica number and its relative accuracy for the intermediate window. Finally decrease c': a positive-time exception e^{-cn} has exponent at least (c/c')h, and this choice also keeps L_1t_h\le s_0 and all scales in their allowed ranges. Increase K' to absorb polynomials and the logarithmic threshold. We may require all discarded errors below to be O(n^{-M}) for the fixed sufficiently large M chosen above.
With these choices fixed, choose the disorder event on which the support profile will hold. Entropy levels have been placed in dyadic bins; in each bin integrate the conditional exceptions over its three time windows. This construction uses the bin and fixed tolerances, before any test function is chosen. For a field failure B_b, write q_J(b)=\mathbb P_J^\mu(B_b) for its reference-field probability conditional on J. For a pair failure, q_J(b) denotes the conditional field average of its \mu_b^{\otimes2} probability. The ordinary high-probability lower bound Z(0)\ge n^{-C}e^{n/4}, together with \mathbb EZ(0)=e^{n/4}, transfers planted exceptions on the spectral event to ordinary exceptions at polynomial cost. Indeed, with L(J)=Z(0)/\mathbb EZ(0),
Integrate over each specified time window, apply Markov with unused rate slack, and take a union over the O(\log n) bins.
This produces one typical disorder event, independent of f, on which all required conditional time-integral exceptions hold. There is enough unused rate to absorb the later likelihood factors. The chosen K' makes their products with any specified polynomial in n and e^{C_0h} negligible, for each of the finitely many constants C_0 used below. Endpoint tests are treated in the same way.
On the early window, the pair bound implies
Indeed the square of a posterior mean is bounded by the posterior expectation of the absolute pair inner product. To apply this also to \nu_b^{\otimes2}, discard w_b<e^{-C_2h}: its probability under \nu is at most e^{-C_2h}, and its squared-drift contribution is at most 4ne^{-C_2h}. On the complement, the density of the \nu-field and two \nu_b replicas relative to the reference field and two \mu_b replicas is exactly
The ordinary posterior mean evaluated under the \nu-field law is controlled in the same way. Taking c_1>0 sufficiently small, (14.1), (14.5), and nr_ht_h=h now give
On the intermediate window, use l replicas in (6.2) with off-diagonal matrix entries \delta/l, where \delta>0 is sufficiently small and independent of l. The entropy variational inequality applied to \nu_b^{\otimes l} gives a multiple of b\|\nu_b(X)-m_o\|^2 bounded by a constant times \operatorname{KL}(\nu_b\Vert\mu_b) and the log-moment cost divided by \delta(l-1). Indeed the expectation of the tilt is exactly b\delta(l-1)\|\nu_b(X)-m_o\|^2/2, whereas the relative entropy is l\operatorname{KL}(\nu_b\Vert\mu_b).
The squared Hilbert–Schmidt norm of the tilt matrix is bounded by \delta^2, uniformly in l. Apply the same inequality to ordinary replicas, whose entropy cost is zero, and use \|a_b\|^2\le2\|\nu_b(X)-m_o\|^2+2\|\mu_b(X)-m_o\|^2. After averaging over the \nu-field law, this yields
Here \zeta>0 can be as small as desired by first taking a sufficiently large fixed l and then the relative log-moment error sufficiently small.
All exceptional field likelihoods are paid for by the same sup-norm bound. Gronwall on this fixed-ratio window, followed by a sufficiently small choice of \zeta, gives
The positive constant may depend on the fixed ratio L_1/c_1, which causes no loss of a power of n.
For later times let c_v be the good covariance bound: c_v=(1+\epsilon)/v up to s_0, and a fixed constant afterwards. Set M_v=\mathbb E^\nu\|\Lambda_v^{1/2}a_v\|^2. Conditional Jensen in (14.1), then Cauchy–Schwarz including its endpoint term, gives
We used 2H_E+\int_b^E M_v\,dv=2H_b.
The deterministic bounds \|\Sigma_v\|\le n, \|a_v\|\le2\sqrt n control the discarded integrals at polynomial cost. Squaring introduces only another negligible error, since all remaining factors are polynomially bounded on this range. As \Lambda_b=I below s_0, the coefficient in the resulting differential inequality for H_b is at most
and is bounded afterwards. Gronwall and (14.9) imply, with \kappa=(1+\epsilon)^2,
For a Bernoulli law with smaller atom z, the elementary two-point inequality is
One may first replace u by |u|. For comparable nonnegative values use \operatorname{Ent}(u^2)\le\operatorname{Var}(u^2)/\mathbb E u^2; if the values are not comparable, bound the entropy by the larger value squared times binary entropy and compare the difference of the values. For a spin of field v, \log(1/z)\le C(1+|v|). Tensorizing at the product endpoint and using (14.3) therefore gives
To justify the correlated exceptional term, put B_E=\{\max_i|(h_E)_i|>C'\sqrt h\}. Pointwise, \mathcal D_E(f)\le n\mu_E(f^2)=nw_E\le n\|f\|_\infty^2. Hence its contribution is at most
The weighted endpoint exception and the restricted supremum bound make this negligible. On B_E^c, pull out C'\sqrt h and use (14.3).
Combining (14.11) and (14.12) yields
At \kappa=1 the right side is c n^{-2/3}h^{7/6}. The initial choice of \epsilon in terms of \omega proves (14.4) in this range, since h\ge1 and the extra exponent of n can be less than \omega.
Small entropy.
In this range the test likelihood is only polynomially large, so the bottom-scale estimate can absorb its exceptional contribution. We use variance rather than entropy; the accumulated covariance bound has the leading exponent needed for the support profile. For h<K'\log n, use V_b=\mathbb E^\mu\operatorname{Var}_{\mu_b}(f) up to T. Cauchy–Schwarz on the support gives V_0\ge1-p\ge1/2. Filtering and the covariance bound imply
Here the exceptional errors can be made arbitrarily small polynomially: the test bound is polynomial in n, (12.8) has any required inverse-polynomial failure rate, and (12.5) is used only above a sufficiently large logarithmic threshold.
Specifically take b_*=(K''\log n/n)^{2/3}, with K'' enlarged as necessary. Below b_* use c_b\le Cn^{2/3}(\log\log(n+1000))^C from (12.8); its integral is o(\log n). Between b_* and s_0 use (1+\epsilon)/b, and then the bounded positive-time input. Thus
The same transfer and time-integrated Markov argument supplies one typical environment event for these assertions. Gronwall gives V_T\ge n^{-2/3-O(\epsilon)-o(1)}. The terminal gap and (14.3) give V_T\le C\mathcal D_J(f)+n^{-M}. The initial choice of \epsilon leaves enough power slack to absorb h\le K'\log n and obtain (14.4).
Entropy of order n. It remains to treat h>c'n. The maximum test likelihood no longer controls the fixed positive-time exceptions. Instead, we charge those exceptions to the relative entropy spent in changing the observation law. The resulting differential inequality forces that spent entropy to vanish at leading order. We show that, for every fixed C_*>0, with probability tending to one no test function in this range can have \mathcal D_J(f)\le C_*n^{1/3}. Taking C_*=1 implies the desired estimate because h\le(3+\log2)n.
The active class throughout this paragraph is still
We choose the diagnostics before selecting a violating function. Take a countable list of compact positive-time bands, integer rate multipliers A_*, the fixed dyadic outer-threshold grids from Section 13, and residual and mean tolerances tending to zero on each band. For each fixed finite collection, the integrated planted bounds, the size-bias lower bound, and Markov with unused rate slack give an ordinary disorder event of probability tending to one. Intersect it with the finite ordinary word diagnostics, the original spectral restriction used to define R, and the ordinary disorder event in Proposition 13.6. This intersection still has ordinary probability tending to one, and all its restrictions are independent of f. On this event the corresponding conditional reference-field bounds hold outside time sets whose Lebesgue measure tends to zero.
If the desired conclusion failed with probability bounded away from zero, diagonal selection would therefore give sizes tending to infinity, environments satisfying successively more of these finite collections, and a violating restricted function on each. All diagnostics in this selection precede that function. Work along such a sequence and define
These functions vanish at zero, are nondecreasing, and are 2-Lipschitz by (14.1) and \|a_b\|\le2\sqrt n. Passing to a subsequence, assume e_n\to e uniformly. We prove e=0.
For the fixed environment J and b\in[0,T], let B\in\mathcal F_b be an event of the observation history through b with \mathbb P_J^\mu(B)\le e^{-nw}, where w>0. The relative entropy of the restrictions of the two field laws to \mathcal F_b, conditional on this same J, followed by binary relative entropy, gives
Indeed this restricted field relative entropy is ne_n(b), and its projection to the indicator of B is at least \mathbb P_J^\nu(B)nw-\log2.
At small fixed positive times apply (13.1) with any fixed large rate multiplier A_*. Its bad event has w=A_*b^{3/2} in (14.14), after using rate slack in the environment transfer. On its complement, (13.1) implies the whole-region stability at A=V_y required by (13.2); that mean estimate uses no overlap lower bound. It makes \mathbb E^\nu[\|a_b\|^2/n] arbitrarily small as n\to\infty and then its tolerance tends to zero. To see the error scale explicitly, the additive energy error in that estimate has expectation at most
by (14.3). Since \|a_b\|/\sqrt n\le2, this error is charged linearly when estimating the squared drift.
On the bad event use the approximate-zero estimate (13.3). Write Q_b for the supremum of q(y) over the sufficiently-small-residual points occurring there. It yields, in squared units, an upper bound CQ_b plus the same vanishing error. For C\sqrt b\le u\le u_*, the outer estimate supplies \mathbb P_J^\mu(Q_b>u)\le e^{-cnu^3}. On a compact positive-time band, and with finitely many thresholds, one may use a single residual tolerance smaller than all those provided: an approximate zero at this tolerance remains one at each larger tolerance.
Put R_b=C'A_*^{1/3}\sqrt b, taking C' large enough for the outer range and the initial interval short enough that R_b\le u_*. If B_b is the stability failure, then 0\le Q_b\le1 gives
On a fixed compact band the moving thresholds are bracketed by the finite fixed dyadic grid described in Section 13, losing at most a fixed factor in their cubic rates. Binary transfer makes the first term at most CR_be(b)/(A_*b^{3/2}) in the limit, while the sum is at most
The final saturated tail uses the rate at u_* and contributes at most Ce(b)/u_*^3\le C_{u_*}e(b)/R_b^2. Thus no outer rate beyond the supported small range is used. Consequently, in integral form on every compact band in the initial interval,
The constant C is independent of A_*. To see this, first fix A_*, then take n\to\infty, and then send the mean tolerance to zero. The stability margins and the refined mean constants, which may depend on A_*, disappear in this order. The remaining coefficient comes from the absolute leading constant 2 in (13.3), the absolute outer-tail constants, and the fixed u_*.
Choose A_* so large that \theta=CA_*^{-2/3}<1. For 0<a<b in this interval, Gronwall and e(a)\le2a imply e(b)\le2b^\theta a^{1-\theta}; letting a\downarrow0 proves e(b)=0. On the remaining positive times, the fixed-rate version of (13.1), the good-field estimate (13.2), and (14.14) give e'\le Ce on each compact band. Therefore e=0 through T.
The selection at the start of this paragraph licenses these inequalities in integral form on every selected compact band. The omitted time sets have vanishing measure, and the uniform Lipschitz bound on e_n makes their contribution vanish. Thus the limiting conclusion e=0 applies to the selected sequence of violating functions.
As e(T)=0, (14.5) gives H_T\ge c'n-o(n). During the terminal extension the bounded covariance input holds with exponentially small exceptions even for an arbitrary input spin law. It therefore applies directly to the \nu-field law. The proof of (14.10) on this fixed interval gives H_E\ge cH_T-o(n)\ge c''n. At the product endpoint it is enough to use \max_i|(h_E)_i|\le C_B\sqrt n, with exception at most e^{-Bn} for any fixed B. This follows from \|R\|=O(1), \|X\|=\sqrt n, and Gaussian tails.
Choose B to pay the restricted bound f^2\le100e^{2h}. The deterministic estimate in (14.13), now with threshold C_B\sqrt n, and the corresponding weighted Gaussian tail control the correlated exceptional energy. The same product entropy estimate now gives
a contradiction. This completes all three ranges and the proposition.
14.3 Removing the bound on the test function
Theorem 14.2 (Uniform support profile). For every fixed \omega>0 there are c_\omega>0 and disorder events of probability tending to one on which, simultaneously for every nonzero real function f with p=\mu_J(f\ne0)\le1/2,
In particular the spectral gap for rate-one-per-site heat-bath dynamics is at least c_\omega(\log2)n^{-2/3-\omega} on the same event.
Proof. The restricted profile holds for every admissible test on one disorder event. We may therefore apply it to all dyadic pieces of an arbitrary function on that same event. Pieces too small to meet the likelihood bound will lose only a fixed fraction of the squared norm, and their combined heat-bath energy is bounded by the original energy.
It suffices to consider f\ge0: replacing f by |f| preserves its support and squared norm and cannot increase any conditional-variance form. For every integer j put
For a scalar u\ge0 the same truncations satisfy
For 2^m\le u\le2^{m+1} the sum is 4^m/3+(u-2^m)^2, which verifies both bounds; u=0 is immediate. Thus S:=\sum_jA_j is finite and lies between \mu(f^2)/4 and \mu(f^2).
The truncation increments also obey, for u\ge v\ge0,
The sum identity follows by integrating the indicators of the disjoint intervals (2^j,2^{j+1}). Hence \sum_jd_j^2\le(u-v)^2. Using the representation of conditional variance by two independent conditional samples gives
All sums are justified by nonnegativity and monotone convergence.
Discard indices with A_j<4^jp_j^2/100, as well as p_j=0. On \{f>2^j\} the preceding piece g_{j-1} is saturated, so A_{j-1}\ge4^{j-1}p_j. Since p_j\le p\le1/2, the discarded pieces satisfy
Every remaining normalized piece g_j/\sqrt{A_j} has squared supremum at most 4^j/A_j\le100/p_j^2. Proposition 14.1, on its single event valid for all test functions, therefore gives
Renaming the constant proves (14.16).
Finally, for an arbitrary real u choose a \mu-median m, so that u_+=(u-m)_+ and u_-=(m-u)_+ both have support mass at most 1/2. For each pair of values the squared increments of these two functions sum to at most the squared increment of u. Thus the support profile gives
This is the asserted gap bound.
The support profile and its Poincaré consequence complete the first functional route. Section 20 converts this endpoint to worst-start mixing in both time conventions.
15 Spectral caps and comparison with spherical spins
The cap route first compares partition functions and projected means with a Gaussian measure conditioned on a sphere. The comparison is uniform over macroscopic balls of edge fields. Its role is to control the values and slopes needed when differentiating a Gaussian observation convolution.
15.1 Observation and scale conventions
For a symmetric matrix A and field h, write
We write Z_p=Z_{J_p} once J_p has been defined, and use Z_A^{\rm sp} for the analogous integral against uniform probability on the sphere of radius \sqrt n. Gradients and Hessians of \phi_A are the Gibbs mean and covariance.
Here are the conventions for all cap sections. Every tolerance described as arbitrarily small is a fixed positive number chosen before n\to\infty. We write \eta_{\rm err} for such a tolerance, which can be decreased at later finite stages of the parameter selection; \eta_{\rm small} has the same meaning when a separate structural slack is needed. Neither symbol denotes a rate in n. Once the scale ratios, field ranges, and error tolerances have been fixed, the upper scale is chosen small enough, and only then is n taken large. Uniform o(1) terms refer to this order of limits. High probability, unless otherwise specified, only means probability tending to one. Variables called fields are in energy units. A Gaussian observation with precision B is the field increment Bx+N(0,B). Its effect on posterior log weights is to add the field and subtract B from the interaction matrix. One can use increasing precisions and independent noise increments (including Brownian observations). The logarithms of partition functions before an increment are obtained from those after it by log heat convolution. Additive constants in potentials don’t affect gradients, heat-tilted transition probabilities or Hessians. We use Euclidean matrix and vector norms; empirical averages have brackets, and sometimes we use |v|_n=|v|/\sqrt n.
The edge coordinates are eigenvectors with gap d_i=2-\lambda_i, in order of increasing gap. We condition in spectral-coordinate arguments on the eigenvalues, leaving the frame Haar. The observation scheme is given by the spectral functions
Write H_p=\operatorname{ran}P_p and d_p=\dim H_p=\operatorname{Tr}P_p; the spectral estimates below give d_p\asymp k_p. We use fields in H_p, and occasionally write P_p for this space. Field length units there are p^2 M_p; free-energy and projected-spin length units are k_p,M_p. The parameter p is small. Conditionally on J_p and the eigenvalues, refinements determining smaller caps use a fresh Haar rotation within P_p.
15.2 Spectral estimates at the bottom scale
The resolvent event of Lemma 5.1 covers the entire cap range. Indeed, if np_{\min}^3\asymp\sqrt{\log n}, then
Thus the lemma applies at d=\sqrt u for every u\ge c p^2, where p\ge p_{\min} and c>0 is fixed. In particular, on one ordinary disorder event of probability tending to one,
The count follows by applying the lemma on a dyadic grid in \sqrt u and using monotonicity between grid points. The ordinary empirical spectral measure also converges to the semicircle law.
Write m_J(u)=n^{-1}\operatorname{Tr}(d+u)^{-1}. The same lemma and b_{\rm sc}(2+u)=1-\sqrt u+O(u) give, uniformly for small u\ge cp^2,
Here nu^{3/2}\ge c^{3/2}np_{\min}^3\to\infty.
We will also use the precise edge counting measure. Put
For fixed v,w>0, its transform difference is exactly
The limiting expression equals the same integral against \pi^{-1}\sqrt x\,\mathbf1_{\{x>0\}}dx. The count bound above controls the tail of the integrand, which is O(x^{-2}), by O(R^{-1/2}) beyond R. Since the negative support lies in [-o(1),0], the measures (1+x)^{-2}\nu_p are tight. Uniqueness of their Stieltjes transforms therefore yields
All these statements are uniform in the cap range in the convention that n\to\infty after the fixed upper cutoff on p is chosen, and then that cutoff may be decreased. For example, a failure of uniformity would give a sequence of cap scales on which the uniform resolvent estimate and the same tightness argument give the displayed limit, a contradiction.
The spectral event is imposed once for all scales. Later failures of size e^{-a k_p} on a geometric cap list are also summable:
15.3 Spherical saddles, norm densities, and tails
We compare several times with spins uniform on the Euclidean sphere of radius \sqrt n, with superscript {\rm sp} for this change. Write \mu_{p,h} and \mu_{p,h}^{\rm sp} for the cube and spherical Gibbs probabilities normalized by Z_p(h) and Z_p^{\rm sp}(h). At the cap p with field h\in H_p in any fixed bounded range of field units, write
This fixes the spectral parameter \alpha=\alpha_p(h). At this solution we abbreviate R_p=R_{p,\alpha} and a_p=a_{p,\alpha}. For any admissible \alpha, let f_{p,\alpha,h}^{\rm norm} denote the density of \|N(R_{p,\alpha}h,R_{p,\alpha})\|^2. The spherical posterior is N(a_p,R_p) conditioned on squared norm n. One has -1+c\le\alpha/p^2\le C by the spectral facts. Conversely lengths for \alpha=0 satisfy, with b=4/(3\pi),
Changing \alpha by a small fraction of p^2 perturbs these by relative small amounts. For bounded arguments in scaled units the saddle and its inverse (squared field length as function of parameter, where nonnegative) are uniformly Lipschitz in scaled variables.
We record density-estimate details used below. Changing quadratic and linear tilts that retain a comparable spectral band, at fixed \alpha, uses ordinary Gaussian mgfs times the ratio of squared-norm densities at n, by polar coordinates. At the cap saddle the density at n is comparable to \sqrt{p/n}. Indeed the norm-square variance is of order n/p; in standard deviation units the characteristic function converges locally to e^{-t^2/2} after centering (Taylor expansion, max Gaussian coordinate variance divided by norm-square standard deviation O(1/\sqrt{k_p})). Absolute values are bounded by (1+c t^2/k_p)^{-c k_p} from top components alone, also in the noncentral case. This proves the assertion by Fourier inversion. The sphere restriction is imposed by conditioning a Gaussian squared norm. To transfer an exponential-moment estimate through this conditioning, we need a lower density at the original saddle and an upper density after the additional tilt, both on the same scale. The characteristic function below supplies these two bounds. Its central limit expansion gives the density near the mean, while an entire spectral band supplies an integrable bound away from the origin.
In diagonal coordinates, for Y_i=a_i+\sqrt{r_i}g_i the formula used is
A band of order k_p coordinates with r_i\asymp p^{-2} supplies the integrable majorant, and the remaining factors have absolute value at most one. The variance formula \operatorname{Var}(\sum_iY_i^2)=2\Tr R_p^2+4a_p^\top R_pa_p sets the scale n/p. This proves the centered lower density bound. It also gives the noncentral upper bound for a linear tilt, and for a quadratic tilt whenever the new covariance retains a band with the same size and comparable eigenvalues.
The same argument applies if an extra scalar multiple of p^2 P_p is added to the interaction keeping comparable gaps at the saddle. Upper bounds suffice without the exact trace constraint or centering.
We will use the corresponding bound for a fixed number m of replicas. Let independent spectral rows Y_i\in\mathbb R^m have laws N(a_i,C_i) with C_i\succ0, and put \mathcal Q_j=\sum_iY_{ij}^2. For T_t=\operatorname{diag}(t_1,\ldots,t_m), H_i=C_i^{1/2}T_tC_i^{1/2}, and \beta_i=C_i^{-1/2}a_i, the Gaussian quadratic formula gives
Suppose L>2 rows satisfy c s^{-1}I_m\preceq C_i\preceq C s^{-1}I_m. The singular values of H_i are at least c s^{-1} times those of T_t, even when T_t has both signs. Independence therefore yields
Each one-dimensional integral is at most Cs/\sqrt L. Fourier inversion then proves
Independent replicas at their original cap saddles have joint density at n\mathbf1 at least c_m(p/n)^{m/2}. Thus an additional Gaussian tilt that preserves the displayed band costs at most C_m(\sqrt s/p)^{m/2} in the norm-density ratio.
The density in this last comparison must be the density under the normalized tilted law. Indeed, for 0\le F\le1 with \E F>0,
where f_{\mathcal Q}^{F} is the norm density under \mathbb P_F; at n\mathbf1 we use the representatives given by polar coarea. For a tail F=\mathbf1_{\{\mathcal T\ge b\}}, exponential Markov gives the useful polar-conditioning form
Here the conditional quantities are defined by polar disintegration. For a rowwise linear or quadratic \mathcal T, the tilted law remains Gaussian: a factor e^{Y_i^\top A_iY_i/2+v_i^\top Y_i} changes the covariance to (C_i^{-1}-A_i)^{-1}. A strict positive precision margin that keeps a full band comparable to s^{-1}I_m permits (15.6) for f_{\mathcal Q}^{(\lambda)}. For a general projected test, its spherical failure probability will instead be an explicit hypothesis in the test-transfer argument below.
We also record the exact linear moment bound at a cap saddle. Polar conditioning with the parameter frozen at \alpha=\alpha_p(h) gives
The denominator uses the centered lower bound and the numerator the noncentral upper bound with the same covariance. Thus C_{\rm dens} is independent of n,p on the fixed bounded ranges used here.
Here are some tail estimates in this convention. For a fixed finite number of spherical replicas at a bounded cap tilt as above (also allowing the just-mentioned scalar modification), scaled projection norms \|P_p x\|/M_p above large v cost \exp(-c k_p v^6), up to a decrease in c; pair overlaps above r\ge C p, r small, cost \exp(-c n r^3). The same norm tail applies for the completely uncapped zero-field model. For detail, change the Gaussian parameter upward by s=\epsilon r^2 for overlaps (take r=v^2p\le1 for projection norms), \epsilon small. The cost in log normalizer for this is O(n s^{3/2}) for s\gg p^2, by integrating the trace deficit; bounded cap fields add at most O(k_p). At uncapped zero field one can start at parameter \rho p^2, fixed small \rho>0: the cost in the lower partition bound via its norm density is at most C k_p in addition to the log of the density scale \sqrt{p/n} (fill the O(np) deficit with one top Gaussian square, the other squares concentrating by Chebyshev).
In the changed Gaussian the mean contributes negligibly and the desired tails cost c n r^3\epsilon, by exponential Markov with parameter c's in the quadratic form (trace-square O(n/\sqrt s)).
For this exponential tilt the replica precision on a band of order ns^{3/2} rows remains comparable to sI, if the Markov parameter c's is a sufficiently small multiple of s. Equations (15.7) and (15.6) therefore bound the joint norm-density ratio for m replicas by C_{m,\epsilon}(r/p)^{m/2}; for a pair it is C_\epsilon r/p. This introduces no separate factor in n when r\asymp p. For r\ge p its logarithm is absorbed by the tail exponent because nr^3=k_p(r/p)^3 and k_p\to\infty. More precisely, for fixed a>0,
uniformly once k_p is large. Taking \epsilon small and then C large gives the assertions. For overlaps at cap saddles with zero field one also has below order p cost \exp(O(1)-c n p r^2) by the same density/mgf argument at the saddle. For angular-moment comparisons at overlaps bounded away from zero we give details separately below.
15.4 Uniform comparison of values and means
Comparing the Ising and spherical models by rotation has precedents in Comets [14]; critical free-energy and overlap comparisons also appear in Du–Huang [16, 17]. The statement below includes the field and posterior-test uniformity required by the covariance argument.
Proposition 15.1 (Static cap comparison). Fix a field radius R<\infty, an error tolerance \eta>0, and a geometric ratio in (0,1). There is a sufficiently small upper scale p_0>0 such that, with probability tending to one, simultaneously over a geometric list of caps p\le p_0 with np^3\ge c\sqrt{\log n} and all h\in P_p\mathbb R^n satisfying \|h\|\le R p^2 M_p, one has
The projected norm tails proved above hold, with a decreased positive exponential constant, under these cube posteriors and under the uncapped zero-field cube posterior. The statement remains valid for any fixed finite collection of auxiliary geometric cap lists. The zero-field concentration and density estimates used in the proof also allow bounded scalar modifications of the cap interaction whose spherical saddle gaps remain comparable to p^2.
Proof. It suffices to prove the value comparison on a slightly larger prescribed ball, with an error \varepsilon_v k_p chosen below the requested value error. To see the mean implication, let u\in H_p be a unit vector and choose t>0 so that h\pm tu stay in the larger ball. The two value bounds and (15.8) give
Jensen’s inequality in the two signs yields
Set t=\theta p^2M_p, and take u along the projected discrepancy. The saddle separation gives p^2\|R_p|_{H_p}\|\le C, while p^2M_p^2=k_p. Hence
Choose \theta from the desired mean tolerance, then \varepsilon_v\ll\theta^2, and finally k_p large. The larger ball provides the same fixed margin at boundary fields. We now prove the value comparison and the stated test transfers.
Replica Gram comparison. Haar first moments agree exactly for cube and sphere. For l-th moments, l fixed, the angular average once the replica Gram matrix is given is again the same. At off-diagonal normalized overlaps bounded by small \rho the cube Gram law is bounded by the spherical law, with factor
using comparison cells of radius O_l(1/n). Indeed the off-diagonal products of the signs in a row form a bounded lattice vector in fixed dimension l(l-1)/2, with identity covariance. Exponential tilting gives near the origin a local upper probability bound C_l n^{-l(l-1)/4} times the Cramér exponential. The prefactor follows by Fourier inversion (off neighborhoods of the finite dual-lattice points in the torus one has strict decay, uniformly in small tilts). Its entropy rate agrees with -\frac12\log\det Q, Q the Gram matrix with diagonal one, up to and including degree three: the only nonzero third moments are triangles, giving the cubic term minus the sum of triangle monomials. The spherical density proportional to (\det Q)^{(n-l-1)/2}, by successive projection of unit vectors, has the reciprocal-width prefactor. Cells of sidelength comparable to 1/n can be taken disjoint. Cholesky coordinates on the angular integral have bounded derivatives near the identity so change of the exponential weights on the cells costs O_l(1) in logarithm. Inequalities on projected samples used as restrictions there can correspondingly be thickened by O_l(1/n) in unit-sphere norm.
For two replicas and \rho\le n^{-0.27}, the binomial masses equal spherical masses on overlap cells of width 2/n to relative o(1). At zero field the angular integrand is even increasing in absolute overlap (the sum/difference orthogonal coordinates have weights with coefficients 1+r,1-r); thus these cell comparisons can then use monotonicity instead of a constant-factor loss.
Zero field and overlaps bounded away from zero. Fix the eigenvalues and let \E_O denote Haar averaging of the eigenframe. At uncapped zero field, and also for a small zero-field cap with the bounded scalar modifications above and comparable saddle separation, we have the following formulas. Here A denotes the uncapped interaction J or the indicated capped interaction.
For the second assertion, outside n^{-0.27} up to a small constant, (15.10) costs less than the spherical tail gain on dyadic bands. For the uncapped sphere use the preceding overlap argument with lower-normalizer scale p taken minimal. At overlaps bounded away from zero the net exponential is strictly negative even with binomial weights. Here is one verification. In sum and difference orthogonal coordinates, upper exponents are bounded by the spherical free energies at 1+|r| and 1-|r|; restriction to the orthogonal hyperplane does not change the bound by interlacing. In the limit at zero cutoff the spherical upper bound F(t), exact at 1, has F'(t)=t/2 for 0<t\le1 and F'(t)=1-1/(2t) above 1. This follows by Gaussian change of density with precision t(w-J), giving per-site bound (tw-1-\log t-n^{-1}\log\det(w-J))/2, optimized at w=t+1/t below one and at w=2+0^+ above. The per-site density correction for the upper bound at strictly positive separation is o(1), also in the hyperplane; equality at 1 follows by the deficit-filling lower bound. Hence F(1+r)+F(1-r)-2F(1)<r^2/2, whereas the binomial cost is at least r^2/2. Continuity handles endpoints, and a small operator-norm change of the matrices preserves these strict bounds.
All errors giving convergence of the moment ratio are summable over our geometric list (Stirling errors negative powers of n; tails for |r|\ge n^{-0.27} exponentially small in a power of n). This proves zero-field concentration and transfers projection tails, by the first moment and Markov.
Positive moments and uniform upper bounds. The zero-field comparison supplies a denominator and removes pairs with macroscopic overlap. At a nonzero field, we first keep the replicas in the small-overlap region and compare their joint Gram law. The resulting high-moment estimates have two uses: they control the upper value of the partition function, and they transfer a posterior test whose spherical failure has a positive exponential rate. The latter use requires an additive estimate on discarded replicas after the denominator has been bounded below.
For bounded field lengths, high positive moments restricted to small overlaps among all replicas have normalized exponents as small as desired in units k_p, by (15.10) and the spherical tail at overlaps above C p; the relative error O_l(np^4) here suffices. The restriction discards a negligible relative contribution with high probability in the quenched model, uniformly: pairs at overlap above fixed small cutoff have exponentially small probability at cap zero field by the preceding argument, and the field costs only O(n p^{5/2}). One may take the upper scale small after fixing l.
Here is the normalized form of the test transfer used later. Fix the eigenvalues and a field u in the spectral copy of H_p; in physical coordinates J_p(O)=O J_p^{\rm diag}O^\top and h_O=Ou. Let E_u be one of the projected-configuration events described by the Gram-cell comparison, with fixed geometric slack. Write E_u^+ for its specified thickening: whenever a configuration satisfies E_u, all configurations in the same Gram cell satisfy E_u^+. Define the tested, unnormalized sum
Its ratio to Z_{p,O}(u)=Z_p(h_O) is the posterior tested probability. Assume that the spherical probability of E_u^+ is at most e^{-c k_p}. For l independent copies, let \mathcal Z_{E,l}^{\rm small}(O,u) be the sum defining Z_{p,E,O}(u)^l, restricted to pair overlaps below the fixed small cutoff. The Gram comparison and the spherical tail give
For fixed l, the exponent loss \eta_l>0 can be made as small as prescribed by decreasing the upper scale; this includes the O_l(np^4) Gram error. The remaining o_n(k_p) is taken afterward. The spherical denominator depends only on the spectral field u. On overlap bands larger than Cp, Cauchy–Schwarz divides the spherical test cost by two and the remaining spherical overlap cost pays (15.10). This is the source of the factor 1/2.
Let b_l(O,u) be the posterior l-replica probability that some pair exceeds the fixed overlap cutoff. Directly from the decomposition of the replica sum,
On the quenched high-probability zero-field event, the pair estimate above, followed by the bounded-field change of density, makes b_l exponentially small in n, uniformly after the upper scale is chosen small for fixed l. Once the value lower bound proved below gives Z_{p,O}(u)\ge e^{-\varepsilon_v k_p}Z_p^{\rm sp}(h_O), Markov’s inequality applied to (15.11) shows that
Choose c'<c/2 and \varepsilon_v<c/2-c'. Increasing the fixed replica number l, and only then decreasing the upper scale, gives any prescribed fixed Haar failure rate. The separately bounded event for b_l is added after normalization, as the displayed decomposition requires. The untested positive moments give the upper value bounds.
The reusable test statement takes the spherical rate as a hypothesis. Linear and quadratic projection tests, including bounded spectral transformations, supply that rate through (15.7) when their exponential tilt retains the required precision margin. When a later concrete test also uses Gaussian observation noise, each replica receives an independent noise mark. Its application must check the same cellwise inclusion with those marks fixed; a small spherical probability alone does not extend the statement to an arbitrary bounded test.
Upper value bounds extend uniformly by convexity from a fine constant mesh on a larger ball. The zero-field bound (and evenness) then gives a Lipschitz constant in scaled units on inner balls. Posterior tests with slack and positive-rate tails can likewise use nets, by restricting the change of density to bounded projection lengths first (the removed large-length tails follow from the zero-field version and absorption). We only use nets of size \exp(O(k_p)).
Angular lower bounds and gradients. Upper moments alone do not provide a lower value at every field direction. We first obtain a set of directions on each length sphere where the value is large and the projected gradient is close to its prediction. The scalar modification of the cap turns a zero-field partition comparison into an average over such a sphere. A second-moment estimate then controls how small this set of directions can be.
First, on each fixed length sphere in field space, up to arbitrarily small log losses in scaled units its angular partition average has the predicted lower bound with high probability. To see this at nonzero length add a scalar interaction on P_p to J_p so that, at the parameter \alpha predicted for the given length, the eigenvalue of R_p on P_p increases by \|a_p\|^2/{\rm Tr}P_p. This restores the trace to n, with comparable separation. Decouple the addition by a centered Gaussian. Under the integrated spherical weight the field length thus generated concentrates exponentially at the specified length (the unconditioned generated field using the modified saddle is Gaussian, with mean zero and expected squared length precisely \|h\|^2; the norm constraint has at most polynomial cost in k_p, by density bounds, or by a small quadratic tilt with the bounds above). By first moment and the zero-field two-moment argument at the modified cap the same shell has nearly all the integrated cube weight. Narrowing the shell to any fixed tolerance and using the scaled Lipschitz bounds gives the claim.
Angular second moments of Z/Z^{\rm sp} are at most e^{\eta_{\rm err}\,k_p} with high probability by the small-overlap comparison. Moreover the two-replica numerator cost is e^{-c_\tau k_p} for
as follows. In the two independent canonical Gaussians, the exponential factor e^{\pm\theta p^2(P_pX-a_p)^\top(P_pX'-a_p)} changes each two-replica precision by an off-diagonal block of size \theta p^2 on H_p. For sufficiently small \theta the cap band remains comparable to p^2I_2, and the Gaussian log moment is at most C\theta^2 k_p. Equation (15.7) then gives exponent -\theta\tau k_p+C\theta^2k_p+O(1); choosing \theta as a small multiple of \tau gives the stated spherical rate. The Gram comparison transfers it to the angular numerator. Polynomial weights in the scaled projections are handled by the projected norm tails.
Thus there is a set of angular measure at least e^{-\eta k_p}, for arbitrarily small prescribed \eta, where the lower value holds up to error \eta k_p and gradients differ from a_p in projection by any prescribed small fraction of M_p. Indeed discard the points with low value and those with large normalized mean discrepancy in the angular first moment (use the two-replica bound and Cauchy-Schwarz), then use the angular second moment. Losses in these arguments can be chosen in order after the tolerances. Length grids suffice. At these directions, the value and gradient estimates define supporting planes. Evaluating those planes at another field gives a lower bound there. The Gaussian moment-generating-function bound and the bounded saddle range show that the extra scaled loss is a small multiple of the distance plus a constant multiple of its square.
Refinement from a coarser cap. The remaining task is to reach every child field from the large-value sets just constructed. Freeze the child saddle parameter and use its canonical Gaussian observation as a reference bridge to a coarser cap. Under this reference law the parent length is predictable. Fresh Haar refinement makes the reference field close to the useful parent directions, and their supporting planes convert that distance estimate into a lower bound for the child value. The gain must pay for a net at the child scale; this is why the additional scale ratio is chosen small.
For this comparison it is useful to retain the exact normalization of the frozen Gaussian quadratic. For any admissible \alpha, define
The determinant is on the ambient space. Coarea in squared radius gives, for every such \alpha,
This identity also follows by writing the Gaussian density on \|x\|^2=n: its factor independent of x is (2\pi)^{-n/2}(\det R_{u,\alpha})^{-1/2} e^{-n(2+\alpha)/2-h^\top R_{u,\alpha}h/2}, and the squared-radius coarea factor is \pi^{n/2}n^{n/2-1}/\Gamma(n/2).
To obtain a uniform lower bound at c, write c=rp for a very small fixed ratio r, using an additional coarser cap list. Put \Delta=B_p-B_c, freeze \alpha=\alpha_c(h_c), and abbreviate R_u=R_{u,\alpha}, a_c=R_ch_c. Since R_c^{-1}=R_p^{-1}-\Delta, Gaussian integration gives
The corresponding probability law for the parent field is
Equivalently, sample X\sim N(a_c,R_c) without norm conditioning and set Y=h_c+\Delta X+N(0,\Delta). Then X\mid Y=y\sim N(R_py,R_p). Conditioning this joint law on \|X\|^2=n gives the spherical transition and the exact density ratio
The numerator here is generally evaluated away from the parent’s own saddle. Let \widehat\alpha=\alpha_p(y). From (15.15),
The first \alpha-derivative of q_{p,\alpha}^{\rm fr}(y) is \tfrac12(n-\Tr R_{p,\alpha}-\|R_{p,\alpha}y\|^2), which vanishes at \widehat\alpha. Its second derivative is \tfrac14\operatorname{Var}_{p,\alpha,y}(\|X\|^2). Thus, with d_\alpha=\alpha-\widehat\alpha,
On bounded ranges with comparable gaps this variance is O(n/p). Consequently a shell |\widehat\alpha-\alpha|\le\tau p^2 costs at most C\tau^2k_p in the logarithm. The centered parent and child densities have ratio of order \sqrt{p/c}, so their logarithmic cost is O_r(1). This is a statement about the ratio: each individual density contains the factor n^{-1/2}.
The true heat convolution, rewritten using \mathsf G=\mathsf G_{c,p}^{h_c}, is
Jensen and (15.15) therefore give
We must bound both expectations from below, including the reference fields outside any fixed shell. We first prove that the normalization term satisfies
Here R is the prescribed child field radius. Since r is fixed and k_c=r^3k_p\to\infty, this loss is o(k_c) even at the bottom scale.
Averaged normalization loss. The child saddle bounds give -1+\kappa_R\le\alpha/c^2\le C_R, with constants depending on R before r is chosen. Taking r small makes |\alpha|/p^2 small. Put
Then d_p\asymp k_p, v\asymp p^{-2}, D\asymp np, and \Tr R_p^2\asymp n/p. For the deficit, changing the parameter from zero to \alpha changes the trace by at most C|\alpha|n/p=O_R(r^2np), while (15.4) gives the positive deficit (b+o(1))np at zero. The same estimates hold in a sufficiently small fixed p^2-neighborhood of \alpha.
We need a density lower bound valid for every y\in H_p. Split the squared norm of N(R_py,R_p) as S_a+S_b, where the independent active and bulk parts have laws
Write D_b=n-\E S_b=D+d_pv\asymp np. Since \Var S_b\le Cn/p, Chebyshev gives
On this event t=n-S_b\in[D_b/2,3D_b/2]. Spherical integration in the active space, followed by Jensen with a uniform unit vector \omega\in H_p, gives
Here t/(d_pv) lies in a fixed compact subset of (0,\infty). Stirling’s bound for the chi-square density therefore gives f_{v\chi_{d_p}^2}(t)\ge C^{-1}(v\sqrt{d_p})^{-1}e^{-Ck_p}. Convolving over the bulk event proves
The child density is comparable to \sqrt{c/n}, and the noncentral upper bound from (15.5) bounds the parent density by C\sqrt{p/n} for every y. Their common n^{-1/2} factor thus cancels before taking logarithms. In particular the logarithmic ratio in (15.20) is integrable under the Gaussian bridge.
For its sharper average bound, set T=R_c-R_p and W=\|R_pY\|^2. The bridge and the child saddle equation give
Indeed \Tr R_c^2\le C_Rn/c, \|R_c\|\le C_Rc^{-2}, and \|a_c\|^2\le C_Rnc. Fix a sufficiently small \delta>0 and put \mathcal C=\{|W-D|\le\delta np\}. The Gaussian quadratic moment formula bounds \log\E e^{t(W-D)} by C_Rt^2n/c for |t|\le c_Rc^2. Exponential Markov in both signs consequently gives \mathsf G(\mathcal C^c)\le C_{R,r,\delta}e^{-a_{R,r,\delta}k_p}.
On \mathcal C, monotonicity of the saddle equation places \widehat\alpha=\alpha_p(Y) in the comparable-gap neighborhood above: the derivative of \Tr R_{p,s}+\|R_{p,s}Y\|^2-n has negative magnitude at least c_2n/p there. Integrating that derivative to each endpoint first locates the root, and then gives
Along the intervening parameter segment, the norm-square variance is at most Cn/p. The centered density bounds and (15.18) imply on \mathcal C that
For the complement, \|Y\|^2/(p^4M_p^2)\asymp W/(np) has bounded second moment. Cauchy–Schwarz and the preceding exponential tail show that the negative contribution allowed by (15.21) is at most C_{R,r,\delta}k_pe^{-a_{R,r,\delta}k_p/2}=o(1). This proves the lower bound in (15.20). Integrability and (15.17) identify its expectation with -D_{\rm KL}(\mathsf G\Vert\mathsf T_{c,p}^{\rm sp}), which proves the upper bound.
Averaging the parent supporting planes. On a finite length grid near the typical parent length, let \mathcal U be the closed set of fields z satisfying
Choose \varepsilon_a,\varepsilon_g using the preceding angular argument, so that these sets have angular measure at least e^{-\eta k_p} on each grid sphere, with \eta as small as required. The set \mathcal U uses only parent data and the prescribed radii, so it is fixed under the fresh refinement. These anchors lie in a fixed bounded parent field range. Convexity gives a lower supporting plane for \phi_p at z. On the spherical side, (15.8), frozen at the own saddle of z, gives
This holds for every y\in H_p: the denominator density is centered at z, and the numerator has the same covariance, so its noncentral upper bound is independent of y. Subtracting the two inequalities yields the global estimate
Put d(y)=\operatorname{dist}(y,\mathcal U)/(p^2M_p) and D_2=\E_{\mathsf G}d(Y)^2. Choosing a nearest anchor and averaging (15.22) gives
In particular this average includes all Gaussian length tails.
To bound this distance, put \ell_*=(p^2+\alpha)\sqrt D. The child saddle \alpha depends only on the eigenvalues and \|h_c\|, since h_c\in H_c; thus \ell_* is independent of the fresh orientation. The preceding variance estimate gives
Let the grid mesh be at most \xi p^2M_p. Under Haar averaging the direction of Y is uniform conditional on its length. Choose a grid radius within \xi p^2M_p of \ell_* and apply spherical concentration to its anchor set of angular measure at least e^{-\eta k_p}. The radial bound and the triangle inequality give
where O denotes the fresh refinement. Hence the Haar average of \sqrt{D_2} is as small as prescribed. Its Frobenius Lipschitz constant is at most C\sqrt r+O_r(k_p^{-1/2}). Indeed the reference field in parent units has mean norm O(\sqrt r) and covariance norm O_r(1/k_p); the Gaussian L^2 norm of its change between two rotations bounds the change of its L^2 distance to the fixed set \mathcal U. Haar Lipschitz concentration therefore gives D_2\le\epsilon r^3+o(1) except with probability \exp(-c_3\epsilon r^2k_p) (proper rotations suffice). The constants before choosing r depend only on the prescribed child field range. First choose \epsilon from the requested child value error \varepsilon_v, then choose r sufficiently small that the failure rate pays for the fixed fine child net, whose size is \exp(O(k_c))=\exp(O(r^3k_p)). Next choose \varepsilon_a,\varepsilon_g,\eta,\xi so that the Haar mean of \sqrt{D_2} is smaller than \tfrac12\sqrt{\epsilon r^3} and the coefficient \varepsilon_a+\varepsilon_g\sqrt{D_2}+CD_2 is a sufficiently small multiple of \varepsilon_vr^3 on the retained event. Then choose the upper cap scale sufficiently small for the preceding angular estimates, and finally take n large with all parameters fixed. Equations (15.19), (15.20), and (15.23) give the child lower bound throughout the net. Extend by the scaled Lipschitz bound. All finitely many grids and extra lists, with positive-rate failures per k_p or the summable zero-field errors above, retain high probability. This proves (15.9).
16 Transport of the radial covariance deficit
We now propagate a covariance estimate from one cap to the next. The spherical saddle supplies a radial deficit, while a fresh Haar refinement reduces the transverse error. Section 18 constructs an initial potential and replaces it, after finitely many levels, by the true partition function. Work on successive levels p,c=\gamma p with \gamma a very small fixed ratio. For s>0, define
with small fixed \sigma>0. We will start with auxiliary smooth log potentials close in gradient norm by a bounded amount to the true ones there. This auxiliary phase lasts only a fixed number of levels, which can be arbitrarily large but is independent of n. Thereafter the potentials are the true ones. In either case write
For the true potential, K_p=\operatorname{Cov}_{\mu_{p,h}}(P_pX) as an operator on H_p. Thus every cap curvature assertion below concerns H_p. In the auxiliary case we require smoothness only on the used annulus, and the starting auxiliary function can itself be a Gaussian convolution. Potentials at subsequent levels in the auxiliary phase are computed by heat convolution, using a semiconcave extension at each step, defined below. Additive calibrations of these potentials on (16.1) are harmless. The invariants are as follows; all uniformities on an annulus are pointwise everywhere. The saddle equation gives
The annulus is therefore separated from zero. In the frame radial and transverse to e=h/\|h\|, put D=p^2(K_p-R_p^H)\in\operatorname{Sym}(H_p). Then
Here K_0 is a sufficiently large absolute constant. We can take \delta a sufficiently high fixed power of \gamma, and \sigma likewise. The negative radial sign also controls the full positive part. If z=D_{\perp e} and v=v_\perp+v_e e, then
Hence D\preceq C\delta I_{H_p} and \|D\|\le\max(K_0,C\delta). Throughout multiscale estimates constants polynomially bad in \gamma^{-1} from inverses with fixed spectral formulas are allowed (the powers do not depend on \delta,\sigma); the small powers used for tolerances can be chosen with sufficiently large fixed exponents. Macroscopic value and gradient errors relative to the spherical predictions can be taken as tiny as subsequently required. This is by (15.9); in the auxiliary phase we use the gradient comparison just mentioned with the true model, which integrates to o(k_p) value oscillation error on (16.1) since the scales in that phase are fixed constants. The starting potential, its auxiliary randomness if any, and the gradient error are intrinsic given the current cap data and independent of the unused Haar refinement.
The extension used in an auxiliary step is one function selected from the full parent annulus using only these parent data. It agrees with the parent potential on an inner annulus with fixed slack, has at most quadratic growth, and has a global upper Hessian bound (1+\gamma^4/100)I/p^2 after the curvature tolerances are made sufficiently small. This is the semiconcavity bound that controls its Gaussian convolution. The supporting-quadratic construction below verifies these properties without using the child eigenframe. For a true parent the extension is used only to estimate the transition; the output remains the true child potential.
Proposition 16.1 (One cap step). Fix a bounded child field range for the one-off evaluation conclusion below. There are a sufficiently large absolute K_0 and a sufficiently small ratio \gamma>0 with the following property. Choose \sigma as a sufficiently high fixed power of \gamma, and then choose \delta as a still higher fixed power, allowing these tolerances to depend on the prescribed field range. Let a parent potential at scale p be intrinsic to the capped data, satisfy the value and gradient comparisons above, and satisfy (16.2) at all fields in (16.1). Use the semiconcave extension just described when forming an auxiliary child potential. For a true parent, retain the true child potential. Condition on the parent data and used auxiliary randomness \mathscr F_p described below, on which these hypotheses and the \mathscr F_p-measurable parent-level conclusions of the static comparison hold, including the projected posterior tail and moment bounds for this capped parent. The separate o(1) failure probability used to obtain these parent conclusions remains outside the conditional estimate below. Then, uniformly over such parent data, the probability over the unused Haar refinement O that (16.2) fails at c=\gamma p anywhere on the child annulus is at most
for fixed positive a,a'. The same inequalities hold with strict slack on the complementary event. These failure probabilities are summable over the geometric cap list.
At intermediate ratios c/p\in[\gamma,1), if the frozen parameter stays inside the agreement domain with fixed slack, the transverse error and mixed block tend to zero with the parent errors, the total scaled Hessian is bounded, and the radial deficit is at least 0.26. The same deterministic evaluation bounds hold for c/p\in[\gamma^2,\gamma] under this interior-parameter condition. For a true parent and the prescribed bounded child field range there is also a sufficiently small fixed evaluation-ratio interval on which the upper child curvature is at most C/c^2, with C depending only on that field range. This last evaluation uses supports centered at the frozen parameter, constructed at the end of the proof. All statements are uniform down to np^3\asymp\sqrt{\log n}.
The proof occupies the remainder of this section. Its probabilistic step is used only at ratio \gamma; the intermediate-scale conclusions are consequences of the deterministic covariance bounds.
16.1 Semiconcave extensions and the observation bridge
We make the measurability in a refinement explicit. Conditional on the eigenvalues and the capped matrix J_p, let \mathscr F_p include all auxiliary randomness already used to construct the parent potential. The construction is required to be measurable with respect to \mathscr F_p; it does not reveal the orientation of the unequal eigenvalues within the flat eigenspace P_p. Choose a fixed orthonormal identification of this space with \mathbb R^{d_p}, where d_p=\Tr P_p. The remaining refinement is an orthogonal matrix O which is Haar and independent of \mathscr F_p. All spectral projectors and increments below are obtained by conjugating fixed diagonal matrices by O. This independence is the reason for the auxiliary refinement used in Section 18.
After a step, the increment \Delta=B_p-B_c is a function of J_p and J_c and is scalar on P_c. Thus the output auxiliary potential depends only on the new capped data and previously introduced independent seeds; it does not reveal the internal eigenframe of P_c. Conditional on these data the next finer rotation is Haar.
For c=xp<p, put
Every inverse of \Delta is taken on E, after omitting the zero increment coordinates. An inverse is taken before its block is compressed to U. In particular [M^{-1}]_{UU} generally differs from [M_{UU}]^{-1}. The child increment is the scalar \Delta_U=(1-x^2)p^2I_U.
For a child field h_c, the exact convolution and its transition probability are
For an auxiliary step, the function convolved in these equations is the selected extension \bar\phi_p defined below; its logarithmic convolution defines the child potential. For the true partition function the equations follow by integrating the Gaussian linear tilt for each spin. Freeze the child saddle parameter \alpha and put R_u=R_{u,\alpha} for u=c,p. Replacing the convolved potential by q_{p,\alpha}^{\rm fr} from (15.14) gives the canonical probability \mathsf G_{c,p}^{h_c}. Under this law,
These identities follow from R_c^{-1}=R_p^{-1}-\Delta, as in (15.16). The covariance R_c-R_p is supported on E. The reference spin Gaussian is sampled without norm conditioning.
The parent Hessian estimate holds on an annulus, whereas the convolution integrates over the full increment space. We extend the potential to make the convolution globally controlled, while preserving it on the fields the bridge visits with high probability. The extension must be determined by the parent data alone: using the child refinement in its construction would consume the randomness needed for transverse compression.
Here is one parent-measurable extension with the needed buffers. The radius corresponding to a saddle parameter is
Thus \mathcal A_p(s) is the radial annulus between \ell_p(-sp^2) and \ell_p(sp^2). Put
Half the distance from S_0 to H_p\setminus S_1, and from S_1 to H_p\setminus S_2, gives buffers \rho_{01},\rho_{12}\asymp \sigma p^2M_p. In particular S_0+B(0,\rho_{01})\subset S_1, and a segment of length at most \rho_{12} from a point of S_1 lies in S_2.
Let f_p=\phi_p|_{H_p} be the parent before extension and set
We claim that every pair z,w\in S_1 satisfies
For \|w-z\|\le\rho_{12}, the segment stays in S_2. There (16.2) and its positive-part bound give
after choosing \sigma,\delta below the excess \zeta. Integrating the Hessian on the segment proves (16.6) in this case.
For \|w-z\|\ge\rho_{12}, put d=w-z and freeze the own saddle at z. The value comparison, the gradient comparison, and (15.8) give
In an auxiliary step, \varepsilon_v,\varepsilon_g also include the calibrated auxiliary errors. With \beta_{\rm buf}=\rho_{12}/(p^2M_p), the last three terms are at most
Choose these errors after the buffers so that this quantity fits below the remaining excess of L_p. This proves (16.6) for every support pair.
Now define the single function
At y\in S_1, (16.6) bounds every term below by f_p(y), and the term z=y equals it. Thus \bar\phi_p=f_p on S_1, in particular on a neighborhood of S_0. Subtracting \tfrac12y^\top L_py leaves an infimum of affine functions, hence a concave function. The support set is bounded and its values and slopes are bounded, so this infimum is finite and has at most quadratic growth. Consequently \nabla^2\bar\phi_p\preceq L_p in the distributional sense. The construction uses only the parent annulus and parent function, so it is \mathscr F_p-measurable and consumes no part of O.
On E the convolution has the strict margin
The extended terminal density is therefore strongly log-concave in the whitened increment coordinates. In the true phase the extension is used only to estimate the transition; the output is the true child. If smoothing is needed, mollify the extension and pass to the limit at fixed n. Inside the buffered agreement region the mollifications converge to the original smooth potential with its derivatives.
We next record precisely how canonical estimates pass to a terminal transition. Let V_p be the potential actually convolved, either \bar\phi_p in an auxiliary step or the true \phi_p, and set
For fixed parent data and child field, the exact likelihood ratio is
Let \widehat\alpha=\alpha_p(y) and take a shell \mathcal S_\tau=\{|\widehat\alpha-\alpha|\le\tau p^2\} lying inside the buffered agreement region. Under \mathsf G, its complement has probability at most e^{-a_\tau k_p} for each fixed \tau>0, by (16.5) and the saddle derivative estimate. On \mathcal S_\tau, the static comparison or its calibrated auxiliary version, together with (15.18), gives, for a separately chosen normalization shell \mathcal S_{\tau_0} with 0<\tau_0<\tau,
The denominator is bounded below by integrating e^F on the narrower shell. Choosing \tau, then \tau_0, and then the comparison errors makes the exponent at most \eta k_p for any prescribed fixed \eta>0.
The shell complement requires its own estimate. Write d(y)=|\|y\|-\ell_p(\alpha)|/(p^2M_p). The canonical bridge has
The first identity follows from \E\|R_pY\|^2=\|a_c\|^2+\Tr(R_c-R_p)=n-\Tr R_p, since R_p is scalar on H_p. Gaussian concentration for the norm, together with 0\le\sqrt{\E\|Y\|^2}-\E\|Y\|\le \sqrt{\|\Cov(Y)\|}, therefore gives
In particular this estimate applies at every fixed shell threshold once n is sufficiently large. For the extended potential, a support from the frozen typical sphere, with the calibrated value there, bounds F(y) above by a fixed reference level plus
Leaving \mathcal S_\tau requires d(Y)\ge c_0\tau on the comparable-gap range. Choose \eta_{\rm small}<c\gamma^2/2, then choose \tau_0 and the comparison errors so that the normalization loss 2\varepsilon_v+C\tau_0^2, together with \eta_{\rm err}, is less than (c\gamma^2-\eta_{\rm small})c_0^2\tau^2/2. The narrower shell has canonical probability tending to one for every fixed \tau_0>0. Integrating the tail against the upper support with this normalization budget gives, for every fixed integer j,
For a true transition, on each bounded field range the static value comparison and the frozen numerator norm-density upper bound control F by its calibrated level plus \varepsilon_vk_p+C. The same normalization budget and (16.10) then control the bounded part of the shell complement. Beyond that range, the projected v^6 tail at parent zero field is multiplied by at most e^{Ck_p(1+v^2)} from the added quadratic, so e^{-ck_pv^6+Ck_p(1+v^2)} bounds the large-length contribution and all fixed polynomial moments. Gaussian observation noise has the corresponding quadratic tail. These estimates make the error from replacing a true transition by its extension exponentially small in scaled covariance units. Indeed the two unnormalized terminal densities agree on S_1. If each normalized law assigns at most \varepsilon to its complement, their normalization ratio lies between 1-\varepsilon and (1-\varepsilon)^{-1}; the complementary moment bounds then control the difference of their means and covariances.
The same statements hold for x\in[\gamma,1) whenever the frozen parameter lies inside parent agreement with fixed slack; one use is |\alpha|\le2\sigma(\gamma p)^2. As x\uparrow1, the canonical increment covariance shrinks proportionally to 1-x, so the probability of leaving agreement is at most C e^{-a k_p/(1-x)}. The support and projection estimates give the same bound for the relevant true-transition errors. This exponential factor pays every fixed power of 1/(1-x). For derivative integrals on a true transition we use the projected trace bound
The projected moment tails therefore leave only polynomial factors in k_p, rather than an ambient rank factor.
16.2 Upper and lower covariance transport
We use the Brascamp–Lieb variance inequality [10]; its relation to log-concavity and logarithmic Sobolev inequalities is discussed in [8]. The paired upper and lower covariance bounds also have the form used in [13, Lemma 7 and Appendix A]. The output Hessian is obtained from the covariance of the terminal field. We bound this covariance from both sides. Brascamp–Lieb keeps the inverse curvature correction and will preserve the useful negative radial term. The Fisher test is linear in the parent correction and supplies the lower bound needed for transverse and mixed blocks. We perform the lower test with cutoffs inside agreement, so uncontrolled curvature of the extension is not integrated.
Differentiating the logarithmic convolution in a direction of U gives the exact output Hessian for the potential V_p and its corresponding transition \mathsf T:
The covariance is first computed on E. For Brascamp–Lieb, temporarily take a smooth mollification V_p^{\rm ext} of the extension and denote its transition by \mathsf T^{\rm ext}. Put
The extension margin makes M_{\rm ext} positive. Brascamp–Lieb on E gives \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathsf T^{\rm ext}}(Y) \preceq\E_{\mathsf T^{\rm ext}}M_{\rm ext}(Y)^{-1}. Combining this with (16.11) preserves the inverse before compression to U.
For the lower estimate under this smooth extension law, let \rho_{\rm ext} be its density and \mathfrak s=-\nabla_E\log\rho_{\rm ext} be the score. Integration by parts gives \E[(Y-\E Y)\mathfrak s^\top]=I_E and \E[\mathfrak s\mathfrak s^\top]=\E M_{\rm ext}. The nonnegativity of the covariance of Y-T\mathfrak s therefore gives, for every constant matrix T on E,
With T=C_0, the right-hand side is C_0+C_0\E_{\mathsf T^{\rm ext}}[K_p^{\rm ext}-R_p]_{EE}C_0, which is linear in the parent correction.
We use a localized version when only the agreement region has controlled classical curvature. This identity applies separately to either smooth law with density \rho, using its own score \mathfrak s, precision M=-\nabla_E^2\log\rho, and expectations. Let \chi be a smooth cutoff supported there and, for constant t,w\in E, put b_\chi=\chi\,t^\top\mathfrak s-t^\top\nabla\chi. Integration by parts yields
The inequality \E(w^\top(Y-\E Y)-b_\chi)^2\ge0 becomes
Choose \chi=1 on a narrower shell and supported inside agreement. For an output test v\in U, take w=\Delta_U^{-1}v and t=C_0w=Nv, where N=(p^2+\alpha)/(c^2+\alpha). Only the scalar inverse \Delta_U^{-1} appears in this test. The shell estimates above, including their polynomial moment bounds and the improved e^{-a k_p/(1-x)} rate, make the cutoff errors exponentially small after any fixed powers of k_p and (1-x)^{-1}. Thus (16.13) applies to the true transition as well as a smoothed extension without integrating uncontrolled curvature outside agreement.
On the shell subtract the frozen cap resolvent, writing
If \widehat\alpha=\alpha_p(y), then exactly
This is O(\tau) on \mathcal S_\tau. In the following resolvents D^\circ is restricted to E; the restriction is suppressed in the notation. Put
On the agreement shell, where the limiting extension Hessian is the parent Hessian, put M=C_0^{-1}-p^{-2}D^\circ. The exact identities there are
Together with C_0\Delta_U^{-1}=N I_U, these identities give the extension bound. Pass to the mollification limit and, for a true output, use the preceding transition comparison. The cutoff and change-of-law errors are included in \eta_{\rm err}. The resulting target bound is
The constant Fisher test gives the corresponding lower bound x^2N^2\E_{\mathsf T}[D^\circ]_{UU}, up to the same type of errors. Testing only v_\perp, now transverse to the child field, gives that transverse lower block with zero mixed block and radial block -c^2(\Delta_U^{-1}+R_c|_U). The global upper curvature controls the rare-event remainder in (16.14); all expansions of D^\circ use the good shell.
The matrix map in the upper bound preserves Loewner order on its positive domain. On E,
It is increasing whenever I-S^{1/2}DS^{1/2}\succ0. The extension margin supplies this condition for the actual correction. It will also hold for the upper comparison below: its positive part is O(\delta)+ \eta_{\rm err}, whereas \|S\| is bounded by a fixed power of \gamma^{-1}. The stated tolerance order leaves a strict margin.
16.3 Regeneration of the radial deficit
Set A=D_{\perp\perp}, embedded with zero radial block, and z=D_{\perp e}. Completing the square in the mixed block, using a small fixed part of the radial deficit, gives
where d_*<d_0 can be chosen as close to d_0 as desired and C depends on d_0-d_*. The order identity (16.15) permits this substitution in (16.14). To see the effect of the negative rank, write \mathcal F_S(D)=D(I-SD)^{-1} and B=A+Czz^\top+\eta_{\rm err}I. Sherman–Morrison gives the exact formula
The matrices lie in the positive domain specified above. Since \|B\|=O(\delta)+\eta_{\rm err} and \|S\|=O_\gamma(1), \mathcal F_S(B)=A+Czz^\top+O_\gamma(\delta^2)+\eta_{\rm err}I, v_B=e+O_\gamma(\delta)+\eta_{\rm err}, and the denominator differs from d_*^{-1}+e^\top Se by O_\gamma(\delta)+\eta_{\rm err}. After choosing the tolerances, the resulting upper bound retains the subtraction
up to O_\gamma(\delta^2)+\eta_{\rm err} in operator norm.
Put m=R_pY and T=R_c-R_p. On H_p, R_p is scalar, so e=m/\|m\|. Under the canonical bridge, m has mean a_c and covariance T. The shell likelihood and its complementary moment bounds transfer the corresponding linear and quadratic tail tests to \mathsf T, with arbitrarily small errors in scaled units. In particular on the shell \|m\|^2=(b+o(1)+O(\sigma)+O(\tau))np, \E_{\mathsf T}m is arbitrarily close to a_c, and \E_{\mathsf T}m^\top Tm is at most a_c^\top Ta_c+\Tr T^2 plus an arbitrarily small scaled error. The linear second-moment bounds are used separately for each tested direction in U, with numerical constants uniform in that direction.
At \alpha=0, S=p^2T. The denominator of the rank term after replacing e by m/\|m\| is \|m\|^2/d_*+p^2m^\top Tm. The following calculation bounds its expectation and hence the radial subtraction.
Since R_p=p^{-2}I on the support of T,
The rank denominator before the factor x^{-2} is \|m\|^2/d_*+p^2m^\top Tm. Its expectation is bounded above by
For each test vector v, Cauchy–Schwarz in the form \E[(v^\top m)^2/Q]\ge(v^\top\E m)^2/\E Q turns this into a rank-one matrix bound. Dividing the denominator by bn p^2/c=x^{-2}\|a_c\|^2(1+o(1)) gives successively x/d_*, 1-x^2, and 2(1-x)^2. This proves that the radial deficit in output units is at least
In the stated interior-parameter regimes, x\ge\gamma^2 and |\alpha|\le\sigma p^2, so |\alpha|/c^2\le\sigma\gamma^{-4}. The high-power choice of \sigma therefore includes the resulting perturbation in \eta_{\rm small}.
Cross-direction losses in making this a purely radial deficit can be arbitrarily small by the transverse mean and second-moment bounds above. Formula (16.20) exceeds 0.26 throughout, and exceeds 0.31 at x=\gamma. The small constant losses can be chosen to keep these strict inequalities. Remaining terms in the radial block are negligible for this estimate.
16.4 Compression under the fresh refinement
For the inductive transverse block at x=\gamma, first fix the complete orientation O and a child field. Expectations in this paragraph are under its target transition \mathsf T_O. Fix a smooth function 0\le\chi_0\le1, equal to one on [-1/2,1/2] and zero outside (-1,1), and use
Here \tau is a sufficiently small fixed power of \gamma, and the support lies inside agreement with fixed slack. At the current child field write \chi=\chi_h. Write A_{\rm par},z_{\rm par} for the parent quantities denoted by A,z above, and set A=\chi A_{\rm par}, z=\chi z_{\rm par} in the compression estimates. The shell moment bounds make this truncation arbitrarily small. Put
On the support of \chi, \nabla_{H_p}g=D^\circ/p^2 and \|g\|\le\varepsilon_{\rm mac}M_p, where the frozen-saddle error is included in \varepsilon_{\rm mac}. With the score \mathfrak s=-\nabla_E\log\mathsf T_O, integration by parts gives the matrix identity
The nuclear norm of this expectation is bounded by
Summing the localized score identity used in (16.13) over an orthonormal basis of Q_sE gives
Here \Delta_E^{-1}\le(sp^2)^{-1} on Q_sE, the invariant bounds -K_p by C/p^2 on the cutoff support, and \|\nabla\chi\|\le C/(p^2M_p) with fixed buffer constants. Thus (16.22) has nuclear norm at most C_s\varepsilon_{\rm mac}p^2M_p^2 =C_s\varepsilon_{\rm mac}k_p.
The columns omitted by Q_s have rank O(s)k_p+o(k_p), by the edge count in the strip 0\le\Delta<sp^2, including the zero-increment boundary coordinates; their operator norm is bounded. Changing D^\circ to D costs C\tau d_p in nuclear norm on the shell. Finally, D-A_{\rm par} has rank at most two for each field and bounded nuclear norm. Its radial direction may change with the field, but
This uses the nuclear triangle inequality, without assigning a fixed rank to the average. Choosing s first, then the macroscopic and shell errors, and finally k_p large proves
The norm is outside the expectation. In particular the signed normalized trace is small.
The radial correction has the required sign, but a direct operator-norm estimate on the transverse block would be enlarged by the change of scale. The small signed average just proved allows a better estimate. We sample finitely many independent terminal fields, show that their average has small Frobenius norm, and compress it using the remaining Haar rotation. The sampled field directions are exceptional because each matrix depends on its own field; we estimate their span separately.
We need
apart from tiny terms, where H=C_1\log(1/\gamma) with a sufficiently large fixed coefficient. These assertions hold simultaneously for child fields with high probability over the refinement. For the moment, keep O and the child field fixed and sample Y_1,\ldots,Y_l independently from \mathsf T_O. The deterministic function of these fields is \mathcal A(Y_1,\ldots,Y_l)=l^{-1}\sum_jA(Y_j). Independence gives exactly
The last inequality uses \|A\|\le\delta and \|\bar A_O\|_F^2\le\|\bar A_O\|\|\bar A_O\|_*. By (16.23), the quotient of () by k_p is O(\delta^2/l)+\eta_{\rm err}. We will combine this fixed-O target-law estimate with a Haar event first proved under canonical sampling.
Conditional Haar laws before tilting. We spell out the conditional laws because the actual transition is not itself Haar after its terminal fields have been sampled. Fix \mathscr F_p and a child field in spectral coordinates, denoted u\in U_0. Its image is h_c=Ou, and U=OU_0. Sample l independent canonical terminal fields \xi_1,\ldots,\xi_l in spectral coordinates according to (16.5), independently of O. Their means are parallel to u. Denote this joint law by
Its physical fields are Y_j=O\xi_j, whose conditional law for fixed O is \mathsf G_O^l. Conditional on these spectral fields, and on the images under O of u and any selected collection of the \xi_j, the remaining map on the orthogonal complements is Haar. Conditional on the image of \xi_j, the matrix A_j=A(O\xi_j) is fixed: the parent potential, its radial splitting, and its derivatives are all measurable with respect to \mathscr F_p and that image. Conditional on two images, A_iA_j is fixed. The same statement applies to z_j=z(O\xi_j), with z_j\perp O\xi_j.
Set e_j=O\xi_j/\|\xi_j\|, and let e_0=h_c/\|h_c\|. The child annulus is separated from zero field, so e_0 is defined. All dimensions below are comparable to k_p or k_c by the spectral count. The elementary Haar estimate we use is
with failure probability at most 2e^{-a}, when O is Haar in dimension d, V is a fixed r-dimensional subspace, and T is symmetric and fixed. Replacing r+a by a fixed larger multiple absorbs the size of a fixed-resolution unit net in V. To prove the estimate for a fixed unit vector, write its Haar image as g/\|g\|, diagonalize T, and use
The same bound for \|g\|^2 handles its normalization. Polarization gives the bilinear and nonsymmetric versions used for products.
On the complement of the span of e_0,e_1,\ldots,e_l, apply (16.26) with T=\mathcal A and a a sufficiently large multiple of Hk_c. The deviation from its scalar trace is at most
Conditioning only on the image of \xi_j, the vector z_j is fixed and perpendicular to e_j. The residual projection of U has rank at most \dim U, so the same Haar estimate gives \|P_Uz_j\|^2\le C K_0^2\delta H\gamma^3. Its failure rate can be 2Hk_c after increasing absolute constants.
The span of sampled directions. Write W for the span of the e_j after projection onto e_0^\perp. Under canonical sampling, the centered Gaussian vectors before direction normalization have squared norm comparable to one in field units, limiting orthogonal Gram matrix, U_0-projection squared norm of order \gamma, and covariance operator norm at most C/(\gamma^2k_p). Gaussian quadratic tails and nets in the fixed l-dimensional coefficient space therefore give
The projected generating vectors have a synthesis map and an inverse on its range bounded by absolute constants. Any pair of the original directions has bounded Gram conditioning. These conclusions hold at the same 2Hk_c rate. Although l will be a large power of \gamma^{-1}, it is fixed before n\to\infty, so the fixed-dimensional nets cost no additional multiple of k_p in the limit.
Let \bar a=\Tr\mathcal A/d_p. Then
To account for the dependence of each matrix on its own sampled direction, expand a test vector in the bounded generating frame of W. For the summand A_j, condition on e_0,e_j and apply (16.26) to the other generating directions in their orthogonal complement. The scalar term is \Tr A_j/d_p up to a fixed-dimensional trace correction, which is o(1). Terms with a row or column in \operatorname{span}(e_0,e_j) have average bounded by
using w\perp e_0 and (16.29). This proves (16.30) by polarization and a fixed-dimensional net. For the second estimate expand \mathcal A^2=l^{-2}\sum_{i,j}A_iA_j. Condition on e_0,e_i,e_j. The same Haar test gives scalar term \Tr(A_iA_j)/d_p; the sum of these terms is \Tr\mathcal A^2/d_p. The exceptional-row contribution is bounded by C\delta^2l^{-1/2}, since
The same bound includes the diagonal pairs. Summing the scalar terms and the exceptional-row errors proves (16.31). Before applying the quadratic Haar test to a product, symmetrize it or use polarization. The argument therefore does not require an individual A_iA_j to be positive.
Conditional on all the sampled images, the residual rotation gives a factor C\sqrt{H\gamma^3} on the nonexceptional side of the block from W to its complement. Together with (16.29), this is the product C\sqrt{H\gamma}\sqrt{H\gamma^3}, not merely the first factor. There is no child radial contribution, since the target tests lie in U\cap e_0^\perp. Combining the three blocks gives, in addition to the scalar trace,
Choose l=\lceil\gamma^{-16}\rceil. Up to this point, (16.32) is a deterministic bound on the function \mathcal A(Y_1,\ldots,Y_l) outside a bad event under the joint canonical law \mathbb P_{\rm can}. The fixed-O estimates (16.23) and () concern \mathsf T_O^l. We transfer the geometric event to that law before using those expectations.
Transfer to actual transitions and a field net. So far the Haar estimates concern canonical Gaussian samples. We next convert them into estimates for the actual transition while keeping track of the loss in exponential rate. On a narrow parent shell the density ratio costs an arbitrarily small fixed multiple of the parent dimension for each sampled field. We choose that loss only after fixing the sample count, so the remaining rate pays for the child field net. Shell complements already have uniform conditional bounds and are added separately.
For fixed O, let F_O denote V_p-q_{p,\alpha}^{\rm fr} in (16.8). Its normalizing denominator may depend on the remaining orientation even after the terminal images have been fixed. Thus the residual Haar statement above is used only under \mathbb P_{\rm can}. On the shell, (16.9) bounds each likelihood ratio by e^{\eta k_p}. For the canonical bad event \mathcal E, the joint change of law gives
Choose \eta\ll H\gamma^3/l. A canonical bound e^{-2Hk_c} then makes the right-hand side at most e^{-3Hk_c/2}. Markov’s inequality in O gives the explicit conditional form
The complement of the narrow shell is handled separately. Its conditional probability and all bounded polynomial moment errors are exponentially small, uniformly at every child field, by the deterministic upper support bound and Gaussian distance tails already proved. This uniform estimate is not obtained by a union bound over orientations or field points, and its exponent need not be 2Hk_c. The scalar signed-trace and sample independence calculations are also applied anew conditionally at each field.
For an orientation outside the displayed exceptional set, we may now take the \mathsf T_O^l-expectation of (16.32). Equation () bounds the expected Frobenius term by O(\delta/\sqrt l)+\eta_{\rm err}, and (16.23) bounds the expected scalar trace. The bad-event and shell-complement contributions are small because the matrices have bounded operator norm there. After division by \gamma^2\delta, the displayed remainder terms are bounded by constant multiples of H\gamma, H^{3/2}\gamma^{1/2}, H^{5/4}\gamma^{3/4}, and powers of \gamma from l^{-1/4} and l^{-1/2}. They tend to zero as \gamma\to0. This proves the first estimate in (16.24), with an arbitrarily small additive error. Applying the same change of law to the one-vector event gives the stated bound for \E_{\mathsf T_O}\|P_Uz\|^2.
We extend this estimate to all fields by comparing geometric bad events, before taking their signed matrix expectations. Take a net of resolution \rho in child field units, with \rho a sufficiently high fixed power of \gamma. Its size is at most \exp\{C k_c\log(1/\gamma)\}. Fix an orientation and neighboring fields with \|h-h'\|\le\rho c^2M_c, and keep the physical terminal samples fixed. Take \rho small enough that their joining segment still has its frozen parameter inside parent agreement. The untruncated parent matrices are then unchanged. The scaled saddle Lipschitz bound gives
Thus the cutoff-weighted A changes by at most C\delta\gamma^2\rho/\tau in operator norm, and its Frobenius norm divided by \sqrt{k_p} changes by the same order. The corresponding bound for z has K_0\sqrt\delta in place of \delta. The child radial projection changes by C\rho, since the annulus is separated from zero. On the retained Gram event the generating frames and their inverses have bounded norms. Consequently the geometric inequalities leading to (16.32), with fixed slack in their constants, persist under these changes with an additional C_\gamma\rho\delta error. The same holds for the one-vector test. The constant C_\gamma is at most a fixed power of \gamma^{-1}: the sample count, cutoff width, and frame bounds have already been fixed.
The transition densities require an exponential comparison. For a fixed orientation, on \|Y\|\le C p^2M_p,
Indeed the potential V_p(Y) cancels in the ratio, and the Gaussian log ratio uses only \Delta_U^{-1}. The normalizing factor obeys the same bound: differentiating the convolution gives \nabla_U\phi_c=\Delta_U^{-1}(\E_{\mathsf T_h}Y_U-h), whose norm is O_\gamma(M_p) by the parent shell and complementary moment bounds. Integrating this derivative along the short field segment proves the normalization assertion. This argument uses only the conditioned parent hypotheses, not a separate good event at the child.
Choose \rho so that the perturbation of the matrix tests is much smaller than \gamma^2\delta, and lC_\gamma\rho<H/8. Prove the net estimates with the stated strict slack. Outside their orientation exceptions, the conditional probability of a relaxed geometric failure at a neighboring field, with all samples in a narrower typical shell, is at most e^{lC_\gamma\rho k_c}e^{-Hk_c/2}\le e^{-3Hk_c/8}. The cutoff and radial continuity above justify this event inclusion; the narrower shell stays in the shell used at the net field. The shell complements and large lengths have the separate uniform conditional moment bounds already proved. At the neighboring field apply (16.23) and () anew, and then take the expectation of the relaxed geometric inequality. This retains their signed cancellation and proves (16.24) everywhere on the annulus.
Choose the fixed exponents in \tau,\rho and the sample count first, then C_1 in H=C_1\log(1/\gamma) to pay for the net, and then \gamma small. The separate uniform shell bounds are added without a field union bound. The resulting failure probabilities have the form e^{-a k_p}+e^{-a'k_c} with fixed positive constants and are summable on the geometric list down to k_p\asymp\sqrt{\log n}.
16.5 Completion of one inductive step
We can now assemble the matrix estimates. Compression makes the transverse contributions in both transport bounds smaller than the allowed transverse error. Radial regeneration supplies strict slack in the upper radial block, and the Fisher test supplies a bounded lower radial block. Positive-matrix Cauchy–Schwarz between these two bounds then controls the actual mixed block. This closes the four parts of the invariant at the child scale. The intermediate-scale estimates use the same deterministic transport calculations; they do not require another random compression.
By (16.24), (16.14) has transverse surplus o(1)\delta, since the mixed-square term gains \gamma^3 H. For the Fisher lower bound, let e_0 be the child radial direction. The canonical mean a_c is parallel to e_0, and v^\top(R_c-R_p)v\le C_\gamma p^{-2} for each unit v\in U\cap e_0^\perp. The shell norm and transferred second moments from the radial calculation therefore give
The bounded radial entry of D is negligible on these tests. Its mixed terms are negligible by Cauchy–Schwarz and \|z\|\le K_0\sqrt\delta, after choosing the comparison error and then k_p. The transverse compression thus gives a Fisher deficit o(1)\delta as well, including the fixed factor x^2N^2. The transverse-only Fisher test gives a block lower matrix with bounded radial deficit, and the Brascamp–Lieb upper matrix has cross error O_\gamma(\delta)+\eta_{\rm err} after taking a purely radial gain as above. The two Loewner bounds therefore force an actual cross block of size O(\sqrt{o(1)\delta})+O_\gamma(\delta), by positive-matrix Cauchy–Schwarz. This proves (16.2) inductively, with slack. At intermediate scales in the stated interior-parameter regime the same calculations without (16.24) give transverse error and actual mixed block bounded by a quantity tending to zero (at fixed \gamma), bounded total Hessian, and radial deficit at least 0.26. For the lower mixed estimate near x=1 use the full Fisher test; its predicted cross block is small by the same bridge projections. These intermediate bounds are deterministic and uniform under the parent hypotheses.
16.6 Deterministic evaluation at other cap ratios
Once a parent satisfies the invariant, evaluation at another scale uses its deterministic support and covariance bounds. No transverse compression is needed if the target is an upper curvature estimate with prescribed fixed error, rather than a renewed invariant with the same error.
Lemma 16.2 (Evaluation with the induction extension). Under the parent hypotheses of Proposition 16.1, the deterministic intermediate-scale conclusions hold also for x=c/p\in[\gamma^2,\gamma], whenever the frozen parameter is inside parent agreement with fixed slack. At fixed \gamma, the transverse and mixed errors tend to zero with the parent errors, the scaled Hessian is bounded, and the radial deficit is at least 0.26.
Proof. The same extension has a positive convolution margin because
All inverse bounds in the shell estimates and the upper and lower covariance transports remain bounded by fixed powers of \gamma^{-1}. Thus those deterministic estimates apply with enlarged constants. Formula (16.20) still gives the stated radial deficit, while the other blocks tend to zero with the input errors. The proof uses no additional orientation event and does not extend the probabilistic induction statement beyond ratio \gamma.
For a bounded child field ball, the saddle parameter can occupy a wider range in child units. We choose a coarser parent and center a new support annulus at that frozen parameter. This is a separate evaluation of the true potential; its extension is not propagated as the next inductive potential.
Lemma 16.3 (Supports centered at a frozen parameter). Fix a child field radius R before choosing the curvature and comparison tolerances. Suppose a true parent at scale p satisfies the invariant and the static comparisons. There is a fixed b_1>0, depending on R,\sigma, such that the following holds for every x\in[\gamma b_1,b_1], c=xp, and h\in H_c with \|h\|\le R c^2M_c. Put \alpha=\alpha_c(h). With sufficiently small fixed tolerances, there is an upper-semiconcave extension agreeing with the true parent on a neighborhood of the frozen typical length sphere. Its convolution has a strict margin, and its terminal mean and covariance differ from those of the true transition by exponentially small errors in the corresponding scaled units. Consequently,
where C(R) is independent of the chosen ratios and sharp curvature tolerances. The construction and estimates are uniform on the indicated fixed ratio interval, with n taken large after those choices.
Proof. The static saddle bounds give \kappa_R,C_R>0, depending only on the field radius, such that
Choose b_1 so that \max(1,C_R)b_1^2<\sigma/2. Then |\alpha|<\sigma p^2/2 throughout the ratio interval. Choose fixed numbers e,w>0, also satisfying the tail and scalar-margin bounds below, with
and define nested shells
They lie inside the parent invariant annulus. The radius derivative computed above gives buffers comparable to wp^2M_p between them. Set
On S_2^\alpha, the invariant’s positive-part bound gives
This proves the upper-support inequality for pairs in S_1^\alpha whose joining segment remains in S_2^\alpha.
For longer pairs, freeze the own saddle at the support point and use (15.8), the value comparison, and the gradient comparison as in (16.6). If the buffer divided by p^2M_p is \beta\asymp w, the excess over the frozen \alpha quadratic is at most
Take \varepsilon_v+C_{\rm dens}/k_p\ll ew^2 and \varepsilon_g\ll ew. The bracket is smaller than e, so the upper-support inequality holds for every pair in S_1^\alpha. Define
The argument of (16.7) shows that this function agrees with \phi_p on S_1^\alpha, has at most quadratic growth, and satisfies \nabla^2\bar\phi_{p,\alpha}\preceq L_\alpha distributionally. Its dependence on the child field is through the scalar \alpha, determined by the eigenvalues and \|h\|. No child angular refinement enters its construction. For this evaluation hold the selected extension fixed when differentiating its convolution at h. Different fields may select different extensions; no derivative of this selection, or of its parameter \alpha, enters the Hessian formula.
We verify the complementary moments before comparing covariances. Let B_\alpha denote the logarithm of the frozen norm density at a field on the sphere \|y\|=\ell_p(\alpha). It is constant on that sphere. For d(y)=|\|y\|-\ell_p(\alpha)|/(p^2M_p), the nearest support point on the sphere gives
The canonical calculation leading to (16.10) now gives, with constants depending only on the bounded child saddle range,
Require also e<c_R(\gamma b_1)^2/4. Normalize the extended transition on a shell |\alpha_p(Y)-\alpha|\le\tau_0p^2 with \tau_0\ll\gamma b_1w. Its canonical probability tends to one. The off-saddle identity (15.18) and centered density bounds give a logarithmic normalization loss at most \varepsilon_vk_p+C\tau_0^2k_p+O(1) relative to B_\alpha. Choose the comparison errors and then n so that
Leaving S_1^\alpha requires d(Y)\ge c w. Integrating the Gaussian distance tail against the upper support therefore bounds every fixed polynomial moment of 1+d(Y) on this complement by C_j e^{-a k_p}, for a fixed a>0, uniformly in x,h.
The true transition needs its own complementary estimate. On each fixed bounded parent field range, static comparison and the frozen numerator density upper bound give
The preceding normalization shell and Gaussian distance tail control the bounded part of the complement. For the remaining tail, sample the child spin by tilting the parent zero-field spin law with \exp\{h^\top X+X^\top\Delta X/2\}, then set Y=h+\Delta X+N(0,\Delta). The tilt normalizer is at least one by zero-field symmetry and \Delta\succeq0. With v=\|P_pX\|/M_p, its numerator is at most e^{C_R k_p(1+v^2)}. The parent projection tail e^{-ck_pv^6} survives this factor, and the observation noise has a Gaussian tail in parent field units. Increasing the fixed outer radius therefore makes the outer contribution and all its fixed polynomial moments exponentially small. This argument uses the true parent projection tails, not the extension’s Hessian bound.
The two unnormalized transition laws agree on S_1^\alpha. Their normalization ratio and their complementary first and second moments thus show that their means and covariances differ exponentially in parent scaled units, as in the earlier transition comparison. Converting a covariance error in units (p^2M_p)^2 to child Hessian units multiplies it by
The exact formula (16.11) therefore leaves an error in c^2K_c tending to zero uniformly on the fixed ratio interval.
Finally put a=\alpha/c^2 and q=(1+x^2a)^{-1}+e. On U, the increment is (1-x^2)p^2I, while the global support curvature is q/p^2. Impose also e\le\kappa_R(\gamma b_1)^2/[4(1+\sigma/2)]. Then the convolution has a strict margin. Brascamp–Lieb, first for smooth approximations and then by passage to the limit, and (16.11) give
The denominator is at least 3\kappa_R/4, and the numerator is at most two. The exponentially small replacement error is absorbed by enlarging this constant once. This proves (16.35) with no dependence of its coarse constant on x or the sharp tolerances. All shell widths, comparison errors, and the ratio interval are fixed before n\to\infty; no estimate here requires taking x\to0 while keeping these choices fixed.
17 Classical boundary fields
The cap construction starts at a fixed positive scale. At this boundary we need an approximation to the gradient in unnormalized Euclidean norm, a bounded covariance, and an estimate that remains useful after changing the spin law by a square density. We first specify the companion high-temperature input and its restricted endpoint extension. We then analyze small positive fields at the endpoint; it is this second analysis that supplies the curvature and value of the initial auxiliary potential. All scales and all error tolerances in this section are fixed before letting the dimension tend to infinity.
For a scale-one GOE matrix W, let J_*=\beta W_{\mathrm{off}} and j=\beta^2. The diagonal of W can be restored when convenient, because it is constant in the spin Hamiltonian and tends to zero in operator norm. For y,h\in\mathbb R^n set
Write V_0(z)=\operatorname{sech}^2z, so V=\operatorname{diag}V_0(y_i). We write \langle u v\rangle=n^{-1}u^{\mathsf T}v and |u|_n=n^{-1/2}\|u\|. A field passes the stability test with parameters b,\eta,\epsilon_A,\rho>0 if the following implication holds for every y\in\mathbb R^n and every diagonal A:
The small enlargement of the residual region will allow later changes in the external field and the finite spin-flip neighborhoods needed in the residual identities.
17.1 The posterior input and its hypotheses
Proposition 17.1 (Classical posterior input). Fix 0<\beta<1, an operator-norm bound for J_*, and fixed positive parameters in (17.2), with j(1+\eta)^2<1. On the fixed-length matrix-word events described below, every field satisfying (17.2) has a unique root y_* of F_h. If m_* =\tanh y_* and
then
For every sufficiently small fixed \epsilon>0, every real f with N=\mathbb E_{\mu_h}f^2>0, and \nu=f^2\mu_h/N,
The event and constants are independent of h and f under the stated diagnostics and stability parameters. The required word length is finite and may depend on \epsilon.
The same conclusions hold at j=1 if, in addition, every approximate root in the residual region has q\ge q_{\min}>0, and the inverse-word event is restricted to the diagonal class specified in Lemma 17.2. Constants may depend on q_{\min}. This endpoint assertion is a consequence of the proof below, rather than an application of a theorem with \beta<1 at \beta=1.
Here and below a word means an ordered product of bounded real diagonal matrices and copies of J_*, with at most one factor
Its prediction is obtained by the noncrossing contractions J_*DJ_*\mapsto j\langle D\rangle I, after formally expanding the one inverse factor. For each fixed word length the diagnostic bounds are bounded operator norm, bounded off-diagonal entrywise \ell^4 norm, and bounded Euclidean norm of the diagonal minus its prediction. Inverse words are only used when
for a fixed c>0. For j<1 and j(1+\eta)^2<1, these are precisely the simultaneous diagnostics of [28, Lemma 3.1].
Lemma 17.2 (Restricted endpoint matrix diagnostics). Fix a_+<\infty and \kappa\in(0,1). At j=1, restrict inverse diagonals to
For each fixed word length and bounded diagonal coefficients, the preceding word diagnostics hold simultaneously over this class and all stable inverse parameters, with probability 1-Ce^{-cn}. The fixed-parameter bilinear equivalents of [28, Lemma 3.4] also hold, uniformly for deterministic A\in\mathcal A_\kappa and finitely many deterministic bounded-norm test vectors. They are not asserted simultaneously over all test vectors. The regularized determinant bound of [28, Lemma 3.5] holds simultaneously for diagonal 0\le V\le I with \langle V\rangle\le1-\kappa, including its bounded-rank, bounded-norm perturbations.
Proof. We isolate the two places in the companion matrix proof [28, Section 3] where the temperature gap is used. The first is a lower bound on the symmetric inverse along its scalar parameter path; the second is a coefficient below one in the loop equation. The restricted diagonal condition supplies both margins at the endpoint. Once these margins are available, truncation and chaining give the simultaneous assertion by the same finite recursions.
For a deterministic A, the Gaussian process comparison in its Lemma 3.2 bounds the relevant supremum by 2d-d^2, where now
It therefore gives the fixed margin c_0=(1-\sqrt{1-\kappa})^2/4 along the whole path 0\le z\le1, after concentration and a fixed mesh of that path. The constants are uniform over deterministic A in (17.5). Next, the loop equation for u(z)=n^{-1}\mathbb E\operatorname{Tr}(K_A(z)A)-\langle A\rangle has linear coefficient
When u is small, the diagonal expectations are 1+O(u)+O(n^{-1}). Since \langle A^2\rangle\le\|A\|\langle A\rangle\le1-\kappa, this coefficient stays below 1-\kappa/2. Continuity from z=0 then gives u(z)=O(n^{-1}) throughout the path. All subsequent noncrossing loop recursions are finite and unchanged.
For clarity, the simultaneous assertion does not condition on a randomly chosen diagonal. Use the globally truncated inverse from [28, Section 3.2], with a smooth cutoff equal to x^{-1} on a neighborhood of [\min(c,c_0)/2,C]. Its word maps and their increments have Frobenius Lipschitz constants C and C\|\theta-\theta'\|_\infty^{1/2}, respectively. Cover the restricted parameter set by meshes with representatives in that set, or in \mathcal A_{\kappa/2} when a buffer is needed. At resolution 2^{-l} there are at most \exp(C(l+1)n) representatives. Gaussian concentration and chaining bound the centered word increments by C\sqrt{l+1}\,2^{-l/2}, with summable failure Ce^{-c(l+1)n}. The deterministic diagonal expectation error is O(n^{-1}) coordinatewise by the preceding loop calculation. This proves the word assertion even for diagonals selected from the observed matrix. The bilinear assertion follows by applying concentration to each fixed truncated bilinear form, exactly as in the cited lemma.
For the determinant take A=V. The fixed-diagonal margin and loop calculation give
The regularized normalized log determinant is (n\gamma)^{-1/2}-Lipschitz in Frobenius norm, so its concentration has rate n^2 at fixed tolerance. A fixed mesh of the restricted diagonal class costs only \exp(Cn); use its slight enlargement for continuity. The bounded-rank perturbation changes the answer by at most \|E\|\sqrt{\operatorname{rank}E/(n\gamma)}. This proves the stated uniform determinant bound. Removing the GOE diagonal changes the truncated words by a bounded Frobenius amount and the stability matrices by o(1) in operator norm, as in the companion proof.
Proof of Proposition 17.1. For fixed j<1 the root assertion is [28, Lemma 5.7]; its proof is deterministic and allows any fixed j>0. It gives a bounded inverse for F'_h and \|y-y_*\|\le C\|F_h(y)\| whenever |F_h(y)|_n<2\rho; the later uses lie in a strictly smaller residual region. The last estimate in the proof of [28, Proposition 7.2], before centering its test function, is
Taking G=1 gives the first assertion in (17.3). For covariance, apply the centered statement of that proposition to G=e^{\mathsf T}x, with e a unit eigenvector for the largest covariance eigenvalue \lambda. Since \mathcal D_h(e^{\mathsf T}x)\le\sum_i e_i^2=1, it yields \lambda\le C\sqrt{\lambda+1}, hence \lambda\le C'. The square-density estimate is exactly [28, Proposition 7.3], in the present rate-one-per-site normalization.
The endpoint word event is useful only if the diagonals actually produced by the posterior proof belong to its restricted class. We therefore inspect the implicit recipe, rather than substituting the endpoint into the companion statement. The root comparison places its primary vectors near the same root throughout a buffered residual region. This controls both the largest diagonal entry and the average diagonal entry, giving the strict product margin required by the endpoint inverse.
Its primary iterates are
Write R_l=m^{l-1}-m^l and \Omega_{2\rho}=\{\max(\|R_k\|,\|R_{k-1}\|)\le2\rho\sqrt n\}. The root comparison gives, independently of k,
The only inverse diagonal in the implicit recipe is
Its secant-slope representation at a=0 and its bounded derivatives give, on the entire buffer,
Choose \rho after q_{\min} and the stability margins so that e^{C\rho}(1-q_{\min}+C\rho)\le1-q_{\min}/2. Thus all these diagonals lie in the interior of \mathcal A_{q_{\min}/4}. At h^k, \langle V_{h^k}\rangle=b_k, so the same Frobenius bound gives
Removing the negative rank from (17.2) and then changing the scalar coefficient from jb_k to j\langle A\rangle therefore gives
Choose \rho to retain a fixed positive margin. This is the symmetric matrix for the actual recipe inverse K_A(1); the path 0\le z\le1 is used to establish its formal word prediction. Every later auxiliary recipe is ordinary; the closed differentiated formulas contain at most this one inverse.
These bounds must also hold at the finitely many neighboring spin configurations used by the residual identities. The recipe depth is fixed before the dimension grows. Consequently the total Euclidean change across its required flips is bounded independently of the dimension, while the residual buffer has radius proportional to its square root. Choosing the dimension last keeps every required coefficient inside the same restricted diagonal class.
The finite-flip buffers require no uniform bound over all depths. After fixing a recipe and its depth, let Q be the largest number of successive spin flips appearing in its residual induction, and let C_Q bound the one-flip Euclidean changes of all involved primary vectors. Both are finite by [28, Lemma 6.1]. Taking n>(2QC_Q/\rho)^2 places every required neighborhood of \Omega_{3\rho/2} inside \Omega_{2\rho}. All inverse coefficients there retain the preceding trace margin. This is the buffer argument in the released version of [28, Section 6.3].
The order of choices is consequently: the root and diagonal stability margins; the restricted diagonal margin; a sufficiently small \rho; the finite residual-selection depth; the resulting finite recipes and word length; and finally n. The residual-selection depth may increase when the accuracy in (17.4) decreases. None of these choices depends on f or on a directional seed. Ordinary words have no restricted inverse parameter at all. The proof of [28, Section 6 and Propositions 7.2–7.3] now applies term by term using Lemma 17.2, proving the endpoint version and its claimed uniformity.
For a compact coefficient interval strictly inside (0,1), choose the same strict diagonal margin throughout and include \beta as one more bounded scalar in the parameter meshes. The additional mesh cardinality does not change their exponential-in-n entropy, and all Lipschitz and loop constants have the same margin. The word and posterior conclusions are therefore simultaneous on that interval. In the restricted endpoint case the same argument applies to a sufficiently small coefficient neighborhood that preserves (17.5).
17.2 The positive-time endpoint stability test
Lemma 17.3. For a critical GOE interaction the following assertions hold with probability tending to one over the disorder. For every fixed q_0>0 there is \rho_0>0 such that |F_0(y)|_n\le\rho_0 implies q(y)<q_0. For every fixed 0<t_b\le T<\infty, there are positive constants in (17.2) and a>0 such that, conditionally on typical disorder, that test holds simultaneously along
outside conditional probability e^{-an}. It also holds throughout a fixed normalized neighborhood of these fields. The conclusions persist for sufficiently small fixed changes of the interaction coefficient and sufficiently small normalized field displacements.
Proof. We adapt the conditional Gaussian, scalar-rate, and local-volume proof of [28, Section 5]. The adaptation discards a small-q region by an observation estimate, rather than using a temperature gap. Here are the details needed at the endpoint.
First the scalar entropy inequality in [28, Lemma 4.1] extends to j=1 when q>0. Its proof uses k=jq/s\le1 and B=j(1-q)<1, which remain valid. In its large-C case the quantity C^2/(jk) is still strictly greater than one, since C>1. The strictness and equality statements are therefore unchanged. The consistent Gaussian laws at j=1 are N(s,s) with
Indeed both scalar one-Lipschitz comparisons in the proof of [28, Lemma 4.2] become strictly contracting on every nondegenerate compact interval: their Gaussian derivatives are strictly less than one. More explicitly, if f(s)=\mathbb E_{N(s,s)}\tanh Y, then f(0)=0, 0\le f'(s)<1 for s>0, and f(s)\le1. Thus s-f(s) is strictly increasing from zero to infinity. The solution is unique, equals zero at t=0, and is continuous by this monotonicity and compactness. The second scalar comparison forces equality of the consistent mean and variance because its Lipschitz inequality is strict between distinct nonnegative arguments. These facts replace the global contraction constant j<1; no bound involving (1-j)^{-1} is used.
At t=0, restrict the scalar-rate integral to q\ge q_0/2. Its variance is then bounded below, and no consistent equality law lies in this set. The compactness and Gaussian-tail argument of [28, Lemma 5.4] gives a strictly negative exponential rate, including small residual smoothing. The determinant diagnostic is only required on this retained set, where \langle V\rangle=1-q\le1-q_0/2, so Lemma 17.2 supplies it. A small normalized ball around a witness with q\ge q_0 stays in the retained set. The local-volume lower bound of [28, Lemma 5.6] is deterministic and has no subcritical restriction. It turns the negative integral rate into exclusion of approximate zeros.
On [t_b,T], very small q is excluded first. A sufficiently accurate approximate root satisfies |y-Y(t)|_n\le C\sqrt q+\rho. Since \tanh is one-Lipschitz, this would force |\tanh Y(t)|_n to be small. For each fixed spin the coordinates of tX+B(t) are independent Gaussians with means \pm t and variance t, so their bounded squared hyperbolic tangents have an empirical average bounded below, with exponential probability uniformly on the compact time interval. A fixed time mesh and Brownian maximal bounds give the same conclusion along the path. We may therefore retain q\ge q_{\min}>0 with slack.
On this retained set, the scalar equality curve and all scalar-rate arguments are compact and nondegenerate. We make the conditional matrix law explicit. During the Gaussian reduction use the temporary planted interaction \widetilde J=W+\mathbf1\mathbf1^\top/n with full GOE W. For fixed y, let
The matrix factor in [28, Eq. (5.8)] is the Gaussian conditional law given
Here g' is independent standard Gaussian and \sigma>0 is the residual smoothing. Put
Writing W=P_uWP_u+uw^\top+wu^\top+\alpha_c uu^\top with w\perp u, the elementary conditional Gaussian formulas give a representation using a fresh GOE W_0:
This is [28, Eq. (5.12)] at j=1.
For the moment fix an admissible diagonal A, deterministic after y has been fixed. Set
Lemma 17.2 supplies a positive lower bound for S_A. Its fixed-diagonal bilinear estimates apply to the three deterministic vectors \mathbf1/\sqrt n,u,Z_1, whose norms are bounded by the retained second-moment bound. Their transformed Gram entries are close to v^\top Av' for the corresponding pair v,v'; the extra vector Y_A(W_0u) has mixed entries close to \chi v^\top Au and squared norm close to \chi+\chi^2u^\top Au. These are Gram comparisons under the fresh W_0 law. At the limiting scalar equality law with A=V and \sigma=0, the whitened finite-rank test has determinant
The rank perturbation has at most one possibly nonpositive direction; the positive determinant excludes that direction, exactly as in [28, Lemma 5.5]. Compactness gives a uniform margin. For A close to V, choose \eta and its normalized Frobenius tolerance so that \|A\|\langle A\rangle\le1-\kappa on the retained range. To include data-dependent A, keep y fixed and round the entries exceeding a fixed sup-norm tolerance on their exceptional coordinate set. That set has fraction at most \epsilon_A^2/\zeta^2, and the logarithm of the number of choices is at most
Choose \zeta after fixing the vector-norm bounds, Gram tolerance, and fixed-diagonal exponent, then \epsilon_A so that this counting rate is below that exponent. For this fixed y, the approximants are deterministic, so a union bound makes the conditional matrix comparison simultaneous in A. The omitted scalar mass has norm at most (1+\eta)|\chi-b|\le(1+\eta)n^{-1/2}\|A-V\|_{\rm F} and is included in the reserved margin. The probability bound is uniform in the retained y-data, as required inside the scalar integral. Enlarging the retained ranges slightly before the local-volume step preserves all these margins.
The preceding calculations are under the usual size-biased planted law. The critical zero-field partition comparison in Proposition 15.1 gives \log Z-\log\mathbb EZ=o(n) in probability. Thus negative exponential rates transfer to typical original disorder: restrict to Z/\mathbb EZ\ge e^{-\delta n}, choose \delta below the rate, and use Markov’s inequality. A finite time mesh and the Brownian maximal bound supply the whole path. Finally, F_h is one-Lipschitz in its field and its stability matrix does not use h; coefficient and diagonal changes are uniformly continuous under the norm bounds. Reserving slack in all thresholds proves the neighborhood and perturbation assertions.
17.3 Noise diagnostics at a fixed small scale
We next work at j=1 with the full GOE matrix W. A spectral Gaussian means g=O\Sigma^{1/2}\xi, where W=O\Lambda O^{\mathsf T}, \xi is standard Gaussian independent of O, and \Sigma is positive semidefinite and fixed after conditioning on the eigenvalues. We allow a fixed smooth compact family of such covariances with \|\Sigma\|\le Ct. Write the field as
The shift may be selected after seeing the frame and noise in every frame estimate below. A lower bound for a shifted Gaussian projection has a different quantifier, specified separately in Lemma 17.4.
Let \Pi_d denote the projections onto dyadic bands for the gap 2-W, with rank at most Cnd^{3/2}. At a bottom label a, combine all smaller gaps into one band with that label. Separately, write P_t^W=\mathbf1_{\{2-W\le t\}} for the cumulative projection onto gaps at most t; thus its cap-width parameter is \sqrt t. If a vector class obeys |\Pi_d v|_n\le b_d, put
Bounds for the individual band sizes can be chosen on arbitrarily fine fixed grids. A finite collection of known spectral-coordinate vectors, including the filtered noise, is included in the Gaussian comparison but is not charged this complexity. Its number is fixed independently of n; smooth scalar spectral filters can be netted before n increases.
We record the two frame estimates used repeatedly. Up to logarithmic factors in the band count, for a vector of normalized size at most B,
Empirical averages of smooth clipped functions of finitely many vectors, normalized to have size at most one, differ from the corresponding centered Gaussian averages with the same Gram matrix by
Here the complexities are those of the normalized vectors and C_\psi is controlled by the first two derivatives of the clipped function. Both estimates permit an additional fixed slack and a failure allowance C\sqrt{\mathfrak h/n}, multiplied by the indicated size and derivative bounds, at failure rate e^{-c\mathfrak h}. We use \mathfrak h of order nt^{3/2}.
For completeness, (17.9) follows by testing each band against a sparse coordinate unit vector. Nets of its coefficient sphere and of the chosen rows have logarithmic size Cnd^{3/2}+Cnf\log(2/f), respectively. The Gaussian representation of a Haar unit vector bounds its scalar products at the square root of this entropy divided by n. Sum the band bounds and use Cauchy–Schwarz for the total-size term. To prove (17.10), first fix k spectral coefficient columns C=(c^1,\ldots,c^k), with k fixed and |c^j|_n\le1. Put
For \omega uniform on S^{n-1}, rotation invariance gives the exact one-row expectation
The formula is interpreted on the support of a possibly singular Q. Thus the Gaussian uses the actual Gram matrix of the chosen columns. For the usual Frobenius metric on the orthogonal group,
The first estimate follows by differentiating the row average and using \|\nabla\psi(OC)\|_{\rm F}\le C_\psi\sqrt n; the second uses the bounded second derivative. Haar concentration has exponent proportional to n at this Lipschitz scale. Chaining over the band balls therefore costs C_\psi\sum b_d\sqrt{\operatorname{rank}\Pi_d/n}, and a failure budget \mathfrak h costs C_\psi\sqrt{\mathfrak h/n}. This proves (17.10). The event is uniform over the coefficient balls, so vectors may be selected from those balls after the frame is observed.
We intersect the full-frame event with the following residual-rotation event. For this calculation fix the eigenvalues \Lambda, the low physical frame O_0, and a high spectral multiplier D at a fixed scalar net point. Choose an isometry H onto the complement of the low frame and write the remaining columns as O_>=HU, where U is Haar in dimension m. Put M=HUDU^\top H^\top and P_\perp=HH^\top. Its exact conditional mean is
For a finite net of vectors b,t fixed under this conditioning, let h_{\rm net} be its logarithmic cardinality and h_{\rm tail}>0. The Haar quadratic-form bound and polarization give, with \mathfrak H=C(h_{\rm net}+h_{\rm tail}), outside conditional probability 2e^{-h_{\rm tail}},
The probability is over the remaining U; coefficient and sparse nets are included in h_{\rm net}. This is the conditional estimate used for the high multipliers below. The low coordinate profiles remain fixed.
We specify the finite families included in the noise event. Scalar meshes cover the covariance parameters, r, the small values s=q+\sqrt t, and the derivative shift 0\le\ell\le Cs, with cutoffs a=s^{7/5} and u=s^{1/10}. The uncharged spectral columns are the noise and the finitely many scalar resolvent filters used in the root and derivative bases, including r^{-1}\mathbf1_{\{d>a\}}(r+r^{-1}-\Lambda)^{-1}\Sigma^{1/2}\xi. The normalized root, derivative, base, correction, and band-test vectors range over their charged coefficient balls. Sparse tests cover the root and derivative tails, their union with a band-test tail, and the exceptional A-V coordinates. The clipped recipe types are the root and derivative sources against one band test, the scalar functions m^2,m^4,m^6,V'_0(y)w, their low-input versions, and the differentiated functions in the single second-order Taylor expansion below. The number of these types and the number of columns in each average are fixed before n; the possible directions within a type are paid for by the coefficient and sparse nets. For each type the event is uniform over every band ball whose radii lie on the chosen fixed grids; the later localization bounds select those radii.
Lemma 17.4 (Uniform shifts and conditional noise). At every fixed sufficiently small t>0, the spectral band, sparse-row, and clipped-average diagnostics just described can be imposed on an event depending only on (W,g) and the fixed parameter family. They hold there uniformly over all shifts in (17.7) and the coefficient balls, sparse supports, and recipe and filter types specified above. Their conditional failure probability tends to zero for typical W; with fixed buffered tolerances it is at most e^{-c_tn} after decreasing c_t>0. The event is independent of any square-density test function.
Suppose additionally that the covariance of g is at least ct on a spectral band contained in \{2-W\le t\} of rank at least cnt^{3/2}. Then, for every fixed center v\in\mathbb R^n,
The constants are uniform in the center. This is a probability bound for each center, not a simultaneous event over all centers. In particular, both types of estimate apply after averaging over any spin law that is fixed before the fresh Gaussian noise is drawn.
Proof. There are two different uniformity statements here. The frame estimates hold on one event for all coefficient vectors in the specified balls, so they admit shifts selected after the frame and noise are seen. The projection lower bound instead holds in probability for each fixed center, with a constant independent of that center. A spin sampled before the fresh noise can therefore be averaged into either statement. There is no simultaneous lower bound over every possible center.
The frame estimates are simultaneous coefficient-ball estimates. The shift contributes at most Ct to each unfiltered band norm; after a high-band inverse it contributes at most Ct/d. Thus every shift in the stated ball is already included in their deterministic domains. The Gaussian band norms and the norms of their finite smooth filtered families have exponential tails at the specified fixed scales. If p(W) is the conditional noise failure probability and \E_Wp(W)\le e^{-2c_tn}, Markov gives \Pr_W\{p(W)>e^{-c_tn}\}\le e^{-c_tn}. This gives the asserted disorder event and conditional bounds, without any reference to a test function. The same argument integrated over a fixed time interval gives the integrated conditional statement, when that is all that is needed.
For (17.12), restrict to the nondegenerate band of rank r_t\ge cnt^{3/2}. The Gaussian integral of a Euclidean ball is maximized when its center is the mean; alternatively, exponential Markov applied to \exp(-\lambda\|g+v\|^2/t) gives a product bounded by (1+c\lambda)^{-r_t/2}, since the noncentral exponential factors are at most one. Taking the ball radius squared to be a sufficiently small multiple of tr_t proves the claim. Finally, condition on each spin and then average this bound over its law. No union bound over spin configurations is involved, and no initial density bound is used.
17.4 The small-field TAP expansion
Proposition 17.5 (Boundary expansion). Assume the preceding spectral and noise diagnostics, the zero-field approximate-root exclusion in Lemma 17.3, the field representation (17.7), and |P_t^Wh|_n\ge ct^{5/4}. The test (17.2) holds with positive fixed slack; in particular F_h has a unique root y_*(h). At all roots of F_h, and with arbitrarily small additional errors at sufficiently accurate approximate roots, set
For sufficiently small fixed t and then sufficiently large n,
Here K_{\mathrm{TAP}}=\partial_h\tanh y_*(h), and the last error is in operator norm. The errors tend to zero as the boundary scales decrease, after which all dimensional errors and perturbation tolerances are chosen.
If q is comparable to \sqrt t, define the TAP potential per site by
With \kappa_0=1/3, the value expansion is
All assertions persist to any prescribed small macroscopic error under sufficiently small changes of the interaction coefficient, operator-norm perturbations, and normalized field displacements, with the TAP potential using the actual interaction and jr^2/4 at its actual root.
Proof. We first control the nonlinear source on the coordinates where a root is large, uniformly over every approximate root in the specified region. This gives initial localization bounds for the root and its derivative tests. A second gain is then necessary: an error of order q^2 would still be as large as the spectral separation. The later high-rotation calculation provides that gain before we invert on the low bands. Lemma 17.3 at zero, applied with the small field as an additional residual, first makes q as small as required. The field equation gives |y|_n\le C(\sqrt q+\sqrt t). Put
We only invert on S^\perp until the lower bound for q proves separation. Dyadic bands there have gaps between a and a constant. In all estimates below o_n(1) errors at fixed scales are chosen after the smallest scale and may be below any specified power of s.
The derivative estimates below test vectors w normalized by |w|_n\le1. For a diagonal A allowed by the stability test, put v=Aw and \dot r=-2\langle mv\rangle. Equation (17.22) will specify the equation these tests satisfy; the present notation lets us account for their clipping errors before that calculation. The scalar variance profile satisfies V'_0(z)=-2\tanh z\,\operatorname{sech}^2z. The cutoffs below are applied to recipes built from this profile, including V'_0(y)w.
Clipping convention and its power budget. Write T_s=s^{-\kappa}, where \kappa>0 is chosen after the finite clip-loss constant specified below. Use a smooth cutoff that is one on [-1,1], zero off [-2,2], and has fixed bounded derivatives. Its arguments are y/(\sqrt sT_s), w/T_s, and a normalized linear test divided by T_s. The normalized root source e/s^{3/2} and derivative source [(q-m^2)w-\dot r\,y]/s have degree-three envelopes on this region; with a linear test they have degree-four envelopes. The normalized scalar recipes for m^2,m^4,m^6, and V'_0(y)w have envelopes of degrees 2,4,6, and 2, respectively. In these statements “degree” means that every derivative through the order used is bounded by a constant times that power of T_s. The frame comparison uses at most two derivatives, and its differentiated Taylor tests use at most three. Cutoff differentiation contributes a nonpositive power of T_s. Thus all the needed envelopes are polynomial in T_s.
The proof uses a fixed finite sequence of operations: band projection and dyadic summation, sparse inverses of norm at most two, two complexity absorptions, replacement of high inputs by P_0 inputs, and one second-order Taylor expansion. The scalar moment and value estimates use the same recipes and one further product or contraction. The polynomial derivative bounds above and the logarithmic sizes of the Gaussian and Haar nets therefore give each displayed error the form Cs^\alpha T_s^{C_i}, with a finite C_i independent of \kappa,s,n. The powers from a^{-1} and u^{-1} are displayed as powers of s; they are not included in C_i.
There is a corresponding finite bound on the clipping exponents in the absorption coefficients. In an inequality X\le Cs^\alpha T_s^c+Cs^\theta T_s^dX with \theta>0, the second term is absorbed once \kappa d<\theta and the upper scale is small. Let C_{\rm clip} dominate all the finitely many exponents produced by these operations, including those d. Choose
This choice precedes the upper boundary scale. Below, T_s^C denotes one of these fixed losses. The smallest raw gain in the displayed estimates is 1/20, so (17.16) leaves a positive power in each absorption and in the final errors.
The natural-size term in every sparse restriction is kept as CB\sqrt{f\log(2/f)}, with no T_s^C multiplier. Only its complexity term incurs clipping losses. Thus threshold absorption uses \sqrt{\log(2/f)}/T_s\to0 and is not circular. First separate fractions below an arbitrarily high power of s, whose contributions already lie below the target errors; otherwise \log(2/f)=O(|\log s|). The finite remaining logarithms fit into a further fixed power of T_s. The failure allowance \sqrt{\mathfrak h/n}=O(t^{3/4})\le O(s^{3/2}) also lies below the errors for which it is used.
The first localization of the root. We first localize the root strongly enough to make the nonlinear source small on high spectral bands. This first estimate is intentionally weaker than the final low-band cancellation: it controls the tail set and makes a second approximation possible. The low-band root component and the filtered shift form the charged part of the base vector; the known Gaussian noise is included in the frame comparison without paying a vector-class complexity.
The exact high-band equation is
Both y and b_y have normalized size O(\sqrt s). The uncharged noise term has band norm O(s d^{-1/4}). The low-band vector and the filtered shift give
up to logarithms. Let L_y be this complexity plus the complexities of the correction bands in (17.17). Initially L_y=O(\sqrt s) is sufficient.
Choose a smooth scalar cutoff 0\le\chi\le1 equal to one on [-1,1] and zero outside [-2,2], and put e_0(y)=\chi(y/(\sqrt sT_s))(\tanh y-ry) coordinatewise. Then |e_0|\le Cs^{3/2}T_s^3 coordinatewise and |e'_0|\le CsT_s^2. On the transition and tail coordinates, \tanh y/y\le r for sufficiently small s, so
The sparse restriction estimate, with its first term absorbed against \sqrt sT_s\sqrt f, gives \sqrt f\le Cs^{-1/2}T_s^{-1}L_y, apart from the already reserved tiny errors. Testing the clipped source on an arbitrary normalized unit vector in a band gives
Here is the cancellation in this estimate. Gaussian integration by parts predicts its linear projection with coefficient \mathbb E e'_0(Y), where \operatorname{Var}Y=|y|_n^2. The identity \langle q-m^2\rangle=0 and the frame comparison bound the corresponding unclipped coefficient by CT_s^C\sqrt sL_y. For the cutoff error, the threshold estimate above and sparse restriction give
Since the coarse input is L_y=O(\sqrt s),
This bounds the change in \mathbb E e'_0(Y). Multiplication by |\mathbb E[YU]|\le C\sqrt s for the normalized Gaussian band test U gives the sL_y term in (17.19). The centered part has band-complexity cost Cs^{3/2}T_s^Cd^{3/4}. Clipping a linear test first and then removing its clip costs its complexity times the size of the bounded source, again by (17.9).
Summing (17.19) with weight d^{-1/2} yields
The tail equation is coercive: on the high bands, I+D_E^{1/2}R'_{\mathrm{hi}}D_E^{1/2} dominates a fixed positive multiple of I+D_E^{1/2}R_{\mathrm{hi}}D_E^{1/2}. Indeed, the initial bound |y|_n\le C\sqrt s already gives f=|E|/n\le CT_s^{-2}. The uniform sparse restriction bound on S therefore implies
before any improved tail estimate. Put X_E=D_E^{1/2}R_{\mathrm{hi}}D_E^{1/2} and Q_E=D_E^{1/2}P_SD_E^{1/2}. Since D_E is supported on E, \|Q_E\|\le r\|P_S\mathbf1_E\|^2=o(1), and R_{\mathrm{hi}}\succeq cP_{\mathrm{hi}} gives X_E\succeq cD_E-o(1)I. Thus, for a sufficiently small fixed \theta>0,
where c'>0 is fixed because D_E\le rI and r\to1. This domination uses only the coarse tail fraction.
To apply it, put u_E=D_E^{1/2}y. Substituting e=e_0-D_Ey into (17.17) gives the exact tail equation
Test against u_E and use the lower bound by a fixed multiple of I+X_E. Decomposing R'_{\rm hi}=r^{-2}R_{\rm hi}-r^{-1}P_{\rm hi} and applying Cauchy–Schwarz in that energy norm bounds the right side by the dual sizes |D_E^{1/2}b_y|_n, |e_0|_n, and |R_{\rm hi}^{1/2}e_0|_n. Since D_E\le rI, the resulting estimate is
The first term is o(1)L_y+C\mathscr L(b_y) by sparse restriction. The high correction complexity is bounded by the right side of (17.20); the coefficient sa^{-1/2}=s^{3/10} absorbs after clipping losses. We conclude
For the last bound, the sparse part is tested bandwise using \|\Pi_d\mathbf1_E\|\le CT_s^C(d^{3/4}+s); the nonsparse part uses (17.19). This also shows |e|_n\le Cs^{3/2}T_s^C.
Localization of derivative tests. Normalize |w|_n\le1, put v=Aw and \dot r=-2\langle mv\rangle, and consider
This includes possible nonpositive stability eigenvalues, after a scalar shift, and the response to bounded sources. Set R_\ell=(z+\ell-W)^{-1}, R'_\ell=r^{-2}R_\ell-r^{-1}I, and d_v=(A-rI)w-\dot r\,y. Exact elimination gives
Using the noise band sizes, (17.21), and |\dot r|\le C\sqrt s gives
The first bound starts at s^{21/20}; this small gain will be retained. Let L_w include the complexity of the correction bands.
Split d_v=d_0+D'_Ew+e_A, where d_0 uses the bounded clipped coefficient q-m^2 and retains -\dot r\,y. Here D'_E is bounded and supported on the tail set; e_A is an arbitrarily small normalized error. To obtain this decomposition for all allowed A, fix a diagonal sup-norm tolerance \delta_A, split A-V outside that tolerance, and use
At fixed bottom scale choose \delta_A and then \epsilon_A so that the first part is below every requested error and the added fraction is below every requested power of s. This choice is made before n, and the frame tests remain simultaneous over the added sparse set.
Uniformly on the high bands,
For jointly centered Gaussian surrogates Y,G,U, Gaussian integration by parts gives the exact identity
Centering by r removes the first term; \dot r removes the second. The frame comparison for the latter scalar coefficient has natural size \sqrt s, and its unclipping cost is bounded by C|\mathbf1_Ey|_n|\mathbf1_Ew|_n. This proves (17.24); the diagonal error is handled by the preceding split. Removing clips on its linear factors uses sparse Cauchy–Schwarz, so it charges the sum of their complexities, not their full norms.
The compression of M=R'_{\ell,\mathrm{hi}} to the enlarged sparse set has operator norm o(1). Its spectral mean is O(\sqrt a+\sqrt s)+o_n(1), its Frobenius norm divided by \sqrt n is at most Ca^{-1/4}, and its operator norm is at most C/a. Put r_f=f\log(2/f)+\mathfrak h/n. The Haar quadratic-form bound and the sparse nets give
Since f\le Cs^2T_s^C, \mathfrak h/n=O(t^{3/2})=O(s^3), and a=s^{7/5}, the two deviation terms have raw powers at least s^{13/20} and s^{3/5}. The clip choice makes them tend to zero. Restricting (17.23) to the sparse coordinates gives
Because D'_E is bounded, the inverse on the left has norm at most two after the upper scale is decreased. The e_A term is below the reserved error. Bandwise testing of the other term gives
The factor multiplying sL_w sums to O(a^{-1/4}+sT_s^Ca^{-1}), before the displayed clipping loss. Multiplication by s thus gives a positive power; the sparse-source complexity costs only C(1+sa^{-1/4}), apart from clips and logarithms. Together with the preceding bound for \mathscr L(b_w) this absorbs the L_w terms and proves
A second gain from the independent high rotation. The first root and derivative estimates have not yet beaten the spectral separation s^2. We now separate each vector into a part with smaller complexity and a structured high-frequency correction. The middle bands provide a power gain by summation. On the remaining high bands, replacing each source by a recipe of its low-frequency inputs leaves the high frame available for a signed estimate. Full operator-norm bounds would lose this gain, so the contractions are estimated before taking absolute operator norms.
We now prove a stronger decomposition, with some fixed \zeta>0; one may take \zeta=1/100 after (17.16):
As before, the filtered noise is included but not charged in \mathscr L(B_y). To specify the recipes, put Y_0=P_0y, W_0=P_0w and let \chi be the preceding scalar cutoff. We may take
All products here are coordinatewise. Small operator and sparse A-V errors are assigned to B_w, using the tail equations below. Net the scalar parameters on their bounded ranges and let the low inputs vary over all vectors of the stated sizes in P_0. Once these coefficients and the low columns have been fixed, the recipes are determined. The high columns are still free to rotate, which is the independence used in the next signed estimate.
First sum the source bounds on a\le d\le u. Both the weighted complexity and the norm restricted to a fraction f\le s^2T_s^C gain, relative to the source size, the factor
This follows by multiplying (17.19) and (17.24) by d^{-1}(d^{3/4}+\sqrt f) and summing dyadically. The same bounds with only the complexity weight prove the claimed gain in complexity. Above u we replace the bounded sources by (17.28). The necessary input estimates are
For the first, the filtered noise contributes s u^{-1/4} before division by \sqrt s, and (17.21) contributes s^{11/10}; the second follows from (17.26). The source derivatives have natural sizes s for the root source, s in the w variable for the derivative source, and \sqrt s in its y variable after clipping w. Including the high inverse norm C/u, the replacement errors are at most
These are smaller than the gained sizes in (17.27). Clipping the linear w input at this stage uses its first sparse localization: the bounded coefficient has size sT_s^C, and the resulting error after division by u is O(s^{19/10}T_s^C). Thus the refined joint tail estimate is not being assumed in constructing these recipes.
We justify the signed estimate for the structured high terms. Conditional on P_0 and its frame, the remaining rotation is Haar. For either high multiplier M=R'_{>u} or R'_{\ell,>u},
Net the low coefficient balls and the bounded scalar parameters before substituting the actual, possibly frame-dependent coefficients. At polynomial resolution in s, their logarithmic cardinality is O(nu^{3/2}|\log s|). Here the fixed complement has dimension m=n-O(nu^{3/2})\asymp n. Equation (17.11) bounds the deviation from the exact conditional mean \mu\langle P_\perp b,P_\perp t\rangle, with \mu=\Tr D/m, by
times the two vector sizes. The mean itself is bounded by C(\sqrt u+\sqrt s)+o_n(1) from (17.31). The estimate is uniform over the nets and then over the full classes by their derivative bounds. Adding sparse coordinate unit tests costs O(nf\log(2/f)), which is smaller than this entropy. Applying this test to a sparse output gives a factor s^{1/20}T_s^C relative to the source norm. Applying it to another low-input recipe gives the same factor relative to the product of the two norms. These are the two forms of the gain used below. The operator norm u^{-1} is not charged a second time to a signed contraction: it already appears in the second term of the quadratic-form estimate above.
The known high-noise column causes no conditioning problem here. It was included in the finite-column frame comparison, where its spectral coefficients are independent of the frame. For the present signed tests, first replace each differentiated input by its P_0 version. Estimate the discarded part in full norm, including the high-noise contribution s^{19/40} in (17.30). The power calculation below puts this error at higher order. The remaining recipe no longer uses the high-noise image. The retained recipes therefore depend only on the low frame. This distinction is essential: we do not condition on the image of the high noise and then call the remaining rotation unrestricted Haar.
It remains to improve the unclipped sparse sources. First separate the exceptional A-V coordinates using the previously chosen diagonal tolerances; their contribution is below the errors in this paragraph. On the root tail E, the exact restriction is
The preceding sparse compression estimate includes \ell=0, so the inverse on the left has norm at most two. This is the unweighted sparse inverse; the earlier energy estimate on D_Ey alone would not control \mathbf1_Ey. The middle-band gain and the structured sparse-output estimate then give
The threshold \sqrt sT_s\sqrt f\le|\mathbf1_Ey|_n absorbs the first term, with its natural-size coefficient unchanged. Hence
The derivative sparse equation uses this same root-coefficient tail, together with the separately controlled A-V set. Its base restriction is now bounded by C\sqrt{f\log(2/f)}+Cs^{1+1/20}T_s^C. The inverse of norm at most two and the middle and structured output gains therefore give
For a sparse source of row norm B_E, its contribution to the weighted high-band complexity is at most B_E T_s^C times
by the sparse band test and dyadic summation. Thus the improved row norms give the raw bounds
The middle-band and replacement errors have at least these powers. The clip choice weakens (17.32) to (17.27) with \zeta=1/100.
Separate tail estimates are insufficient for the products used in a derivative test. We therefore clip the root, derivative vector, and low-band test on the union of their tail sets. The refined decomposition bounds all three vectors on this same set. Their natural-size terms can be absorbed against the clipping thresholds, leaving a positive power gain for every product discarded when the clips are removed.
If z_S is any normalized unit vector in S, then \mathscr L(z_S)\le Ca^{3/4}=Cs^{21/20}. Let E be the union of the tails of y/\sqrt s, w, and z_S, each at threshold T_s, together with the sparse A-V set. The first bounds put its fraction below s^2T_s^C. The raw bounds (17.32), the structured sparse-output estimate, and sparse restriction give
The threshold inequality, after removing the arbitrarily smaller A-V fraction, is
The unmultiplied natural-size terms in (17.33) absorb. Therefore
For an explicit permitted diagonal tolerance, split A-V at s^{20} and take its normalized Frobenius tolerance at most s^{40}. The exceptional fraction is then at most s^{40}; its contribution is smaller than all the displayed errors. Across a fixed interval of boundary scales, use its smallest scale in these choices.
The low-band cancellations. All parts needed for the low-band estimate are now available. The base vectors have small enough complexity for comparison with Gaussian averages; the linear structured corrections use the signed high-rotation bound; and the quadratic Taylor remainder is smaller still. We list the powers separately before removing the joint clips. After these errors have been bounded, the Gaussian predictions cancel because the overlap and its derivative were defined from the same root.
We give the power ledger explicitly. Normalize the variables as y/\sqrt s,w,z_S. The base complexities in (17.27) are s^{1+\zeta}, s^{1+\zeta}, and s^{21/20}. Applying the frame comparison to the clipped averages therefore gains more than one power of s relative to the source sizes s^{3/2} and s. The structured normalized perturbations have source norm sT_s^C and full norm at most s/u times a clipping loss. Their second-order Taylor remainder consequently has relative size s^{9/5}T_s^C. For a linear term use the signed high contraction, giving relative size su^{1/2}T_s^C=s^{21/20}T_s^C. Replacing its differentiated recipe by a P_0-input recipe has relative error at most su^{-1}(s^{19/40}+s^{3/5})T_s^C. The resulting exponents, before clip losses, are
The same calculation controls changes of Gram entries in the Gaussian predictions; the discarded high parts are included in the replacement error. The differentiated recipes are exactly derivatives, through order two, of e z_S and d_v z_S, and the scalar recipes m^2,V'_0(y)w,m^4. Their normalized polynomial envelopes have degree at most six. The sixth moment is needed only to leading order, for which the first localization and a crude perturbation bound suffice; no differentiated degree-eight recipe is required.
Removing the joint clips costs, by (17.34),
We used |e|\le C|y|, boundedness of m,V,A, and |\dot r|\le C\sqrt s. The sparse A-V term obeys the second bound by the same joint row-energy product. Scalar unclipping uses m^2\le y^2 and |V'_0(y)|\le2|y|; its products obey the identical ledger. Gaussian unclipping has superpolynomially small tails because the normalized surrogate variances are bounded.
We have now bounded the comparison, Taylor, and unclipping errors. The Gaussian variables Y,G,U in the remaining calculation are centered and have the current empirical Gram matrix of y,w,z_S; they are the full-frame surrogates, rather than the noncentral scalar equality laws used earlier. The scalar comparisons and the justified replacement of A by V give the precise target errors
Indeed the natural scalar sizes are s and \sqrt s, and their comparison and unclipping errors gain more than one power of s. Gaussian integration by parts now gives
The Gram bounds are |\E[GU]|\le C and |\E[YU]|\le C\sqrt s. The two displays therefore give o(s^{5/2}) and o(s^2), respectively. Every entry of (17.36) is strictly greater than one, and each unclipping exponent is strictly above its target. By (17.16) the finite clipping losses leave positive margins. The supremum over unit S-tests proves (17.35). Quantitatively, after the fixed-scale dimensional errors are decreased, its two right-hand sides are bounded by Cs^{5/2+1/200} and Cs^{2+1/200}, respectively; the smallest remaining margin is \zeta-1/1000>1/200. This also proves the scalar comparison for m^4 with error o(s^3) and for m^6 to leading order.
Separation, stability, and response. Suppose q\le\varepsilon\sqrt t, where \varepsilon>0 will be fixed below the field lower-bound constant. The exact field equation is
On the band 2-W\le t, its first multiplier is at most C(t+q^2) in norm. Also s\asymp\sqrt t under the supposition, and t\le s^2\le s^{7/5}=a at small scale, so P_t^W\preceq P_S. The norm bound for y and (17.35) therefore give
Choose \varepsilon so that C\sqrt\varepsilon is below half the prescribed field lower-bound constant, then decrease the upper boundary scale, and finally the dimensional error. This contradicts the field lower bound, proving q\ge c\sqrt t. In particular s is now comparable to q, and the identity z-2=q^2/(1-q) gives the positive separation needed to use the full resolvent: R>0 and \|R\|\le Cq^{-2}. Inverting on all bands now gives |y-r^{-1}Rh|_n=o(\sqrt q) and |m-Rh|_n=o(\sqrt q). Replacing z by 2+q^2 incurs only a relative o(1) error; consequently q approximately solves the scalar equation
Its right-hand side is decreasing in q>0; equivalently, q-|(2+q^2-W)^{-1}h|_n^2 has derivative at least one.
For derivative tests, use (17.23), (17.26), and (17.35) to obtain, uniformly under (17.22),
To see the coefficient, substitute v=rw+\dot r\,y+d_v into (17.22) and use r-r^{-1}=-2q+O(q^2), \dot r=-2\langle yw\rangle+o(\sqrt q). The unenhanced term \dot r\,y is O(q), whereas the resolvent term has coefficient 2q\dot r=-4q\langle yw\rangle+o(q^{3/2}). The low source errors are multiplied by at most Cq^{-2}; their strict power gain therefore leaves an o(1) error. The high-band errors are controlled by the preceding localization estimates. This justifies the remainder in the rank-response formula uniformly over the tests.
The rank-one operator I+4qR_\ell yy^{\mathsf T}/n has uniformly bounded inverse: its denominator is at least one, and its numerator correction has norm at most 4q\|R_\ell\||y|_n^2\le C. Thus (17.37) with zero source excludes a normalized unit solution. If the stability matrix had a nonpositive eigenvalue, increase r-W by \ell I until its minimum eigenvalue reaches zero. The norm bound, A\le(1+\eta)I, and q=O(s) ensure 0\le\ell\le Cs, choosing \eta sufficiently small at the fixed bottom scale. For invertible A, writing its eigenvector as A^{1/2}w produces exactly the zero-source test above, a contradiction. Likewise a positive eigenvalue \varepsilon\ll q^2 at \ell=0 produces the source h_v=\varepsilon w and contradicts the same inverse estimate. Slightly smaller tolerances and continuity include noninvertible A. Hence the stability test has positive fixed slack. The deterministic root lemma now gives a unique root, and the implicit function theorem defines its response on this stable field family. For A=V and arbitrary sources of size O(q^2), (17.37) first bounds the response and then, by the rank-one inverse formula, gives (17.13); |(I-V)w|_n=o(1) by the localization just proved.
The value of the potential. The root and response estimates determine the local curvature. To build a single extension at initialization we also need to compare values at separated fields. We therefore expand the stationary TAP potential through cubic order in the overlap. The scalar fourth and sixth moments come from the same Gaussian comparison, while the quadratic source correction uses the low-band cancellation and the signed high-rotation estimate already proved. Their coefficients must be combined before discarding the lower powers.
The stationary TAP expression has gradient m. Since h=(z-W)m-e/r, completing the square gives the first equality in (17.14) exactly. Joint tail control permits the entropy expansion
The scalar comparisons just established express these moments by their Gaussian Taylor expansions. If \tau=|y|_n^2 denotes the matching variance, then
For the quadratic correction, the immediate goal is \langle eR'e\rangle=o(q^3). The low spectral region contributes at most Cq^{-2}|P_Se|_n^2=o(q^3) by (17.35). On a<d\le u, the clipped source e_0 contributes O(q^3u^{1/2}+q^5/a)T_s^C=o(q^3) by (17.19).
Keep the coordinate-sparse source e_{\rm sp}=e-e_0 separate on all bands d>a. Its improved row norm is |e_{\rm sp}|_n\le Cq^{31/20}T_s^C. The bounded sparse compression of R_{\rm hi}, together with R'=r^{-2}R-r^{-1}I, bounds its quadratic form by O(q^{31/10}T_s^C)=o(q^3). The bandwise sparse estimate following (17.21) and the improved row bound make its cross terms on the middle bands o(q^3). Here the spectral projection belongs to the operator: for example, \langle P_{>u}e_{\rm sp},R'P_{>u}e_{\rm sp}\rangle =\langle e_{\rm sp},R'_{>u}e_{\rm sp}\rangle. The vector tested by the sparse estimate is still e_{\rm sp}.
Above u, write e_0=t_y+e_{\rm rep}, where e_{\rm rep}=e_0(y)-e_0(Y_0); the definition of t_y in (17.28) uses the same cutoff \chi. For the structured term, |t_y|_n\le Cq^{3/2}T_s^C, and the signed high test gives
The high-input replacement estimates give |R'_{>u}e_{\rm rep}|_n\le Cq^{15/8}T_s^C and |e_{\rm rep}|_n\le Cq^{79/40}T_s^C. Its cross term with t_y is therefore O(q^{27/8}T_s^C), and its self term is of still higher order. For the cross term with e_{\rm sp}, the structured sparse-output bound gives |\mathbf1_E R'_{>u}t_y|_n\le Cq^{31/20}T_s^C, while the full replacement bound above handles R'_{>u}e_{\rm rep}. Multiplication by |e_{\rm sp}|_n gives powers 31/10 and 137/40, respectively. All exceed three after the clipping losses. This proves \langle eR'e\rangle=o(q^3). It follows from R=r^2R'+rI that
The last scalar coefficient follows by expanding e=qY-Y^3/3+O(Y^5) under the matched Gaussian law. Substitution cancels the quadratic terms and proves (17.14), with \kappa_0=1/3. This coefficient is used in the own-saddle support comparison at initialization.
Residuals at approximate roots and changes of coefficient or matrix add small normalized sources to the two exact equations used above. At a fixed bottom scale all inverses, clip derivatives, and tests have fixed bounds. Choose these perturbations after the displayed scales and error targets, and repeat the estimates with their reserved slack. The TAP expression then uses the actual J_* and jr^2/4. This proves the final perturbation assertion and completes the proof.
18 Initializing the cap induction and
removing the auxiliary potential
The induction of Proposition 16.1 needs a negative radial correction at its first scale. We obtain this correction from the small-field TAP expansion, initially for an auxiliary potential. The auxiliary potential differs from the true cap potential by a bounded Euclidean gradient error. A finite number of cap steps contracts this error, after which a covariance comparison permits us to use the true potential at every remaining scale.
We retain the notation P_p,k_p,M_p,R_p,a_p of the cap construction and write
Here \alpha_p(h) is determined by n=\operatorname{Tr}R_p+\|R_ph\|^2. Whenever an auxiliary potential \widetilde\phi_p is used, its derivatives and its discrepancy from \phi_p are restricted to P_p. An auxiliary object is called intrinsic to the parent data if it is measurable with respect to the capped matrix, the eigenvalues, and auxiliary randomness independent of the as yet unused finer eigenframe. This requirement is essential for the contraction argument below.
All parameters in the initialization and the finite comparison phase are fixed before n tends to infinity. Fix first a finite field radius L_0 for the eventual bounded-ball estimate. The construction tolerances may depend on L_0; the coarse constant supplied by Lemma 16.3 depends only on L_0 and is fixed before the sharp curvature tolerances. Choose a sufficiently large absolute C_* and the small excess \eta_* used below, and then the constant K_0 in (16.2). Choose the scale ratio \gamma sufficiently small, the annulus tolerance \sigma a sufficiently high power of \gamma, and \delta a still higher power. Increasing the exponents is allowed, and the choice of \delta is made last among these curvature tolerances. The finitely many error tolerances in the static comparison are chosen after these choices. Finally choose the starting scale p_0>0 sufficiently small. The coefficient 1-\beta>0 introduced below is chosen still smaller, including the fixed-scale persistence requirement in Section 19.4; its scalar endpoint and buffers are fixed from p_0 before this choice. The coefficient is thereafter fixed. Constants in the companion fixed-temperature theorem may depend on this \beta and on p_0.
18.1 A terminal TAP potential and its extension
Given the data at the starting cap p=p_0, restore the eigenvalues above the cap using an independent conditional Haar frame in H_p. Conditional on the capped matrix and eigenvalues, this auxiliary refinement and the original refinement are independent. Denote the resulting matrix by W and its cap subtraction by B_p^{\rm aux}, so that W-B_p^{\rm aux}=J_p. Its unconditional law is GOE. The sigma-field \mathscr F_p^{\rm aux} generated by the capped data, eigenvalues, and auxiliary Haar seed excludes the original finer frame. Set t=C_*p^2 and observe with precision
For C_* large and 1-\beta sufficiently small this is positive definite. The terminal interaction is \beta W-tI, which gives the same spin law as \beta W_{\rm off}. Scalar and Gaussian diagonal terms change only the partition-function normalization.
On the stable terminal region constructed below, let \Psi(z) be the TAP potential at its unique root, with interaction J_*=\beta W_{\rm off} and j=\beta^2. Thus \nabla\Psi(z)=m(z), the TAP magnetization. Propositions 17.1 and 17.5 give the following construction on an event of probability tending to one. We describe its domain carefully because it need not be convex.
For a starting field h\in\mathcal A_p(\sigma), freeze its parameter \alpha=\alpha_p(h). Write \mathsf G_h for the canonical Gaussian terminal law
Its filtered field satisfies
In particular,
Under \mathsf G_h, the centered noise has covariance norm O_{C_*}(t) and depends on the scalar \alpha in a compact smooth family. Its shift h+\Delta a_p has normalized norm O_{C_*}(t^{5/4}). The scalar and recipe nets in Proposition 17.5 cover this family and all input directions. The exact mean above, the spectral trace bounds, and a Gaussian quadratic deviation estimate give positive rates per k_p for the fixed filtered-length tolerances.
For comparison, let \mathsf T_h be the true terminal law conditional on \mathscr F_p^{\rm aux} and h:
The drift h+\Delta X has normalized norm O_{C_*}(t) for every spin. The noise diagnostics hold on one event for all permitted shifts. The low-band lower bound has a different quantifier: on a band with 2-W\asymp t below t, condition first on X and apply the Gaussian small-ball bound to that fixed center, then average over X. This gives failure e^{-c nt^{3/2}}=e^{-cC_*^{3/2}k_p} with no union over centers.
The exact filtered Gaussian law in (18.2) is not the law under \mathsf T_h. For those tests the spherical reference is the canonical bridge conditioned on the prior spin norm. The tested norm-density calculation gives a positive rate for the named relaxed quadratic tests. The positive-moment transfer then attaches independent Gaussian noise to each replica and uses the specified Gram-cell enlargement with the noise marks fixed. Its field-uniform conclusion and parameter order are recorded after the terminal regions are defined. The same interface is needed for the actual finer frame at the starting cap.
The initial convolution uses one terminal potential for all input fields. We construct it on three nested regions D_0\subset D_1\subset D_2, determined by the parent data and the auxiliary frame. The region D_0 contains the predicted terminal fields, D_1 supplies the supporting quadratics, and D_2 is the larger region on which the TAP Hessian is controlled.
Fix \eta_*>0 at the choice of C_*, sufficiently small for the spectral contraction and the Gaussian distance-tail comparison below. Choose a fixed geometric tolerance \theta sufficiently small compared with \eta_*. The earlier finite choice of the annulus tolerance is made so that \sigma\ll\theta. To define membership from a terminal field, let \Lambda=\{\mathrm{obs}\}\sqcup[-\sigma p^2,\sigma p^2] label the noise covariances
Let \mathcal G_W be the set of labelled noise vectors (\lambda,g) passing the buffered diagnostics of Proposition 17.5 for every allowed shift. Use closed relaxed versions of these tests and a fixed Gaussian norm cutoff; their stricter versions retain the stated probability bounds. The diagnostic families are continuous on their compact coefficient sets, so \mathcal G_W may be taken with a Borel graph and compact sections. The low-band lower bound is a test of the resulting field, not a condition imposed simultaneously on all shifts in \mathcal G_W.
Put R_t=(2-W+t)^{-1} and P_t^W=\mathbf1_{\{2-W\le t\}}. Choose shift radii L_0^{\rm shift}<L_1^{\rm shift}<L_2^{\rm shift} inside the allowed range, with the first containing every drift h+\Delta X above and with fixed margins between the radii. Choose lower thresholds \ell_0>\ell_1>\ell_2>0 below the small-ball threshold, and (\theta_0,\theta_1,\theta_2)=(\theta/4,\theta/2,\theta). Define
Membership means that at least one labelled noise and shift pair satisfies these conditions. All labels are included before h is chosen. These are nested parent-measurable closed sets: the defining graph has compact sections, and its projection under (g,v)\mapsto g+v is compact. The geometric tolerances remain fixed throughout the argument.
The next lemma supplies the terminal tests at the fixed initialization scale. Its filtered-length estimate has a rate available before the replica order and upper scale are chosen. The noise diagnostics are then imposed at that chosen scale; their rate need only be positive there.
Lemma 18.1 (Terminal tests at the initialization scale). Fix the preceding geometric tolerances and a filtered-length tolerance \varepsilon_{\rm len}>0. For a sufficiently small fixed p=p_0 and then sufficiently small fixed 1-\beta>0, with probability tending to one in the capped data and auxiliary refinement, uniformly for h\in\mathcal A_p(\sigma),
and
Here a>0 may depend on p_0 and the fixed parameters. For either exceptional event, the same conclusion holds, with constants C_j,a_j>0, after inserting any fixed power of 1+\|Z\|/\sqrt n+\|R_fZ\|/M_p in the expectation. A finite collection of stricter filtered-length tolerances may be imposed simultaneously. The same assertions hold for the actual refinement at this starting cap.
Proof. We first prove the filtered tests, keeping their rate uniform as the upper scale decreases. Under the canonical joint law, sample X\sim N(a_p,R_p) and independent standard Gaussian \xi, and set Z=h+\Delta X+\sqrt\Delta\,\xi. With A=R_fZ and T=R_p-R_f, Gaussian conditioning gives the joint representation
In particular \mathbb E\|A\|^2=n-\operatorname{Tr}R_f. The spectral estimates, uniformly for |\alpha|\le\sigma p^2 and (1-\beta)/t sufficiently small, give
The Gaussian quadratic moment formula therefore implies, for each fixed \varepsilon>0,
Indeed its centered logarithmic moment is at most C\lambda^2 n/p for |\lambda|\le cp^2; choose a sufficiently small fixed multiple of p^2 in each sign. These constants are independent of sufficiently small p.
We must retain this rate after conditioning \|X\|^2=n. For a spectral quadratic tilt e^{\lambda A^{\mathsf T}HA+v^{\mathsf T}A}, the normalized tilted law of X is Gaussian with covariance
Choose the tilt with its bracket between fixed positive multiples of I. This covariance is then comparable to R_f+T=R_p, regardless of the tilted mean. A band of order k_p eigenvalues remains comparable to p^{-2}. The characteristic-function estimate (15.5) bounds its squared-norm density by Cp^2/\sqrt{k_p}=C\sqrt{p/n}. The original saddle density is at least c\sqrt{p/n}. Thus the density ratio in (15.7) is bounded by a constant, and (18.7) holds with a decreased positive rate under the spherical terminal law. Independent marked replicas have the corresponding product bound; equivalently one may use (15.6).
This argument also covers the R_tZ test defining D_0. Write R_tZ=(R_tR_f^{-1})A. The spectral multiplier is bounded and differs from I by O(|\alpha|/t+(1-\beta)/t), so its quadratic tilt has the same precision margin. Its canonical mean square divided by n\sqrt t is 1+o(1)+O(\sigma/C_*)+O((1-\beta)/t). The trace estimate and the resolvent identity give this comparison. Choose these errors below a fixed fraction of \theta_0 and reserve fixed gaps between the tested and relaxed thresholds. The spherical failure rate for both filtered tests is consequently a fixed positive multiple of k_p before p_0 is chosen.
We now transfer these concrete tests to cube posteriors by (). Give every replica its own independent standard Gaussian mark in spectral coordinates, and keep the marks fixed in the Gram-cell comparison. A cell of the size used there changes a spin representative by O_l(n^{-1/2}) in Euclidean norm. Hence it changes Z by O_l(tn^{-1/2}) and R_fZ or R_tZ by O_{l,C_*}(n^{-1/2}). The corresponding changes in the normalized filtered lengths tend to zero at the fixed scale. Norm inequalities in both directions show that a failure with tolerance \varepsilon implies failure with tolerance \varepsilon/2 throughout the cell, even for unbounded noise marks. This verifies the marked inclusion required after (). Integrating the independent marks leaves the same cube–sphere Gram factor. The small-overlap moment bound thus has exponent -lc k_p/2+\eta_l k_p+o_n(k_p); the discarded large-overlap term is added after normalization as in that equation.
For uniformity in h, take a mesh of fixed resolution \zeta in p^2M_p units on a slightly enlarged annulus. Its logarithmic cardinality is at most C_\zeta k_p. Couple neighboring fields by using the same spin and mark. The scaled saddle is Lipschitz, and the resolvent identity gives
Also |\operatorname{Tr}R_{f,h}-\operatorname{Tr}R_{f,h'}| \le C\zeta np, so the centers of the squared-length tests respect the same fixed gaps. The R_t comparison is simpler, since its resolvent is fixed. Thus a sufficiently fine fixed mesh respects the threshold gaps. On \|P_pX\|\le VM_p, changing the spin posterior between these fields costs at most e^{C\zeta V k_p}, including the partition normalizer; use the static projected-mean bound on a prescribed ball containing the annulus and the joining segment. The complement has the uniform projected V^6 tail from Proposition 15.1. Choose V first to give the required tail rate and then \zeta to fit both the threshold and likelihood budgets. In (), choose a posterior exponent below c/2, the value error below the remaining margin, and then a fixed replica order l whose Haar exponent exceeds C_\zeta. Only afterward decrease p_0 so that the Gram error C_lnp^4 and all comparison errors fit this budget. The field net then proves both filtered tests uniformly with a positive exponent per k_p.
It remains to impose the other conditions of D_0. The deterministic shift h+\Delta X is within the chosen shift radius for every spin. Lemma 17.4 gives one conditional noise event for all these shifts, with failure at most e^{-c_tn} for typical W. For the low-band lower bound, condition on each spin and use that lemma’s uniform-in-center small-ball estimate, then average. This bound is uniform in the spin law and in h, without a field net or a union over spins. At the chosen p_0, the minimum of these positive rates and the filtered-test rate is a positive rate per k_{p_0}, proving (18.4).
At this fixed scale, the conditional Gaussian observation and \|X\|=\sqrt n bound every fixed moment of 1+\|Z\|/\sqrt n+\|R_fZ\|/M_p, uniformly in h. Cauchy–Schwarz with a doubled moment gives the weighted exceptional bounds with a smaller exponent. The auxiliary refinement has marginal GOE law and is independent of the true finer frame conditional on the capped data. The event just proved is therefore measurable before that true frame is revealed. Repeating the same argument gives the actual-refinement event; it is imposed separately, without including it in \mathscr F_p^{\rm aux}. A finite intersection proves the final assertion.
The true terminal field now lies in D_0 with the weighted error bounds needed for gradient transport. We next extend the TAP potential while preserving its values and derivatives on a neighborhood of these fields. A sufficiently small fixed b_*>0 gives a ball of radius
inside D_1 around every point of D_0, and inside D_2 around every point of D_1. Indeed, retain a witnessing (\lambda,g) and assign the displacement to v. A displacement of normalized length b_*t^{5/4} changes the low-band norm by at most that amount and changes |R_tz|_n^2/\sqrt t by at most Cb_*+Cb_*^2. The fixed gaps between the shift, lower-bound, and filtered-length thresholds give both buffers.
We also reserve an outer shift and low-band margin beyond D_2. Choose one residual radius \rho_{\mathrm{res}} inside these margins, with \rho_{\mathrm{res}}\ll t^{5/4}. If e=F_{J_*,z}(y) and |e|_n\le\rho_{\mathrm{res}}, then F_{J_*,z+e}(y)=0. The same noise witness remains admissible at z+e, and the realized low-band bound is preserved by the triangle inequality. The pre-stability part of Proposition 17.5 therefore applies to every such approximate root. Its zero-field exclusion first bounds q above, the low-band estimate bounds it below by c\sqrt t, and its scalar constraint, together with the filtered-length condition and monotonicity, places it in the common band used below. The derivative estimates then give the stability implication on this whole residual region, with common parameters. Only at this point do we apply the deterministic root lemma in Proposition 17.1: it gives a globally unique stable root for every z\in D_2. The root is measurable in the data and field, for example as the limit of measurably selected rational approximate roots; locally it is smooth by the inverse function theorem.
The local curvature and the comparison of distant support points require different arguments. To make the latter comparison without changing the geometric regions, use the fixed interval I_t=[(1-2\theta)\sqrt t,(1+2\theta)\sqrt t] and define
The resolvents are positive on I_t for the fixed boundary scale and large n. The function q-\|R_qz\|^2/n is strictly increasing. Its value at \sqrt t has absolute value at most \theta\sqrt t on D_2, so it has a unique zero \widehat q(z) in the interior of I_t. Thus \widehat q(z) is the minimizer of F_q(z) on this same interval for every z\in D_2.
The value calculation in Proposition 17.5 gives the exact coefficient \kappa_0=1/3. Together with its mean expansion it implies, uniformly on D_2, for a field-independent constant c,
Here \epsilon is an approximation tolerance, separate from \theta and the two buffers. It can be decreased after those geometric quantities are fixed. For clarity, the TAP resolvent initially has parameter r+r^{-1}=2+q^2/(1-q). Replacing it by 2+q^2 changes its quadratic value by O(nq^4) and its mean by O(\sqrt n\,q^{3/2}), uniformly on the coarse band q\asymp\sqrt t. The mean estimate and the definition of the TAP overlap give q-\|R_qz\|^2/n=o(q). Strict monotonicity then gives q-\widehat q(z)=o(q). On this fixed band the first two scalar derivatives of F_q/n have orders q^2 and q, so this replacement changes the value by o(nq^3) and the mean by o(\sqrt n\,q^{1/2}). These errors, and the perturbations from the interaction coefficient and diagonal completion, give (18.10): choose the diagnostic accuracies, then the boundary scale sufficiently small, then the coefficient perturbation sufficiently small, and finally n large. The noise diagnostic accuracy may improve, but assigning displacements to the allowed shift still preserves those diagnostics. These choices do not reduce the geometric tolerances or either fixed buffer.
By the resolvent identity and the fixed choice \theta\ll\eta_*, R_q\preceq R_t+\eta_*I/(4t) on I_t. The local TAP Hessian, whose leading correction is negative semidefinite, therefore obeys the required upper bound on D_2. Put
for a fixed b_{**}>0. The last inequality follows in the common spectral basis: before the \eta_* and 1-\beta perturbations, 1-\Delta_i/(d_i+t)\ge c/C_* on both sides of the cap. The approximation tolerance is also chosen small enough that \nabla^2\Psi\preceq U on D_2.
For z,z'\in D_1 at distance less than (18.8), their segment lies in D_2; integration of this Hessian bound gives the upper-support inequality. For more distant points put d=z'-z and choose the minimizing parameter at z. Since \min_{q\in I_t}F_q(z')\le F_{\widehat q(z)}(z'), (18.10) gives
At these distances the two error terms are at most \epsilon(2b_*^{-2}+b_*^{-1})\|d\|^2/t. Choose \epsilon\ll\eta_*\min(b_*^2,b_*) after the fixed buffers. The curvature slack then bounds the right side by d^{\mathsf T}Ud/2. This is a one-sided comparison using the saddle at the support point; it does not require an arbitrarily accurate absolute comparison with a single frozen quadratic on the whole geometric region.
Take the infimum of the upper supporting quadratics with curvature U over D_1 and call the result \overline\Psi. The preceding inequalities hold for every pair of support points. They show that the extension equals \Psi on D_1, hence on a full fixed neighborhood of D_0. The extension has global upper Hessian U in the distributional sense and at most quadratic growth; its support gradients have at most linear growth. One may mollify and pass to the limit at fixed n.
For later estimates we also need to transfer canonical tests to the heat convolution of this extension. At each input field, restrict the supports further to a stricter predicted subset H_h of D_0 where q/\sqrt{t+\alpha} and the filtered norm at R_f have arbitrarily small fixed errors. This subset has canonical probability tending uniformly to one. On it, \Psi and its gradient agree with the frozen canonical quadratic up to an arbitrarily small error per k_p and per M_p, respectively. The distance to this subset, in \sqrt n\,t^{5/4} units, has Gaussian upper tails with a positive rate per nt^{3/2}, uniformly as p decreases. Indeed, Gaussian enlargement uses only \mathsf G_h(H_h)\ge1/2 and the covariance bound C_{C_*}t; the large-n threshold for this mass bound may depend on the fixed p, while the distance-tail rate does not. The support comparison bounds the additional logarithmic weight by a small constant times k_p plus
where distance is in those scaled units. Choose \eta_* below the distance-tail rate. Integrating the distance tails, or applying Hölder’s inequality, transfers the required tests with a smaller positive exponent; the same subset gives the normalization lower bound. For tests excluding D_1, the tolerances and exponents can be fixed independently of small p. Only then decrease p and 1-\beta to control the approximation errors.
For the lower Fisher estimate, localize before differentiating the extension. Choose a cutoff equal to one on the stricter predicted subset in D_0 and supported strictly inside D_1, where \overline\Psi=\Psi. This ensures that the calculation uses only the original smooth potential, even though D_1 need not be convex. The D_0-to-D_1 buffer (18.8) gives polynomial derivative bounds for a distance cutoff. The larger domain D_2 is used for the local Hessian segments in the support comparison. Integration by parts with the cutoff and the score uses only the classical Hessian where the extension agrees locally. Negative distributional Hessian mass elsewhere is never integrated. The omitted terms have exponential probability and polynomial moments for the fixed parameters.
18.2 The initial radial deficit
Proposition 18.2. For the preceding choices, with probability tending to one there is an intrinsic auxiliary cap potential
whose Hessian satisfies (16.2) on the used annulus, with slack. Moreover, for a finite constant C independent of n,
The constant may depend on all the fixed initialization parameters.
Proof. We first verify curvature. Write \widetilde{\mathsf T}_h for the terminal field law with density proportional to e^{\overline\Psi(z)} relative to N(h,\Delta). All expectations in the curvature calculation below use this law. An indicator \mathbf1_{H_h} means that the integrand is integrated only over H_h, including when it is defined only there. The canonical identities in (18.2) enter through the transferred tests, rather than as identities under \widetilde{\mathsf T}_h.
On H_h, put \nu=n/(4q); no value of q or \nu outside H_h is used in these retained integrals. The ideal form of the TAP response there is
Proposition 17.5 has the same two resolvent factors with the root vector y. Replacing its resolvent by R_f and y=r^{-1}a_f+o(M_p) by a_f changes the response by an arbitrarily small amount in t^{-1} units; the scalar matching is detailed below. In the ideal calculation, R_f^{-1}=R_p^{-1}+\Delta and rank-one inversion give the exact identity
The left side is the Brascamp–Lieb covariance bound after the increment-covariance transformation. Thus the transported correction has two R_p factors, and its denominator contains R_p.
The transferred canonical tests give
and
Here b=4/(3\pi), while \mathbb E[\mathbf1_{H_h}\nu]=O(n/(\sqrt{C_*}p)). On H_p, R_p=(p^2+\alpha)^{-1}I. For e_p=a_p/\|a_p\|, Cauchy–Schwarz therefore bounds the retained expected radial subtraction in p^2 Hessian units below by
The errors also tend to zero with \sigma. Taking C_* large leaves a strict margin above the radial constant 0.30.
For each fixed unit transverse direction v\perp a_p, the retained second moment \mathbb E[\mathbf1_{H_h}(v^{\mathsf T}(a_f-a_p))^2] is o(np), with bounds uniform in that direction. The Fisher lower bound and the Brascamp–Lieb upper bound therefore give arbitrarily small transverse error and a bounded radial lower error. The contribution from H_h in the localized Fisher calculation is linear in the terminal correction and retains its denominator \nu+a_f^{\mathsf T}R_fa_f; the upper bound uses the denominator in (18.13). The directional second-moment test controls both on transverse directions.
The reference resolvent must be matched at the actual frozen parameter. Put s=t+\alpha and q_0=\sqrt s. On H_h, the R_f filtered-length test is within \epsilon_{\rm len}q_0 of its exact mean 1-\operatorname{Tr}R_f/n, and the latter is within \epsilon_{\rm tr}q_0 of q_0. The TAP mean expansion gives |q-|R_qz|_n^2|\le\epsilon_{\rm TAP}q. Since
these tests imply
Consequently the TAP parameter q^2/(1-q) differs from t+\alpha by an arbitrarily small fraction of p^2 after the prescribed accuracy, scale, and coefficient choices. This uses the exact R_f test, so no fixed O(\sigma) error remains. The exceptional set is already covered by the terminal transition bounds. The transverse error can therefore be made as small as required at fixed C_* and \sigma. Positive-matrix Cauchy–Schwarz applied to the two matrix bounds gives the mixed-block estimate in (16.2). The cutoffs described above justify the lower bound, and (18.11) controls the upper bound on the exceptional set.
The curvature invariant is now established for the auxiliary potential. We next compare its gradient with the true cap mean in unnormalized Euclidean norm. At the terminal field this is the uncentered consequence of the companion’s directional estimate. We transport that estimate backward through the fixed precision interval. This gives a bounded gradient error; it does not yet give a Hessian comparison.
At every terminal field in the agreement region the companion fixed-\beta<1 posterior theorem gives
Precisely, use [28, Section 7.2, proof of Proposition 7.2]: its estimate |\mathbb E[G(X-t_*)^{\mathsf T}v]| \le C\|G\|_*, before centering G, with G=1 and \|v\|\le1 gives (18.15). Its assumptions are the fixed-length word diagnostics and the stable-field implication through a fixed residual threshold. After fixing \beta<1, restrict the permitted diagonal enlargement to a positive \eta<\min(\eta_{\rm TAP},\beta^{-1}-1), where \eta_{\rm TAP} is the enlargement supplied by the boundary test. The stability implication remains valid on this smaller class, and \beta^2(1+\eta)^2<1 supplies the companion’s strict diagonal margin. Impose its fixed-length word diagnostics with this choice. All constants are uniform in the terminal field and n under these diagnostics. No assertion about the constant as \beta\uparrow1 is needed.
Transport (18.15) backward through the observation, using Lemma 18.3 below. The strict upper curvature bound (18.11) gives bounded amplification on this fixed precision interval. Outside agreement, true observation probabilities and their polynomially weighted moments are exponentially small by Lemma 18.1. The extension gradients have at most linear growth, so their contribution there tends to zero. This proves (18.12). Finally the conditional auxiliary completion uses only the parent data and an independent Haar seed. Its high-probability properties may be imposed before revealing the true finer frame, which proves the asserted intrinsic measurability.
18.3 Transporting and contracting gradient errors
Lemma 18.3. Consider a deterministic increasing matrix precision B_s, with derivative G_s\succeq0, and a terminal potential extended with a strict semiconcavity margin relative to the total remaining precision. Let f_s be its backward log heat convolution and K_s=\nabla^2 f_s. Along the true observation process, write m_s for the posterior mean and e_s=m_s-\nabla f_s. For a starting direction v, let v_s solve
Then
whenever the indicated polynomial moments are finite. The same identity holds by approximation for the extensions used here.
Proof. The true posterior mean has zero drift. Apply Itô’s formula to the approximate gradient along the same observation, and use the backward heat equation for f_s. Subtracting the two evolutions gives de_s=-K_sG_se_s\,ds+dM_s. The finite-variation equation (18.16) cancels this drift in e_s^{\mathsf T}v_s. Localization and then the moment bounds give the identity. A global upper Hessian bound for the terminal potential gives a global upper bound for the convolved Hessian by Brascamp–Lieb. For a constant precision rate G this bounds amplification in the G^{-1} metric. On the cap path the Euclidean estimate applies instead, because the variation stays in the support of P_u, on which the rate is scalar. Mollification, the same bound, and dominated convergence justify the limiting extension. In (18.16), dB_s is a precision increment, not a Brownian increment.
Proposition 18.4. Suppose the parent auxiliary potential is intrinsic, satisfies the curvature invariant with slack, and its true gradient discrepancy is bounded by D/p on its agreement annulus, where D<\infty is fixed. Put c=\gamma p. Extend the parent potential as in Proposition 16.1 and take its log heat convolution to c. For the parameter choices above, with probability tending to one over the unused refinement,
This conclusion is uniform in the child field. For a fixed finite number of comparison steps, the additive errors tend to zero simultaneously.
Proof. Parameterize observation from c to p by \log u, so its rate is 2u^2P_u. A variation initially in P_c remains in P_u. Freeze the starting parameter \alpha and write a_u=R_uh_u along the canonical bridge. These vectors form a Gaussian martingale with independent increments and
Norms and mixed products concentrate at their predictions, in particular a_s^{\mathsf T}a_u=\|a_s\|^2+o(M_p^2), with arbitrarily small fixed scaled errors. The inferred parameter is within an arbitrarily small fraction of u^2 of its frozen value. These assertions are uniform in u: use finite time grids and Gaussian maximal bounds. In parent units the covariance of an increment has operator norm at most O_\gamma((\operatorname{Tr}P_p)^{-1}) times its logarithmic time length and trace at most O_\gamma(1) times that length. Transfer of path tests to the true law uses its terminal density. The exceptional-tail estimates are uniform conditionally on the starting field. Outside the retained paths the global semiconcavity estimate still bounds flow amplification.
If h_u^{\rm lin} denotes the variation in (18.16), rescale it to v_u=(c^2+\alpha)h_u^{\rm lin}/(u^2+\alpha). The scalar reference curvature cancels. By the intermediate estimates of Proposition 16.1, the remaining equation, up to a small operator perturbation, is
The upper bound is absolute: use the variance-formula lower Hessian bound when u/p\le0.9, and the Fisher bound closer to the parent. The perturbation is bounded by O_\gamma(\delta^{b'}) for an absolute b'>0, plus errors chosen arbitrarily small by the approximation tolerances. Variation of constants absorbs it after these choices. The starting parameter tolerance contributes no additional fixed scalar error, because the rescaling uses the actual frozen parameter. All intermediate support conditions have slack; near p use the parent agreement domain itself.
Let V_u:P_c\longrightarrow P_u be the pure flow (18.18), with the identity inclusion at c. It is a contraction. Its terminal radial component satisfies
where \tau>0 can be chosen arbitrarily small before n is large. Removing the scalar reference growth leaves a flow that contracts only in the current radial direction. That direction changes along the bridge. To measure the cumulative contraction, test the flow against the terminal radial vector and use the bridge’s mixed scalar products. The resulting scalar integral equation has an integrating factor bounded by a fixed power of the scale ratio. We use pathwise integration by parts, so no adaptedness claim is needed for that factor.
To see the exponent, put G_s=a_s^{\mathsf T}V_s. The mixed-product estimates in the integral equation give
Write Q(p,u)=\exp(-\int_u^p2d_s\,ds/s)\le(u/p)^{0.52}. The integrating-factor formula is
The integral is interpreted by pathwise integration by parts; its integrand can depend on future values of d_s, so an adapted stochastic-integral interpretation is unnecessary. No differentiability of d_s is needed. On a logarithmic dyadic interval starting at u, increments and partial increments of P_ca_s, divided by \|a_p\|, are at most C\sqrt H\,\gamma^{3/2}p/u with exponential probability. This follows from the covariance formula and \operatorname{Tr}P_c\asymp nc^3. Integration by parts against the integrating factor gives a summable series with largest term C\sqrt H\,\gamma^{3/2}\gamma^{-0.48}. The initial term is at most C\gamma^{1/2}\gamma^{0.52}. This proves (18.19). Time and mixed-product errors have at most polynomial amplification in \gamma^{-1}.
We next prove the transverse gain, including its conditional law. Let \mathcal F_p contain the capped matrix, the eigenvalues, and the entire intrinsic auxiliary construction. Write Q for the unused Haar map into P_p. For a fixed child-coordinate field, sample the canonical path in spectral coordinates independently of Q. Condition on these path coordinates and on the terminal physical image Q\xi_p=h_p, where \xi_p is the terminal field in spectral coordinates. The terminal discrepancy, as a function of (\mathcal F_p,h_p), is now fixed. Its transverse part e_p^\perp is perpendicular to h_p, hence to a_p. The residual map from \xi_p^\perp to h_p^\perp is exactly Haar. We do not condition on the intermediate physical field images.
The elementary Haar projection bound, applied conditionally as just specified, therefore gives
on a fixed polynomially fine time grid, with failure at most \exp(-A Hk_c) for a prescribed fixed A after increasing the constant. Here P_c in the first expression denotes the child coordinate subspace before applying Q. The bound uses \operatorname{Tr}P_c/\operatorname{Tr}P_p \asymp\gamma^3; adding finitely many grid directions does not affect it once n is large. Gaussian modulus tests fill the gaps with any prescribed fixed error. Since \|V_u\|\le1 and d_u\le C, the integral equation for V_p yields
This step also permits the coefficients d_u to depend on Q. The projection event controls the vectors appearing in the integral equation, while their coefficients use only the deterministic bounds already established. No additional independence of those coefficients is required.
The residual Haar statement is used only under canonical sampling. To pass to the actual heat-tilted path, its Radon–Nikodym derivative for each fixed Q is the terminal weight
where q_p^{\rm fr} is the frozen quadratic. An additive calibration of the numerator is immaterial. On an arbitrarily narrow fixed terminal shell, the static comparison and the auxiliary gradient calibration bound this derivative by \exp(\eta k_p) for any prescribed \eta>0, and the same shell gives its normalization lower bound. This normalization may depend on Q. We transfer the canonical Haar failure estimate through the density ratio, rather than asserting that the tilted law is Haar. If a finite grid or replica transfer has r terminal factors, choose r\eta\ll H\gamma^3. More explicitly, if \mathcal E_H is the high-rate Haar failure event on the retained terminal shell, the canonical bound and the r density factors give
Here \mathsf T_{h,Q}^{(r)} is the joint actual path law for those r terminal factors at the fixed grid field. Choose b_{\rm path},b_Q>0 with b_{\rm path}+b_Q<AH-r\eta\gamma^{-3} and b_Q>C_{\rm net}\log(1/\gamma), where the child-field net has logarithmic size at most C_{\rm net}\log(1/\gamma)k_c. Markov’s inequality then gives
The second exponent pays for the field net. The first remains as a conditional path bound and absorbs the polynomial discrepancy and flow moments at the fixed comparison scales. Here is the likelihood comparison needed to pass from the net to nearby fields. Let \|h-h'\|\le\rho c^2M_c and keep the later physical grid fields fixed. Only the first Gaussian increment and the initial normalizer then change. Its inverse on P_c is bounded by a fixed multiple of c^{-2} once the first positive grid time is fixed. On bounded retained grid fields, the Gaussian exponent comparison therefore gives
The normalizer obeys the same bound: differentiate the exact full-interval convolution to obtain \nabla_{P_c}\phi_c=\Delta_{P_c}^{-1}(\mathbb E Y_{P_c}-h), and use the uniform parent-field moment bound before integrating along the field segment. The constant C_\gamma may also depend on the fixed first grid time and buffers.
The intrinsic terminal discrepancy is the same function of the fixed terminal field in this comparison, so no derivative bound on it is required. Discarding an arbitrarily short initial grid interval costs an arbitrarily small operator error in the rank flow. The remaining projection and mixed-product tests, including their normalizations by nonzero annular lengths, have polynomial continuity in the fixed parameters. Choose a net of inverse-polynomial resolution \rho so that these changes fit the reserved test slack and rC_\gamma\rho<b_{\rm path}/2. A relaxed bad event at a neighboring field is then bounded by its net-point probability times e^{rC_\gamma\rho k_c}, retaining exponent at least b_{\rm path}/2. This comparison is made before taking conditional expectations. Its net still has logarithmic size C_{\rm net}\log(1/\gamma)k_c, paid by the previously reserved orientation exponent. Modulus tests, mixed-product tests, and shell complements are controlled by the separate uniform conditional tail estimates. Their failure exponents need not equal the high Haar rate, and no union bound over the child net is applied to those tails.
Apply Lemma 18.3. The prefactor from undoing the rescaling is O(\gamma^{-2}). Multiplying the resulting bound by c, the radial and transverse terms in (18.19) and (18.20) are bounded by
Choose \gamma so this is below 1/4, and choose the operator and fixed-tolerance errors so their contribution is below D/4. The exceptional sets contribute o_n(1) in these units for fixed D and fixed scales. This proves (18.17). Agreement at each extension boundary is enough: true paths leave it only with the stated negligible probability. Integrating the bounded gradient discrepancy along annular paths and recalibrating an additive constant gives an o(k_c) value oscillation error, since c is fixed during this finite phase. The next curvature step therefore retains all its macroscopic comparison hypotheses.
18.4 Replacing the auxiliary potential and evaluating all scales
After finitely many contractions the gradient discrepancy is small in the scale units needed for the next convolution. This is the point at which a Hessian comparison becomes available. The logarithmic density discrepancy is Lipschitz on the parent shell; strong log-concavity turns that Lipschitz bound into small thermal fluctuations. Changing density therefore perturbs the directional first and second moments of the terminal field by a small amount. The exact increment covariance formula then compares the two child Hessians.
Lemma 18.5. Fix \gamma and the curvature tolerances. If the parent gradient discrepancy is at most D/p on the used annulus, then one further convolution makes the true and auxiliary output Hessians differ by O_\gamma(D)+o_n(1) in child c^2 units. In particular, for D sufficiently small, the true output satisfies (16.2) whenever the auxiliary output satisfies it with the established slack.
Proof. On the parent shell the difference of logarithmic potentials has Lipschitz constant at most CD/p. Annular paths have a bounded ratio of path length to chord length, so this is also a Euclidean Lipschitz bound up to an absolute factor. Extend the difference with the same bound, for example by the infimum formula for Lipschitz extensions. Under the strongly log-concave extended auxiliary bridge, its centered fluctuations are subgaussian with scale C_\gamma D. Indeed the bridge covariance scale is O_\gamma(p^2) and its strong convexity bound applies to every Lipschitz function. Linear functions of the terminal field in thermal units have a bounded subgaussian scale as well.
If F is the centered logarithmic discrepancy and L such a normalized linear function, Cauchy–Schwarz and the subgaussian exponential moments give
for D below a fixed constant. Center the linear observable in each tested direction before applying these inequalities. Their constants are uniform over unit directions, so the resulting variance estimates control the full covariance operator. The true bridge and the tilted extension agree conditionally on the shell. The true bridge has the preceding complementary moment bounds. For the discrepancy-tilted extension, Hölder’s inequality and the centered subgaussian bound on F transfer the auxiliary complementary moment bounds with a decreased positive exponent, including the required second moments. The increment covariance formula, with inverse increment O_\gamma(p^{-2}) on P_c, now proves the asserted Hessian comparison.
Starting with Proposition 18.2, write its finite error bound as D_0/p_0. Apply Proposition 18.4 a fixed number of times until D is as small as Lemma 18.5 requires, and perform the final replacement step. The number of steps may be chosen after p_0, \beta, and D_0 are fixed. There is no restriction on its size as a function of p_0: it is finite and independent of n. The tolerances in the curvature induction and in the flow estimates depend only on the fixed ratios and curvature tolerances, not on this number of steps or on D_0. Raw bounded gradient errors give vanishing macroscopic calibration errors at every one of these fixed scales. Thereafter all cap potentials in the induction are the true potentials. The resulting curvature conclusion depends only on the original disorder: if it fails for a given J, the joint construction fails for every auxiliary seed. Its disorder failure probability is therefore bounded by the joint failure probability.
Theorem 18.6 (Uniform curvature of the true cap potentials). Fix a finite field radius L_0. There is C=C(L_0)<\infty such that for every \epsilon>0 there are constants p_{\rm top}>0 and s_0>0 for which, with probability tending to one, the following assertions hold simultaneously for every
For all h\in P_p with |\alpha_p(h)|\le s_0p^2,
For all h\in P_p with \|h\|\le L_0p^2M_p,
The constants are independent of n,p,h. The field radius and all coarse constants may be fixed before the sharp curvature tolerances. The lower endpoint p_{\min}(n) may be changed by a fixed factor.
Proof. Fix L_0 first and take the corresponding coarse constant from Lemma 16.3. Choose the construction tolerances after this radius and the requested sharp error \epsilon; the coarse constant is independent of \epsilon. After the finite auxiliary phase, iterate Proposition 16.1 on a geometric list down to np^3\asymp\sqrt{\log n}. Its positive-rate failure bounds are summable on this list. The static comparison and spectral estimates hold on the same event. This proves the invariant for all retained true parent scales.
For (18.21), write the target scale as p=xq, where q is a true parent and x\in[\gamma^2,\gamma]. Choose s_0 small enough that the target frozen parameter lies strictly inside the parent agreement range. Lemma 16.2 applies on this entire ratio interval. Its transverse and mixed errors can be made arbitrarily small, while its radial correction is negative. Thus p^2(K_p-R_p^H) has arbitrarily small positive part. Choose the fixed errors below the margin allowed by \epsilon, including the replacement of 1/(p^2+\alpha) by 1/p^2. This proves (18.21) without another random compression.
The sharp estimate concerns a thin parameter annulus. A prescribed bounded ball may have a wider range of saddle parameters, so it requires a different evaluation ratio. Choose the parent sufficiently coarser that this entire range lies strictly inside the parent’s agreement annulus. The child saddle remains separated from its pole, and an upper support with smaller excess than that separation gives the coarse ball bound. Each evaluation may use its own support extension, since no induction is performed with its output.
For the ball bound again write p=xq, now with x\in[\gamma b_1,b_1], where b_1 is supplied by Lemma 16.3 with radius L_0. The lemma constructs supports around the frozen typical length with excess below the child convolution margin, and proves the complementary moment estimates for both the extended and true transitions. Equation (16.35) therefore gives (18.22), with a coarse constant depending only on L_0. The construction is uniform in the indicated fixed ratio interval; it uses no radial gain and need not agree with the extensions used for other targets.
Every target scale below a sufficiently small fixed p_{\rm top} has a parent in each indicated ratio interval. The two evaluation lemmas are deterministic and uniform under the parent hypotheses. Thus the assertions include all intermediate scales, not just the geometric list. Fixed-factor enlargement of the lowest list interval covers the stated bottom endpoint.
19 Entropy transfer along the observation path
The curvature estimates of Theorem 18.6 control the information revealed by the edge observations. We now use that control to retain enough relative entropy until the posterior becomes a product measure. The product inequality then gives a lower bound on the original heat-bath Dirichlet form. All constants in this section may depend on fixed scale cutoffs and fixed tolerances, but not on the test function or on n.
For a probability measure \eta on the cube, write
Here 0\log0=0, \log_+u=\max\{\log u,0\}, and \mathcal D_0=\mathcal D_\mu. The interaction matrix is the GOE matrix J, with off-diagonal variance 1/n; its diagonal does not change \mu(x)\propto\exp(x^{\mathsf T}Jx/2).
19.1 A reduction to bounded tests
It is enough to prove the following estimate for every fixed r>0:
whenever 0\le f\le1, 0<N, \mu(f>0)\le1/2, and
The probability event on which this holds must be independent of f. The observation argument is most effective for a bounded function whose squared-density tilt has entropy comparable to its logarithmic inverse mass. We first show that proving the energy estimate only for those tests is enough. Equal height layers turn it into a capacity estimate for sets; dyadic layers then control arbitrary half-supported functions. A median decomposition and an entropy shift recover every real-valued test. For this class, \log2\le L and L/2\le D(\nu\Vert\mu)\le L, while d\nu/d\mu=f^2/N\le e^L.
Lemma 19.1 (Layers and capacity). Let \eta be a strictly positive probability measure on a finite state space, let \mathcal E be a reversible Markov Dirichlet form, and suppose \min_x\eta(x)\ge e^{-M}, with M\ge\log2. Suppose that, for some A>0,
for every 0\le g\le1 supported on a set of measure at most 1/2 and satisfying
Then, with an absolute constant C,
Proof. Fix a nonempty set E of measure a\le1/2 and a test h equal to one on E and zero outside a set of measure at most 1/2. Clipping h to [0,1] decreases its form. Set
Let S_i=\eta(h>i/K) and T_i=\eta(h\ge i/K). Some i satisfies T_{i+1}\ge S_i^2. Otherwise T_1<S_0^2\le1/4 and T_{i+1}<T_i^2, which would give a\le T_K<2^{-2^K}<a. For this layer put N_i=\eta[g_i^2]. Then a\le T_{i+1}\le N_i\le S_i\le1/2 and
The first inequality follows by conditioning on its support. Also \log(1/N_i)\le\log(1/a)\le M, and \mathcal E(g_i)\le K^2\mathcal E(h). Since s\log(1/s)\ge c a\log(1/a) for a\le s\le1/2, we obtain
This is the required capacity bound, where capacity is the infimum of \mathcal E(h) over these admissible tests.
For v\ge0 supported on a set of measure at most 1/2, apply (19.4) to the layers \phi_j=(v-2^j)_+\wedge2^j, j\in\mathbb Z, normalized by 2^j. Writing a_j=\eta(v\ge2^j) and omitting empty upper level sets gives
For the first inequality, fix an edge and orient its endpoints so that the increment of v is nonnegative. The increments of all clipped layers are then nonnegative and sum to that increment. The sum of their squares is at most its square; summing over edges gives the inequality. Denote the last sum by S. The pointwise dyadic sum \sum_j4^j\mathbf1_{\{v\ge2^{j+1}\}} lies between v^2/12 and v^2/3, so S\ge(\log2)\eta[v^2]/12. On 2^{j+1}\le v<2^{j+2}, the inequalities \eta[v^2]\ge4^{j+1}a_{j+1} and v^2\le16\cdot4^j give
Consequently \operatorname{Ent}_{\eta}(v^2)\le48S.
Choose a median b of f and apply these estimates to v_+=(f-b)_+ and v_-=(f-b)_-. Their supports have measure at most 1/2, their forms sum to at most \mathcal E(f), and
Finally we use an entropy shift inequality of Rothaus type; compare [3, Lemma 4]. In the form needed here it is
for every u and every constant b. For completeness, normalize \eta[u^2]=1. If |b|\le2, use (u+b)^2\le2u^2+8 and the positive part of s\log s; its negative part costs at most an absolute constant. If |b|>2, use
On |u|\le|b|/2 the integrand is at most Cu^2 by Taylor’s theorem; on its complement it is at most Cu^2(1+\log_+u^2). This proves (19.5), and hence (19.3). The case \eta[u^2]=0 is immediate.
On \|J\|\le3, all Gibbs atoms are at least \exp(-Cn). Lemma 19.1 therefore turns (19.1) into the desired log-Sobolev inequality, after absorbing (\log n)^2 by choosing r smaller than the final exponent allowance. It remains to prove the restricted estimate.
19.2 Information and energy under observations
This is the Gaussian observation form of stochastic localization [12, 19]. The conditional-variance contraction below is also the mechanism of [20, Lemma 9, arXiv version 2]. We give the identities directly for the present matrix precisions and keep the stopped-path estimates separate from any all-field assertion.
Fix a bounded test as in (19.2). For a deterministic increasing, piecewise smooth matrix precision B_s, let Q_\mu and Q_\nu be the observation-path laws obtained from the initial spin laws \mu and \nu, and let \mathcal F_s be the observation filtration. The field has increments
Let \mu_s,\nu_s be the respective spin posteriors, N_s=\mu_s[f^2], and write
The posterior interaction is J-B_s, and \nu_s=f^2\mu_s/N_s. The posterior need not retain the original half-support or lower entropy-to-log-mass condition. The likelihood and averaged identities below replace those pointwise restrictions. These definitions also apply to precision jumps, by using the corresponding Gaussian channel.
Lemma 19.2 (Observation identities). Along the continuous portions of this path,
The continuous entropy-loss integral up to a stopping time, together with the information from preceding precision jumps, gives the relative entropy of the stopped observation laws. Moreover, for v\ge0,
for every observation event E, including stopped-path events.
Proof. The likelihood ratio of the observation laws through time s is
The conditional drifts are G_sm_{\mu,s} and G_sm_{\nu,s}, with common innovation covariance G_s. The Gaussian likelihood formula and the chain rule for relative entropy give
and then (19.6). The same calculation with the stopped likelihood proves the stopping assertion; zero-rate directions are omitted. The finite spin space and bounded finite precision remove any integrability difficulty.
To prove (19.7), first change the path expectation from the tilted law to the ordinary law:
The remaining assertion is the conditional-variance decomposition, applied site by site under the joint ordinary law of the spin and observations. Conditioning additionally on the observations can only decrease the expected variance given X_{-i}. Finally f^2\le1 implies N_s/N\le e^L and l_s\le-\log N_s. Hence
We record the ordinary-path estimates used below. Under the original zero-field Gibbs law observed to precision B_p, the quantities \|P_pX\|/M_p and \|h_p\|/(p^2M_p) have bounded-range tails with arbitrarily large fixed exponential rates per k_p, with the same control for polynomial moments. The parameter \alpha inferred from the cap field satisfies
for every fixed \zeta>0, after reducing the upper cutoff on p. These are quenched estimates on events of probability tending to one. For integration over logarithmic scale intervals it suffices that the same bounds hold in the integrated form with a smaller positive exponent.
Here is the additional verification of (19.9). Put
where \xi>0 is a sufficiently small fixed constant. Under the unconditioned Gaussian reference, sample X^{\rm G}\sim N(0,R_\xi) and h_p=B_pX^{\rm G}+\eta, with \eta\sim N(0,B_p) independently. Then
This expected squared norm differs from n-\operatorname{Tr}R_{p,0} by O(\sqrt\xi\,np)+o(np). The covariance has operator norm O((\xi p^2)^{-1}) and trace of its square O(n/(\sqrt\xi p)), so a fixed-tolerance deviation has exponent at most -c_\zeta\xi k_p. The one-coordinate lower norm-density estimate for X^{\rm G} costs C\xi^{3/2}k_p+O(\log k_p) in the logarithm, besides the density scale \sqrt{p/n}. The quadratic tilt retains a spectral band whose upper norm-density bound has the same scale. Choose \xi small enough that the O(\sqrt\xi) target error fits the chosen saddle tolerance and C\xi^{3/2}<c_\zeta\xi/2.
To connect this norm test to the saddle, use h_p\in H_p and R_{p,0}h_p=(1+\xi)R_{p,\xi}h_p. The monotone saddle equation and its scaled inverse bound then place every field with |\alpha_p(h_p)|>\zeta p^2 inside the relaxed quadratic-deviation event. The preceding conditioning calculation gives that event a positive spherical rate per k_p. The first-moment transfer and zero-field concentration in Proposition 15.1 prove the claim. The projection and field tails follow there in the same way, including polynomial moments. Markov’s inequality and Fubini’s theorem, summed over geometric scales, give the stated integrated versions. At a fixed finite number of constant-scale intervals, time nets and Gaussian maximal inequalities also give whole-path versions.
The two paths below use at most two fixed endpoint constants T'>3, chosen from their path parameters before f. At each endpoint precision T'I+J, the posterior interaction is diagonal and its spin law is product. On the same kind of disorder event, imposed for this finite collection and simultaneously for 0\le L\le Cn,
and the omitted tails admit polynomial moment bounds. To check this, condition on the eigenvalues in the Haar first moment and then on the spin and its spherical image. The component of JX parallel to X has bounded coefficient, and its perpendicular component is a uniformly rotated vector of norm at most 3\sqrt n. Each coordinate thus has a Gaussian-type tail. Add the Gaussian observation noise, whose covariance has bounded norm, and take a coordinate union bound. Increase the rate before the first-moment transfer and use zero-field partition concentration. A scalar grid in L gives simultaneity, with stronger tails between grid points. The same calculation with tail integrals gives the polynomial moment assertion.
19.3 Retention at small and moderate entropy
Fix a small constant \lambda>0, to be chosen after the curvature and ordinary-path tolerances, and first suppose that L\le\lambda n. Choose p_1 so that, up to fixed endpoint factors,
where c_0>0 is a sufficiently small absolute constant. The coarse endpoint factors and c_0 are chosen before the sharp curvature tolerances.
The initial observation jump leaves the following amount of entropy:
To prove the first line, let Q_0 be the pure-noise output of the precision-B_{p_1} channel. Convexity of relative entropy gives D(Q_\nu\Vert Q_0)\le\frac12\nu[X^{\mathsf T}B_{p_1}X]. By Jensen’s inequality and \mu[X]=0,
Subtract the logarithmic likelihood bound from the pure-noise relative entropy estimate. The information revealed by the jump is therefore at most half the sum of these two quadratic moments. The projection tails, transferred also on an auxiliary dyadic grid, bound this sum by
For example the v^6 tail and d\nu/d\mu\le e^L give \nu[\|P_{p_1}X\|^2/M_{p_1}^2]\le C(1+(L/k_1)^{1/3}). When k_1=c_0L, the displayed loss is at most C(c_0+c_0^{2/3})L, which is smaller than L/4 after choosing c_0; the initial entropy is at least L/2.
This argument gives proportional entropy retention when the initial cap dimension is chosen proportional to L. At the smallest permitted cap that choice may be unavailable. We then use the support condition instead: the original law assigns a fixed positive mass to a bounded-projection set that the tilted law never visits. After a bounded field observation its posterior mass may be exponentially small in k_1, but it remains positive and yields the weaker entropy bound required in the bottom branch.
For the second line, a set of \mu-mass at least 1/4 lies outside the support of f and has bounded scaled projection. On a sufficiently large fixed field ball its posterior mass is at least e^{-Ck_1}: the numerator is bounded below on these projections, and the denominator is bounded above by integrating the projection tails. The field ball has Q_\nu-probability bounded below because L\le k_1/c_0 and its ordinary complement can have arbitrarily large fixed rate per k_1. On this ball \nu_h assigns zero mass to the indicated complement of the support. Data processing gives D(\nu_h\Vert\mu_h)\ge-\log(1-e^{-Ck_1})\ge e^{-C_0k_1}, after adjusting C_0. These are all coarse constants.
Parameterize the cap observations by s=\log p. Their precision rate is G=2p^2P_p. Write \delta m_h=m_{\nu,h}-m_{\mu,h}. Suppose that, for every shift u\in H_p in the neighborhood under consideration,
The required neighborhood contains all such shifts whose radius, in units p^2M_p, is at most
Then the variational formula for relative entropy, tested against linear functions, gives
Indeed integrate the Hessian along a shift u to bound its centered log moment generating function by C_{\rm ball}\|u\|^2/(2p^2), and test in the direction of P_p\delta m_h. The trial shift of length p\sqrt{2l_h/C_{\rm ball}} is available precisely under (19.13); the resulting inequality also bounds the length of the unconstrained optimizer.
We next trade covariance control for a differential inequality on the remaining entropy. The variational argument requires an entire ball of linear field shifts, with radius depending on the conditional entropy. A coarse first interval makes the cap dimension large compared with that entropy. On the later interval the required shifts fit inside the region of sharp curvature, apart from errors whose weighted drift contribution is exponentially small. Keeping those contributions inside the differential inequality is necessary for the bottom branch, where the retained entropy is itself small.
Here is the bound used for every discarded event. Put Y_p(X)=\|P_pX\|/M_p. Conditional Jensen gives
For any observation event E, including one depending on f, and any fixed V>0, disintegration and the likelihood bound yield
For example, the tilted posterior term averages to a moment under \nu; the ordinary posterior term uses the path density at most e^L. The projection tail pays the weighted term, so a probability estimate for E is used together with a moment estimate.
Let k_2=R_*k_1 with R_* a sufficiently large fixed constant. On [p_1,p_2], use the bounded-ball curvature bound of Theorem 18.6. Choose A_\ell\ge A>C_0, where C_0 is from (19.12). Discard fields outside a fixed ball and the event l_h>L+A_\ell k_p. Since L/k_p\le1/c_0, the latter event has probability at most e^{-A_\ell k_p} by (19.8). Enlarge the eventual curvature constant to satisfy C_{\rm ball}\ge1. Before obtaining that constant, choose the ball to contain shifts of radius \sqrt{2(c_0^{-1}+A_\ell)} in scaled units from every retained field; this contains the radius in (19.13). Choose its ordinary field-tail rate and the projection threshold in (19.15) larger than A+1/c_0. After paying e^L, the discarded drift is at most Ck_pe^{-Ak_p}. The field range and these coarse tail choices precede the sharp tolerances and R_*. Its curvature constant, even if large, causes only a fixed loss on this interval. Equations (19.6) and (19.14) give
The interval has fixed logarithmic length. Integrating this inequality therefore multiplies the initial lower bound in (19.12) by a fixed positive factor. The additive error is negligible relative to either branch of that lower bound.
On [p_2,p_{\rm top}], use instead the curvature (1+\epsilon)/p^2 on the near-zero-parameter region. Choose an ordinary saddle tolerance \zeta strictly inside that region, leaving a field buffer of radius r_{\rm buf} in units p^2M_p. Put b_{\rm buf}=(1+\epsilon)r_{\rm buf}^2/2. The shift radius fits this buffer whenever l_h\le b_{\rm buf}k_p. At these scales L/k_p\le(R_*c_0)^{-1}. Choose R_* so this ratio is below fixed fractions of both b_{\rm buf} and the rate a_\zeta in (19.9). Then
Equation (19.15), with another fixed projection threshold, leaves Ck_pe^{-ak_p} for some fixed a>0. Thus
Increase R_* again so that aR_*>C_0 with slack.
For either differential inequality, an exponent \gamma_H and error Ck_pe^{-bk_p} give
The coarse error starts at k_1 with A>C_0; the sharp error starts at R_*k_1 with aR_*>C_0. Their weighted integrals are therefore negligible relative to either branch of (19.12). Solving yields
Pointwise control of the discarded drift is not needed here. With the integrated bounds, the integrating factor charges each geometric interval only a fixed power of p/p_1. Its error decreases exponentially in k_p, and k_1\to\infty, so their weighted sum is still negligible. Finally choose \lambda small enough that R_*c_0\lambda<p_{\rm top}^3, up to the fixed endpoint factors. Then p_2<p_{\rm top} for all L\le\lambda n.
19.4 The remaining fixed scales
We next transfer (19.16) to a product endpoint, allowing fixed multiplicative losses. The initialized scale is p_0 from Section 18, with t=C_*p_0^2. Starting from p_{\rm top}, first traverse the finite remaining cap intervals to p_0. Use the actual finer frame for the terminal bridge there. Its increment is
so the total precision is exactly tI+(1-\beta)J. The posterior interaction is \beta J-tI, with the same spin law as \beta J_{\rm off}.
Now increase scalar precision along
for a sufficiently large fixed T. The choice of the single coefficient \beta<1 in Section 18 includes the persistence requirement for this interval. Namely, fix T and the normalized buffers for the ordinary critical test after p_0 is fixed and before choosing \beta. Adding an independent increment of precision (1-\beta)(4I+J) to scalar precision (u-4(1-\beta))I gives B_u. The associated common-spin field displacement has normalized size O((1-\beta)+\sqrt{1-\beta}) outside an exponentially rare event. Time nets and Gaussian maximal bounds preserve the buffered tests along the interval. Lemma 17.3 then supplies a fixed whole-path rate e^{-an} and a fixed field neighborhood. The auxiliary removal is performed with this already fixed \beta; it determines p_{\rm top}, and \lambda is chosen afterward.
Next use
Its rate is 4I+J\succ0, and it ends at T'_\beta I+J with T'_\beta=T+4\beta>3. For T large, uniformly in the underlying spin, the field has large absolute coordinates except on a small site fraction: the main shift is TX, the other deterministic shifts have bounded normalized norm, and the noise has squared normalized norm O(T) outside probability e^{-an}. At an approximate root the diagonal A in the stability test is therefore small outside a small site set. Gaussian nets give a small operator norm for every sufficiently sparse principal submatrix of a typical GOE matrix. Together with the full norm bound and the small normalized norm of A^{1/2}m, this verifies the stability test, again on a field neighborhood. While the coefficient of J belongs to a fixed compact subinterval of (0,1), the classical covariance bound and the entropy shift argument consequently give
after reducing a and \lambda to absorb the path tilt e^L.
For sufficiently small interaction coefficients, the covariance is bounded globally. Indeed add a scalar diagonal to the interaction to obtain a matrix Q with 0\prec Q\prec I/2, and introduce a Gaussian latent field with covariance Q. Its posterior log density has Hessian at most -Q^{-1}+I\preceq-I. Brascamp–Lieb bounds the covariance of the coordinatewise \tanh by I, while the conditional spin variances contribute another I. Thus the spin covariance is at most 2I. The variational argument now gives \dot H\ge-CH for every field and every L, without any discarded set. Word and residual diagnostics along varying coefficients are consequently needed only on closed subintervals of (0,1).
The sharp cap estimate stops at p_{\rm top}, below the initialization scales. There are only finitely many intervals left before the classical field, so bounded amplification and fixed losses suffice there. Starting from the terminal covariance bound, subtract the two mean-transport identities of Lemma 18.3. One term transports the difference of terminal means; the other compares expectations of the bounded terminal approximation error under two path laws. Pinsker’s inequality controls the latter by the square root of conditional entropy. This propagates the required quadratic mean estimate backward through the finite list of intervals.
At the terminal classical field, the covariance bound holds on a fixed normalized neighborhood outside an ordinary event of probability e^{-an}. The linear entropy test fits this neighborhood whenever l_h\le bn for a fixed b>0. Choose \lambda<\min(a,b)/2 after these constants. The ordinary exception costs at most e^{-(a-\lambda)n} under Q_\nu, and (19.8) gives Q_\nu(l_h>bn)\le e^{-(b-\lambda)n}. Since both spin means have norm at most \sqrt n, these exceptions have exponentially small quadratic cost. The neighborhood covariance estimate therefore gives, after reducing the positive exponent,
Fix any current time s in one preceding interval and a current field h. Let Q_{\nu,h}^{\rm cont} and Q_{\mu,h}^{\rm cont} be the two laws of the future observations through the end of that interval, starting from the posteriors \nu_h and \mu_h. They live on the same path space, and data processing gives D(Q_{\nu,h}^{\rm cont}\Vert Q_{\mu,h}^{\rm cont})\le l_h. Let g be the gradient of one extended auxiliary potential evolved by heat convolution, and let U be its linear transport from time s to the interval end. The same path function U is evaluated under both continuation laws, and its amplification is bounded by a fixed constant. Subtracting the two transport identities gives, in every direction v of the current rate subspace,
On agreement events the second observable is bounded by a constant times \|v\|, by the raw gradient comparison, including at the classical terminal field. Truncate it there and use the displayed continuation entropy bound and Pinsker’s inequality to bound its expectation difference by C\sqrt{l_h}\|v\|. To bound the complements after averaging, let W\ge0 be a terminal cost, such as the squared raw error outside agreement. The amplification bound lets us dominate the transported exceptional terms by such costs. Disintegration and the observation likelihood give
The ordinary terminal agreement estimates and their polynomially weighted versions therefore give exponentially small averaged costs after choosing \lambda below the finitely many fixed rates. This uses full-path and current-prefix likelihood bounds, separately from conditional Pinsker. Apply Cauchy–Schwarz first conditionally on the current field and then over the tilted observation path. The terminal entropy satisfies H_{\rm end}\le H(s). If P_{\rm rate} projects onto the current rate subspace, these bounds give
The transported directions end in the appropriate terminal rate subspace on cap intervals; for a full-rank bridge P_{\rm rate}=I. Since s was arbitrary, this estimate supplies the differential inequality throughout the interval.
For the bridge use the actual-refinement TAP extension; for cap intervals use the auxiliary or true-cap extension supplied by the induction. At each cap endpoint, (19.9) gives agreement outside an exponentially rare event, and the extension has polynomial gradient moments. For the bridge, apply Lemma 18.1 on the agreement annulus at p_0; its ordinary complement is paid by the same saddle test and polynomial moments. The amplification bound holds from every intermediate time, while these terminal estimates enter through the averaged comparison above. No agreement condition at the current field is needed in the subtraction, since its common approximate gradient cancels. Iterating through this finite list, even when p_{\rm top} is interior to one interval, proves (19.17). Its constants may depend on the fixed initialization length. Solving it proves (19.16), up to constants, at the product endpoint.
19.5 The product estimate
At precision T'I+J the posterior has independent coordinates with fields h_i. A two-point measure at field h_i has inverse log-Sobolev constant at most C(1+|h_i|) in conditional-variance normalization. One direct proof centers the test, uses (19.5), and bounds the entropy of the centered square by its second moment times the logarithm of the inverse smaller atom; that logarithm is at most C(1+|h_i|). Tensorization and the posterior entropy identity first give
Averaging this bound with (19.7) gives
To justify the truncation implicit here, apply tensorization on the event in (19.10). On its complement use
The moment version of (19.10), followed by the tilt bound e^L, makes its contribution O(n^{-3}), uniformly for L\le Cn.
Combining this with (19.16) proves (19.1) for L\le\lambda n. Here is the exponent bookkeeping. In the first case, p_1^3\asymp L/n and L\gtrsim\sqrt{\log n}, so
The last quotient is bounded below by a negative fixed power of \log n when L\le\log n, and by a constant when L\ge\log n. In the second case k_1\asymp\sqrt{\log n}, p_1^3=k_1/n, and L\le C\sqrt{\log n}; hence
Both lower bounds dominate n^{-2/3-r}L by choosing \epsilon small relative to r. They also dominate the additive O(n^{-3}) error.
19.6 Large entropy and stopping
The remaining entropy levels are proportional to the dimension. At these levels an ordinary rare-event bound cannot simply be multiplied by the initial density bound. We instead argue under the proposed small energy ratio. The posterior mean estimate then makes the revealed information small. Relative entropy of the stopped observation laws transfers the ordinary stopping probability to the tilted law, and bounded spin means control the loss after stopping. This retains order-n entropy and conflicts with the product estimate.
Now suppose \lambda n\le L\le Cn. We prove the stronger estimate \mathcal D_0(f)/N>n^{-2/3}L by contradiction. Thus assume
The objective is to retain a fixed positive multiple of \lambda n until the product endpoint of this path. Formula (19.18) would then bound that retained entropy by O(n^{5/6})+O(n^{-3}), a contradiction.
We specify the uniformity required at the start. The small-positive-time statement in Proposition 17.5, with the noise interface of Lemma 17.4, uses diagnostics of the centered Gaussian noise and admits every additional shift of normalized norm at most Ct. Its separate low-band condition is a Gaussian small-ball bound uniform in the center, not a simultaneous event for all centers. More precisely, on a disorder event independent of f, the noise-only diagnostics fail with conditional probability o(1), integrated over each fixed interval [t_*,t_b], and
Here P_t^J=\mathbf1_{\{2I-J\le tI\}}=P_{\sqrt t} is the cumulative projection used in Lemma 17.4, with W=J. The covariance on a band of rank comparable to nt^{3/2} is comparable to tI; projection onto that band and the Gaussian ball bound prove (19.20). Translation cannot increase the mass of a centered Gaussian Euclidean ball. For fixed J the spin is independent of the observation noise. Since its drift shift has normalized norm O(t) for every X\in\{-1,1\}^n, the deterministic shift allowance and the uniform-in-center probability give the same o(1) integrated failure bound under every initial spin law, including f^2\mu/N. One first uses Fubini and Markov for the noise-only diagnostic event to select the disorder event; no union over the 2^n spin centers and no factor e^L occurs in this step. The exclusion-at-zero and matrix-word events are also selected independently of f.
First fix the large scalar endpoint T and the interaction coefficient below which covariance is globally bounded. Next choose t_b>0 sufficiently small for Proposition 17.5, and obtain the buffered ordinary test and its failure rate a>0 on [t_b,T] and the subsequent weakening interval. These margins are uniform for all sufficiently small changes of the interaction coefficient from one. Fix a target integrated drift budget \eta_1 sufficiently small relative to a\lambda. Choose 0<t_*\ll t_b so that Ct_* fits that budget, and finally choose 1-\beta'>0 sufficiently small relative to these fixed scales and t_*.
After fixing \beta', reduce the permitted diagonal enlargement in the stability test to a positive \eta_{\rm stab}<(\beta')^{-1}-1. The stability implication persists on this smaller diagonal class, and (\beta')^2(1+\eta_{\rm stab})^2<1 supplies the strict margin required by Proposition 17.1.
Once the resulting stability margins are known, choose the residual tolerance and finite diagnostic depth in the square-reweighted mean estimate of Proposition 17.1 to realize the target budget. The target \eta_1 is distinct from that proposition’s accuracy parameter: the leading constant multiplying its accuracy may depend on the fixed stability margins. Its remaining constants may be arbitrarily large but are all fixed before n\to\infty. The factor n^{-1/2} in the posterior estimate will therefore still make the energy-dependent error vanish under (19.19).
Start directly with precision t_*I+(1-\beta')J, increase scalar precision to T, and then weaken the interaction at rate 4I+J for duration \beta'. The endpoint is T'_{\beta'}I+J with T'_{\beta'}=T+4\beta', the second fixed endpoint included in (19.10). Positivity of the initial precision follows from choosing 1-\beta' sufficiently small after t_*. For comparing this path with the ordinary critical scalar observation, one may add an independent increment of precision (1-\beta')(4I+J)\succ0 and increase scalar noise time by O(1-\beta'). This produces a small normalized field displacement outside an exponentially rare event, so the buffered ordinary tests remain valid with rate a after a fixed decrease.
Let s_g be the onset of the globally bounded-covariance portion. On the interval [t_*,t_b], the uniform noise and small-ball argument just given verifies the stability hypotheses with integrated failure tending to zero under Q_\nu. On their validity set the tilted mean estimate from Proposition 17.1, together with (19.7), yields an arbitrarily small integrated bound on \mathbb E_{Q_\nu}|m_\nu-m_\mu|_n^2. Indeed the relevant error is bounded by
and its average is C\eta+O_\eta(n^{-1/6})+O_\eta(n^{-1/2}) by (19.19). This estimate initially controls a first moment. Since |m_\nu-m_\mu|_n\le2, its square is at most twice its first power, giving the needed quadratic bound. The integrated failure probability contributes only o(1) by the same uniform bound.
For times at least t_b, use the fixed buffered ordinary stability test, selected independently of f before observing the path. Let \tau\le s_g be its first violation, taking \tau=t_b if it already fails there and \tau=s_g if no violation occurs. Up to \tau the same integrated tilted-mean bound applies deterministically on the diagnostic event. Write Q_\nu^\tau,Q_\mu^\tau for the laws of the observations stopped at \tau. The initial jump leaks at most Ct_*n, by the pure-noise comparison above without the projection improvement. The stopped version of (19.6) then gives
where \eta_1>0 can be made arbitrarily small by the preceding fixed accuracy choices. This includes the possibility of immediate stopping at t_b.
Let E be the event that a violation occurs before the globally controlled portion. Its ordinary probability is at most e^{-an}. Data processing for the indicator of E gives
Consequently
On a path that stops, use the spin norm bound for the remaining portion of the observation. Every mean has norm at most \sqrt n, and the precision rate has bounded norm over a bounded duration. Its entropy-loss integral is consequently at most Cn. Multiplying by the stopping probability bounds the averaged cost of these paths. By the constant choices, (19.21) and (19.22) make the total loss before s_g smaller than \lambda n/4. Initially H(0)\ge L/2\ge\lambda n/2, so H(s_g)\ge c\lambda n. The subsequent global covariance estimate propagates a fixed fraction to the product endpoint. This is the claimed contradiction with (19.18).
All disorder, word, and stability events in this argument have fixed thresholds selected independently of f. The only function-dependent objects are the tilted law and the entropy level L. The proof uses the exponential ordinary failure rate through stopped-path relative entropy, and therefore remains valid when L is of order n.
19.7 The log-Sobolev bound
We have proved (19.1) in both entropy ranges. Lemma 19.1 now gives the promised functional inequality.
Theorem 19.3 (Critical log-Sobolev upper bound). For every fixed \rho>0, with probability tending to one over the Gaussian couplings, the critical zero-field Gibbs measure satisfies
The form is normalized for the generator \mathcal L=\sum_{i=1}^n(Q_i-I), where Q_i is conditional expectation given X_{-i}.
Proof. Apply the preceding argument with an exponent allowance strictly smaller than \rho. On \|J\|\le3 the value M in Lemma 19.1 is Cn. Its fixed constant and (1+\log M)^2 factor are absorbed in the remaining power of n.
Section 20 derives the mixing and relaxation bounds from this inequality and combines them with the companion’s lower bounds. The cap comparison also gives the following direct linear test. It explains the same worst-start lower exponent with weaker quantifiers.
Remark 19.4 (An independent linear lower test). The static comparison also gives a direct, weaker-in-quantifiers route to the matching worst-start lower exponent. Fix 0<\epsilon<1/3 and take p=n^{-1/3+\epsilon}. In the uncapped zero-field spherical model, \|P_pX\|\ge cM_p with probability tending to one. To see this, compare with the Gaussian of precision 2+\xi p^2-J. A spectral band with gaps comparable to p^2 already has this lower bound outside e^{-ck_p}. The lower norm-density estimate and the bounded density of the remaining coordinates transfer it through norm conditioning, when \xi>0 is sufficiently small. Haar first moments and the zero-field second-moment comparison in Proposition 15.1 transfer the conclusion to the cube with high Gibbs probability for typical disorder. Spin symmetry and \operatorname{rank}P_p\le Cnp^3 imply that some Euclidean unit vector a has
Thus the rate-one spectral gap is at most Cp^2. Testing a gap eigenfunction from a state where its absolute value is maximal gives t_{\rm mix}(1/4)\ge c p^{-2}; the discrete gap is smaller by n. Letting the fixed \epsilon decrease proves the same lower exponents. The realized-start statement and the bounds for every arbitrarily slowly diverging M_n remain the separate conclusions of Theorem 1.2.
20 From the functional inequalities to mixing
We now turn the two functional endpoints into worst-start mixing bounds. Both deductions use the unscaled heat-bath form and keep the factor n between the two clocks explicit. The support-profile proof is the finite-state truncation mechanism of [22, Theorem 1.1 and Lemma 2.1]. The classical logarithmic Sobolev proof uses the hypercontractive smoothing of [15, Theorems 3.5 and 3.7], followed by spectral-gap decay.
20.1 The support-profile route
Lemma 20.1. Let \mu be a full-support law on the cube, with heat-bath form \D, generator \mathcal L, and one-attempt kernel P. Suppose that for some \alpha>0 and every nonnegative f with support mass 0<p=\mu(f>0)\le1/2,
Write t_{\mathrm{mix}}^{\mathrm{ct}}(\varepsilon) and t_{\mathrm{mix}}^{\mathrm{dt}}(\varepsilon) for the worst-start total-variation mixing times of e^{t\mathcal L} and P^k, respectively. Put
Then, for every 0<\varepsilon<1/2,
In particular, if \log(1/\mu_{\min})\le Cn, then for every fixed \varepsilon>0 the worst-start mixing time is O_{C,\varepsilon}(\alpha^{-1}\log(n+1)) in per-site time and O_{C,\varepsilon}(n\alpha^{-1}\log(n+1)) attempts.
Proof. First obtain a Poincare inequality, which will handle the final part of mixing. Subtract a median from a real function and take the positive and negative parts f_+,f_-. Both supports have mass at most 1/2. For each edge of the cube, splitting into these two parts can only decrease the sum of squared increments. The two-point representation of each conditional variance therefore gives \D(f_+)+\D(f_-)\le\D(f). Applying (20.1) to the two parts yields
Thus the gap is at least \alpha\log2.
If g\ge0 is a probability density relative to \mu and V=\mu(g^2), let u=(g-V/4)_+. Markov’s inequality and the elementary inequality (x-a)_+^2\ge x^2-2ax for x,a\ge0 give
The truncation is a contraction, so \D(g)\ge\D(u). For V\ge8, (20.1) consequently implies
For the continuous-time semigroup with generator \mathcal L=\sum_{i=1}^n(Q_i-I), where Q_i is conditional expectation given X_{-i}, the density from a point evolves by g_t=e^{t\mathcal L}g_0. Reversibility gives V'_t=-2\D(g_t). While V_t\ge8, setting z_t=\log(V_t/4) in (20.4) yields z'_t\le-\alpha z_t. Put
Since V_0=1/\mu(x)\le M, by time t_0 we have V_t\le8 for every starting point.
Afterwards the gap bound gives V_{t_0+t}-1\le7e^{-2\alpha(\log2)t}. The inequality \norm{g\mu-\mu}_{\TV}\le\tfrac12\sqrt{V-1} therefore proves (20.2).
For attempted updates we obtain the squared-norm decrease directly from positivity of the average of conditional-expectation projections. The transition operator is P=n^{-1}\sum_iQ_i=I+\mathcal L/n. Each Q_i is an orthogonal projection in L^2(\mu), hence 0\preceq P\preceq I and P^2\preceq P. If g_{k+1}=Pg_k, then
While V_k\ge8, this and (20.4) give V_{k+1}\le V_k[1-\alpha\log(V_k/4)/(2n)].
If the next value is still at least 8, taking logarithms gives
The factor is positive: the gap bound and -\mathcal L\preceq nI imply \alpha\log2\le n. In addition, whenever this recurrence is used its bracket must be positive since it bounds the positive value V_{k+1}. Thus after at most k_0 steps the squared density norm is at most 8.
On centered functions the same positive-operator inequality and the gap imply V_{k+1}-1\le(1-\alpha\log2/n)(V_k-1). The total-variation inequality above now gives (20.3). This proves the transfer for deterministic numbers of attempts.
If \log(1/\mu_{\min})\le Cn, then \log(\log(M/4)/\log2)=O_C(\log(n+1)). The two explicit bounds give the stated big-O consequences for fixed 0<\varepsilon<1/2. For \varepsilon\ge1/2, the bound at accuracy 1/4 suffices by monotonicity of mixing time in the accuracy threshold.
The support bound in Theorem 14.2 holds simultaneously for all tests on its good-disorder event, so it applies throughout the density evolution in the lemma. Fixed constants and logarithmic losses are absorbed by choosing a slightly smaller exponent tolerance first. For the big-O consequence used here, the remaining hypothesis is a lower bound on point masses. On \norm J\le3, the Hamiltonian oscillation is at most 3n, and
This proves the asserted worst-start upper exponents through the support-profile route.
20.2 The logarithmic Sobolev route
The classical inequality gives a second, independent smoothing argument. With our convention \Ent_\mu(f^2)\le C_{\mathrm{LS}}\D(f), finite-chain hypercontractivity takes the form
Here the factor four is the reversible-chain normalization in [15, Theorem 3.5(ii)]: its energy-to-entropy constant is 1/C_{\mathrm{LS}} for our unscaled form. For the density of a point mass, choose p=1+1/\max(1,\log(1/\mu_{\min})). Its L^p norm is at most e. The time at which q(t)=2 is O(C_{\mathrm{LS}}\log(2+\log(1/\mu_{\min}))). Expansion of the logarithmic Sobolev inequality at f=1+u g, with \mu g=0, gives
The remaining L^2 decay to any fixed TV accuracy therefore costs O_\varepsilon(C_{\mathrm{LS}}).
To transfer this bound to attempted updates, compare the two semigroups in L^2. If \theta\in[0,1] is an eigenvalue of P, then \theta^{2k}\le e^{-2k(1-\theta)}. Expanding a centered initial density in an orthonormal eigenbasis gives
Thus the same argument, with a factor n in time, proves the discrete upper bound. Using Theorem 19.3 and (20.5) establishes both upper exponents by the second route as well.
20.3 Sharp exponents and preservation of the lower quantifiers
The linear tests already give lower bounds for the full functional constants: by definition R_J\ge R_{\mathrm{lin},J}. Applying Theorem 1.2 and (20.7) gives
as a lower-exponent statement in disorder probability. The median consequence of Theorem 14.2 gives the upper bound for R_J, while Theorem 19.3 gives the upper bound for C_{\mathrm{LS},J} (and, by (20.7), another upper bound for R_J). Intersecting these finitely many fixed-tolerance disorder events gives the functional assertions of Theorem 1.1.
For a lower mixing bound at every fixed threshold below 1/2, choose a nonconstant eigenfunction g of -\mathcal L_J with eigenvalue 1/R_J. Center it and normalize \norm g_\infty=1. At a point where |g|=1, its expectation decays exactly as e^{-t/R_J}, whereas its stationary expectation is zero. Testing TV against this bounded function gives
The corresponding eigenvalue of P_J is 1-1/(nR_J), so the discrete lower bound is \tfrac12(1-1/(nR_J))^k. For every fixed \varepsilon<1/2, these inequalities give mixing lower bounds of order R_J and nR_J, respectively. Together with the upper bounds, they prove Theorem 1.1.
The realized-start assertions in Theorem 1.2 apply to every deterministic little-oh time sequence. Its covariance and linear-Rayleigh assertions apply to every diverging deterministic sequence M_n. These quantifiers are retained from the companion; no stronger upper quantifier or cutoff statement is inferred from the new exponent estimates.
20.4 Uniform relative-entropy decay
The spectral-gap and classical logarithmic Sobolev bounds together determine the critical time scale for uniform relative-entropy decay. We state the normalization explicitly, since constants called modified logarithmic Sobolev constants use several conventions. For the per-site generator, define
and let
This is the inverse constant for the logarithmic entropy-production inequality. The standard comparison and semigroup interpretation appear in [9, Propositions 3.5–3.6 and Theorem 2.4]; we give the short derivation in the present normalization.
Corollary 20.2 (Entropy-production exponent). For every realization of the disorder,
Consequently, for the critical zero-field Gaussian model, C_{\mathrm{EP},J}=n^{2/3+o(1)} in disorder probability, with the fixed exponent-slack meaning of Theorem 1.1. For every initial probability law \nu on the cube and every t\ge0,
Proof. For positive a,b, (a-b)(\log a-\log b)\ge4(\sqrt a-\sqrt b)^2. Apply this inequality to the two-point conditional representation of each term of \mathcal E_J. The classical inequality then gives
which proves the upper comparison. For a centered real function f, g=1+uf is a positive density for sufficiently small |u|. On the finite cube,
Letting u\to0 and then taking the supremum over f proves C_{\mathrm{EP},J}\ge R_J/2. For a requested exponent slack \delta, apply Theorem 1.1 with slack \delta/2 and then absorb the fixed factors for sufficiently large n.
If g_t is the density of \nu e^{t\mathcal L_J} relative to \mu_J, reversibility gives g_t=e^{t\mathcal L_J}g_0 and
The chain is irreducible, so g_t>0 for t>0 even when g_0 vanishes at some states. The defining inequality and Gronwall give the displayed decay; continuity includes t=0. Conversely, differentiating any uniform exponential entropy bound at zero for positive initial densities recovers its entropy-production inequality. Thus 1/C_{\mathrm{EP},J} is the optimal rate c in bounds of the displayed form \operatorname{KL}(\nu e^{t\mathcal L_J}\Vert\mu_J) \le e^{-ct}\operatorname{KL}(\nu\Vert\mu_J) that hold for every initial law and every time.
If \operatorname{KL}(\nu\Vert\mu_J)\le H for a fixed H, Pinsker’s inequality therefore gives total-variation accuracy \varepsilon>0 in O_{H,\varepsilon}(C_{\mathrm{LS},J}) per-site time. A point mass has initial relative entropy \log(1/\mu_J(x))=O(n) under (20.5), recovering the logarithmic factor in the worst-start upper bound. The exponent for C_{\mathrm{EP},J} concerns this uniform rate; it does not assert that every initial law relaxes at the slowest rate.
References
- [1]Nima Anari, Vishesh Jain, Frederic Koehler, Huy Tuan Pham, and Thuy-Duong Vuong. Entropic Independence I: Modified Log-Sobolev Inequalities for Fractionally Log-Concave Distributions and High-Temperature Ising Models. 2021. Version 2, 5 November 2021; Theorem 12 and Section 5. arXiv:2106.04105, https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.04105v2.
- [2]Nima Anari, Frederic Koehler, and Thuy-Duong Vuong. Trickle-Down in Localization Schemes and Applications. In Proceedings of the 56th Annual ACM Symposium on Theory of Computing, pages 1094–1105, 2024. Full preprint version 1, July 23, 2024. doi:10.1145/3618260.3649622, arXiv:2407.16104.
- [3]Franck Barthe and Cyril Roberto. Sobolev inequalities for probability measures on the real line. Studia Mathematica, 159(3):481–497, 2003. doi:10.4064/sm159-3-9.
- [4]Roland Bauerschmidt and Thierry Bodineau. A very simple proof of the LSI for high temperature spin systems. Journal of Functional Analysis, 276(8):2582–2588, 2019. Proof locators refer to arXiv:1712.03676v2, 31 January 2018. doi:10.1016/j.jfa.2019.01.007, arXiv:1712.03676.
- [5]Alain Billoire. What makes slow samples slow in the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model. Journal of Physics A: Mathematical and Theoretical, 44:075001, 2011. arXiv version 2; equation (1), pages 2–3. arXiv:1011.3420, https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.3420v2.
- [6]Alain Billoire and I. A. Campbell. Dynamics in the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick Ising spin glass at and above T_g. Physical Review B, 84:054442, 2011. arXiv version 3, 28 July 2011. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.84.054442, arXiv:1105.1902.
- [7]Mathews Boban, Anqi Li, and Shayan Oveis Gharan. Rank-1-perturbed trickledown theorems: Mixing time of Glauber dynamics for the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model up to \beta\leq\frac{1}{2}+\varepsilon. 2026. Version 1, September 11, 2026. arXiv:2609.13138, https://arxiv.org/abs/2609.13138v1.
- [8]Sergey G. Bobkov and Michel Ledoux. From Brunn–Minkowski to Brascamp–Lieb and to logarithmic Sobolev inequalities. Geometric and Functional Analysis, 10(5):1028–1052, 2000. doi:10.1007/PL00001645.
- [9]Sergey G. Bobkov and Prasad Tetali. Modified Logarithmic Sobolev Inequalities in Discrete Settings. Journal of Theoretical Probability, 19(2):289–336, 2006. doi:10.1007/s10959-006-0016-3.
- [10]Herm Jan Brascamp and Elliott H. Lieb. On extensions of the Brunn–Minkowski and Prékopa–Leindler theorems, including inequalities for log concave functions, and with an application to the diffusion equation. Journal of Functional Analysis, 22(4):366–389, 1976. doi:10.1016/0022-1236(76)90004-5.
- [11]Michael Celentano, Zhou Fan, and Song Mei. Local convexity of the TAP free energy and AMP convergence for \mathbb Z_2-synchronization. The Annals of Statistics, 51(2):519–546, 2023. Proof locators refer to arXiv:2106.11428v3, 15 April 2023. doi:10.1214/23-AOS2257.
- [12]Yuansi Chen and Ronen Eldan. Localization schemes: A framework for proving mixing bounds for Markov chains. Duke Mathematical Journal, 174(8):1431–1510, 2025. Proof locators refer to arXiv:2203.04163v2, 6 June 2022. doi:10.1215/00127094-2024-0063, arXiv:2203.04163.
- [13]Sinho Chewi and Aram-Alexandre Pooladian. An entropic generalization of Caffarelli’s contraction theorem via covariance inequalities. Comptes Rendus. Mathématique, 361(G9):1471–1482, 2023. doi:10.5802/crmath.486.
- [14]Francis Comets. A spherical bound for the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model. Astérisque, 236:103–108, 1996. In Hommage à P. A. Meyer et J. Neveu. https://www.numdam.org/item/AST_1996__236__103_0/.
- [15]Persi Diaconis and Laurent Saloff-Coste. Logarithmic Sobolev inequalities for finite Markov chains. The Annals of Applied Probability, 6(3):695–750, 1996. doi:10.1214/aoap/1034968224.
- [16]Hang Du and Brice Huang. Fluctuations of the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick free energy at critical temperature. 2026. Version 2, 8 July 2026. arXiv:2607.02172, https://arxiv.org/abs/2607.02172v2.
- [17]Hang Du and Brice Huang. Overlap distribution of the critical Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model. 2026. Version 1, 9 August 2026. arXiv:2608.08752, https://arxiv.org/abs/2608.08752v1.
- [18]Ioana Dumitriu and Alan Edelman. Matrix models for beta ensembles. Journal of Mathematical Physics, 43(11):5830–5847, 2002. doi:10.1063/1.1507823, arXiv:math-ph/0206043.
- [19]Ronen Eldan. Thin shell implies spectral gap up to polylog via a stochastic localization scheme. Geometric and Functional Analysis, 23(2):532–569, 2013. Proof locators refer to arXiv:1203.0893v5, 16 December 2012. doi:10.1007/s00039-013-0214-y, arXiv:1203.0893.
- [20]Ronen Eldan, Frederic Koehler, and Ofer Zeitouni. A spectral condition for spectral gap: fast mixing in high-temperature Ising models. Probability Theory and Related Fields, 182(3–4):1035–1051, 2022. Preprint version 2, August 6, 2021. doi:10.1007/s00440-021-01085-x, arXiv:2007.08200.
- [21]Zhou Fan, Song Mei, and Andrea Montanari. TAP free energy, spin glasses, and variational inference. The Annals of Probability, 49(1):1–45, 2021. Proof locators refer to arXiv:1808.07890v2, 26 March 2020. doi:10.1214/20-AOP1443.
- [22]Sharad Goel, Ravi Montenegro, and Prasad Tetali. Mixing Time Bounds via the Spectral Profile. Electronic Journal of Probability, 11(1):1–26, 2006. doi:10.1214/EJP.v11-300, arXiv:math/0505690.
- [23]Scott Kirkpatrick and David Sherrington. Infinite-ranged models of spin-glasses. Physical Review B, 17(11):4384–4403, 1978. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.17.4384.
- [24]Michel Ledoux and Brian Rider. Small deviations for beta ensembles. Electronic Journal of Probability, 15(41):1319–1343, 2010. doi:10.1214/EJP.v15-798, arXiv:0912.5040.
- [25]Joseph Lehec. Representation formula for the entropy and functional inequalities. Annales de l’Institut Henri Poincaré, Probabilités et Statistiques, 49(3):885–899, 2013. doi:10.1214/11-AIHP464.
- [26]Elizabeth S. Meckes. The Random Matrix Theory of the Classical Compact Groups. Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics 218, Cambridge University Press, 2019. Proof locators refer to the author’s final pre-copy-editing draft. doi:10.1017/9781108303453.
- [27]OpenAI. Critical slowing down in the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model. OpenAI Math Release preprint PDF, 2026. Theorems 1.2 and 1.3. Reading view on this site: Critical slowing down in the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick model.
- [28]OpenAI. A spectral gap throughout the high-temperature Sherrington–Kirkpatrick phase. OpenAI Math Release preprint PDF, 2026. Lemma 5.7 and Propositions 7.2–7.3; see the hypotheses of Sections 3 and 8. Reading view on this site: A spectral gap throughout the high-temperature Sherrington–Kirkpatrick phase.
- [29]Amelia Perry, Alexander S. Wein, Afonso S. Bandeira, and Ankur Moitra. Optimality and sub-optimality of PCA I: Spiked random matrix models. The Annals of Statistics, 46(5):2416–2451, 2018. The cited arXiv version includes the supplement as appendices. doi:10.1214/17-AOS1625, arXiv:1807.00891.
- [30]José A. Ramírez, Brian Rider, and Bálint Virág. Beta ensembles, stochastic Airy spectrum, and a diffusion. Journal of the American Mathematical Society, 24(4):919–944, 2011. doi:10.1090/S0894-0347-2011-00703-0, arXiv:math/0607331.
- [31]David Sherrington and Scott Kirkpatrick. Solvable Model of a Spin-Glass. Physical Review Letters, 35(26):1792–1796, 1975. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.35.1792.
- [32]Haim Sompolinsky and Annette Zippelius. Relaxational dynamics of the Edwards–Anderson model and the mean-field theory of spin-glasses. Physical Review B, 25(11):6860–6875, 1982. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.25.6860.
- [33]David J. Thouless, Philip W. Anderson, and Richard G. Palmer. Solution of ’Solvable model of a spin glass’. Philosophical Magazine, 35(3):593–601, 1977. doi:10.1080/14786437708235992.
- [34]Sihan Wang. Optimal Mixing of Glauber Dynamics for the Sherrington–Kirkpatrick Model at \beta<1/2. 2026. Version 2, August 28, 2026. arXiv:2608.22159, https://arxiv.org/abs/2608.22159v2.